Eia-Sugar-72021 Environmental Impact Assessment (Eia) Report

P-265-DSPL-EIA-SUGAR-72021 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) REPORT

FOR EXPANSION OF SUGAR FACTORY FROM 6000 TO 7500 TCD & MOLASSES BASED DISTILLERY FROM 90 TO 120 KLPD.

BY DAUND SUGARS PRIVATE LIMITED AT: GAT NO.99, ALEGAON, TAL.: DAUND, DIST.: PUNE, MAHARASHTRA

PREPARED BY

EQUINOX ENVIRONMENTS (I) PVT. LTD., ENVIRONMENTAL; CIVIL & CHEMICAL ENGINEERS, CONSULTANTS & ANALYSTS, KOLHAPUR (MS) E-mail: [email protected], [email protected] An ISO 9001:2015 & QCI NABET ACCREDITED ORGANIZATION

AUGUST - 2021

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I am extremely thankful to the management of Daund Sugars Private Limited, (DSPL) located at Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra State for entrusting assignments of the EIA studies and Environmental Clearance (EC) procurement in respect of proposed expansion of Sugar Factory & Distillery. It was indeed a great experience to have interactions, involvement and discussions with the management and technical experts of DSPL. Their knowledge and co-operation as well as support given during the EIA Report preparation impressed me a lot. Sharing of thoughts and planning with Mr. S. B. Gaikwad, Whole Time Director of DSPL was always an interesting thing during the course of assignment. Thank you very much sir!

Prompt response as well as help from Mr. Rajendra Gophane; ETP Manager during providing certain information, documentation and data related to the production, processes and details of manufacturing is duly appreciated. Also, the co-operation of staff of DSPL is duly acknowledged here.

I must thank our Technical Directors and In-house Functional Area Experts (FAE) Ms. Sulakshana Ayarekar, as well as our other Empaneled Functional Area Experts Dr. J. B. Pishte, Dr. B. Thorat, Mr. Yuvraj Damugade, Dr. R. Mudaliyar, Dr. Vasant Jugale and Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula for their able and timely contributions in the EIA studies and report preparation. Despite their busy schedules in the universities, colleges and own professions, they were always available, on time, for the necessary inputs; field visits and discussions.

My staff of the EIA Study Cell here must receive a commendation and credit for all the in- house management and inputs during the monitoring, report preparation and presentations. Our other In-house experts of various functional areas have also contributed their best.

Last but not the least, the contributions from my non-technical staff and laboratory team is also duly appreciated here.

DR. SANGRAM GHUGARE Chartered Engineer Chairman & MD Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur

CAUTION

The information, data, figures, flow charts and drawings in respect of manufacturing processes, mass balance, chemical reactions, production layouts and instrumentation details included in this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report are the sole property of Daund Sugars Private Limited, (DSPL) located at Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra State. Some of the products, reactions and process methodologies may be patented.

The style and format of this EIA Report as well as the data, processing and presentations of various environmental features, environmental management planning; designs; drawings; plates; calculations, demonstrations on attributes towards pollution control and abatement aspects etc. are the intellectual property of M/s. Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur.

All maps (District, State, Country etc.) enclosed in this reports for referring information are purely indicative, graphical & not to scale.

Under no circumstances, any part of this report may be used; reproduced; translated; recorded or copied in any form and manner except by the Govt. authorities requiring this report for taking decisions, based on details and information provided in same, during the Environmental Clearance procedure carried out as per EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 as amended from time to time.

Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur Environmental, Civil & Chemical Engineers, Consultants & Analysts ISO 9001: 2015 & QCI-NABET accredited Organization

CERTIFICATE

Declaration by Expert contributing to the Draft EIA in respect of proposed Expansion of Sugar factory from 6,000 to 7,500 TCD & Molasses based Distillery from 90 to 120 KLPD. Expansion project will be implemented in the existing 6,000 TCD Sugar Factory, 18 MW Co-gen Plant & 90 KLPD Distillery premises by Daund Sugar Private Limited (DSPL), At: Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra.

We, hereby, certify that we were a part of the EIA team in the following capacities that developed the above EIA.

Project No. P-265-DSPL-EIA-SUGAR-72021 EIA Coordinators Name : Dr. Sangram Ghugare

Period of Involvement : January – February – March 2021 Contact Information : [email protected]

Functional Area Expert:

Sr. Functional Name of the Involvement Signature No. Area expert/s (Period & Task) 1 WP Dr. Sangram January 2021 to July 2021 Ghugare  Study of process and operations  Site visit and finalization of water sampling locations  Preparation of water balance and identification of wastewater generation.  Evaluation of water pollution & control management  Identification of impacts, suggestion and finalization of mitigation measures  Study on Treatment of effluents through existing ETP and to be upgraded under proposed expansion was contemplated and designs were done accordingly. 2 EB Sulakshna January 2021 to July 2021 Ayarekar  Selection of Site for conducting ecological & biodiversity status of the study region.  Interaction with Govt. offices and agencies for certain secondary data and information pertaining to region specific issues  Study of terrestrial fauna by sighting, noting pug-marks, calls, sounds, droppings, nests and burrows etc.

Sr. Functional Name of the Involvement Signature No. Area expert/s (Period & Task)  Interaction with local residents for obtaining information about various species of animals and birds usually observed their existence and importance in the study region.  Review of rules, legislation and criteria towards knowing and understanding inclusion in the study region of any eco- sensitive zones, wild life sanctuary.  Collection, compilation and presentation of the data as well as incorporation of same in to the EIA report. 3 SE Dr. V. B. Jugale January 2021 to July 2021  Collection of data on socio-economic aspects in study area through surveys.

 Public opinions and recording of events

for future industrialization in the study area.  Study of sociological aspects like human settlement, demographic and infrastructural facilities available in study area.  Compilation of primary and secondary data and its inclusion in EIA report. 4 AP Mr. Yuvraj January 2021 to July 2021 Damugade  Involved in detailed study of mass balance w.r.t. raw materials & products especially from view point of process emissions.

 Site visit and finalization sampling locations.  Planning & identifying the most appropriate air pollution control equipment from view points of efficiencies, capital as well as O & M cost & suitability.  Identification of impact and suggesting the mitigation measures. 5 AQ January 2021 to July 2021  Designing of Ambient AQM network for use in prediction modeling and micro metrological data development.  Development and application of air quality models in prediction of pollutant dispersion.  Plotting of isopleths of GLCs, Worst case scenarios prediction w.r.t. source and receptors.

Sr. Functional Name of the Involvement Signature No. Area expert/s (Period & Task) 6 HG Dr. J.B. Pishte January 2021 to July 2021  Hydro geological studies, data processing; analysis and evaluation,

Ground water table measurement and monitoring network methodology 7 GEO preparation.  Planning and scheduling of groundwater sampling stations in the region.  Study of geology & general geological configuration of the region as well as sub-surface geology.  Determination of impact and suggesting mitigation measures. 8 RH Mr. Thorat January 2021 to July 2021  All the necessary literature for processes storage of hazardous chemicals was studied before visit.  Site visit and Verification of adequacy of on-site emergency preparedness plan for proposed unit was done.  Identification of probable emergencies and procedures for preparedness for handling the same was verified.  Worst case analysis by using ALOHA, Ware house safety measures, suggestion of mitigation measures. 9 NV Mr. Vinay January 2021 to July 2021 Kumar  Verification of noise levels Monitoring Kurakula (both work zone and ambient) in the industrial premises and study region  Finalization and verification of sampling locations, ambient noise monitoring stations and the data collected. 10 LU  Land use land cover mapping using NRSC Satellite image.  Satellite image processing, Image classification, Technical analysis and study for setting up of facility, planning of storage facility. 11 SHW  Detailed study of manufacturing process and mass balance.  Solid wastes generation in different steps of manufacturing was identified and their quantification done was checked.  Identification of various hazardous wastes generated through manufacturing process.

Sr. Functional Name of the Involvement Signature No. Area expert/s (Period & Task)  Practices of storage and disposal of HW its impact and mitigation measures. 12 SC Mr. Ratnakumar January 2021 to July 2021 Mudliar  Involvement physical analysis & characterization of the soils.  Identification of Impact and its mitigation measures.  Interpretation of soil analysis, results and data including comparison of same with standard soil classification.  Collection, study and evaluation of soil information from data obtained from secondary sources & its interpretation.

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person:

I, M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur, Environmental & Civil Engineers, Consultants and Analysts., hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts were involved in preparation of EIA Report in respect of Expansion of Sugar factory from 6,000 to 7,500 TCD & Molasses based Distillery from 90 to 120 KLPD. Expansion project will be implemented in the existing 6000 TCD Sugar Factory, 14 MW Co-gen Plant & 90 KLPD Distillery premises by Daund Sugar Private Limited (DSPL), At: Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra.

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name: Dr. Sangram Ghugare

Designation: Chairman & MD

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur.

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/IA/1821/ RA 0135, Validity - 21/10/2021

ABBREVIATIONS

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ACF Activated Carbon Filter AMLLP Aayan Multitrade LLP AP Air Pollution AQ Air Quality BIS Bureau of Indian Standards BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand CGWB Central Ground Water Board CMD Cubic Meter per Day CO Carbon Monoxide CO2 Carbon Dioxide. COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CPU Condensate Polishing Unit CREP Corporate Responsibility For Environmental Protection CSR Corporate Sector Responsibility CTE Consent to Establish CTO Consent to Operate CWC Central Water Commission dB (A) Decibel (A-weighted) DG Diesel Generator DIRD Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development DO Dissolved Oxygen DSPL Daund Sugar Private Limited EAC Expert Appraisal Committee EB Ecology and Biodiversity EC Environmental Clearance EEIPL Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental Management Plan EPA Environment Protection Act ETP Effluent Treatment Plant FAA Functional Area Associate FAE Functional Area Expert GEO Geology GLC Ground Level Concentration GMPs Good Management Practices GSDA Ground Water Survey and Development Agency HDPE High-density Polyethylene HG Hydrology, Ground Water and Water Conservation HSD High Speed Diesel IMD Indian Metrological Department IRS Indian Remote Sensing IS Indian Standards ISO International Organization For Standardization KL Kilo Liter KVA Kilo Volt Ampere LC Land Cover

LU Land Use MEE Multiple Effect Evaporator MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change MS Mild Steel MT Metric Ton MW Mega Watt N North NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standard NE North-East NOx Oxides of Nitrogen NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit NV Noise and Vibration O&M Operation and Maintenance OHSAS Occupational Health and Safety Management System Standards PH Public Hearing PLC Programmable Logic Controller PM Particulate Matter PP Project Proponent PPE Personal Protective Equipment PSF Pressure Sand Filter RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete. RO Reverse Osmosis SCBA Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus SC Soil conservation SE Socio - Economic SHE Safety and Health Environment SHW Solid and Hazardous Waste SO2 Sulphur Dioxide SPM Suspended Particulate Matter SS Suspended Solids STP Sewage Treatment Plant SW South -West SWD Side Water Depth TCD Tones Crushing Per Day TDS Total Dissolved Solids ToR Terms of References TPH Tones Per Hour W West

CONFIGURATION OF REPORT

Chapter 1 - Introduction

This chapter is an introductory chapter, presenting the background information of the project, its location, objective of project, scope of study and documentation and compliance of ToRs.

Chapter 2 - Project Description

This chapter deals with technology and process to be used for the proposed expansion of the project. It also deals with the sources of pollution and mitigation measures under existing and expansion activities.

Chapter 3 - Description of the Environment

In this chapter, study of various attributes of environment such as Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Land Use Pattern, Geology, Hydro-geology and Ecology is carried out so as to describe the existing environmental status. Also, present social status is discussed to know if there are any sensitive issues in the area.

Chapter 4 - Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter presents the conclusion drawn by studying the impact considering both the pre - project and post project scenario. It describes the sum impact of the proposed project and mitigation measures for abatement of the pollution.

Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives

Various alternatives in terms of site selection and technology to be used are discussed in this chapter and the environment friendly and best suited technology is selected for the expansion project.

Chapter 6 - Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter deals with the planning of Environmental Monitoring Program both during construction phase and operational phase to assess the performance of pollution control equipments to be installed.

Chapter 7 - Additional Studies

This chapter illustrates possible risk areas under the proposed expansion project and safety and disaster management plan prepared to mitigate the same

Chapter 8 - Project Benefits

This chapter describes the predictable benefits due to proposed expansion of sugar factory in existing premises of co-gen plant.

Chapter 9 - Environment Cost Benefit Analysis

This chapter deals with Cost-benefit analysis provides an organizational framework for identifying, quantifying, and comparing the costs and benefits (measured in rupees) of a proposed project action.

Chapter 10 - Environmental Management Plan

This chapter deals with the protection and mitigation measures for abatement of pollution after execution of the project. It also deals with the roles and responsibilities of the environmental management cell for proper implementation of the Environmental Management Plan.

Chapter 11 - Summary and Conclusion

XIII

This chapter summarizes the conclusion of the Draft EIA report.

Chapter 12 - Disclosure of Consultant Organization

In this chapter the name and brief resume of the consultant organization engaged in preparation of the Draft EIA report is presented.

XIV

CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION 1-19

1.1 Introduction 1 1.2 The Project & Proponent 1 1.3 The Place 2 1.4 Importance to Country & Region 3 1.5 Scope of the Study 4

CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION 20-50

2.1 Type of Project 20 2.2 Need of the Project 20 2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential 20 2.2.2 Potential of the Products 21 2.3 Project Location 21 2.3.1 Site History 22 2.4 Details Of Land Requirement 25 2.5 Project Operations, Approvals & Implementation 25 2.5.1 Plan for Approval and Implementation Schedule 25 2.6 Technology and Process Description 26 2.6.1 Products 26 2.6.2 Raw Materials for Integrated Project 26 2.6.3 Products and Raw Material Storage Transportation Details 27 2.6.4 Manufacturing Process 28 2.6.4.1 Manufacturing Process in Integrated Complex 28 (Sugar factory, Cogen Plant & Distillery) 2.6.4.2 Manufacturing Process for Sugar Factory 28 2.6.4.3 Manufacturing Process for Co-generation Plant 30 2.6.5 Product and By-Product Storage Details 32 2.6.5.1 Distillery Manufacturing Process 32 2.7 Sources of pollution and Mitigation Measures 35 2.7.1 Water Pollution (WP) 35 2.7.1.1 Fresh Water Adequacy 36 2.7.1.2 Effluent Generation 36 2.7.1.3 Domestic Effluent 36 2.7.1.4 Industrial effluent 38 2.7.2 Air Pollution 43 2.7.2.1 Fugitive Emission 44 2.7.2.2 Process Emissions 44 2.7.3 Solid Waste 44 2.7.4 Hazardous Wastes 45 2.7.5 Noise Pollution 45 2.7.5.1 Sources of Noise Pollution 45 2.7.6 Odour Pollution 46 2.7.7 Land Pollution 46

2.7.8 Occupational Health Hazards and Safety 46 2.7.9 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection 47 2.8 Green belt development plan 47 2.8.1 Area Calculation for Green Belt Plan 47 2.8.2 Existing Tree Plantation 47 2.8.3 Proposed Tree Plantation 47 2.8.4 Criteria for Green Belt Development 48 2.9 Rain water harvesting 48

CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 51-134

3.1 Introduction 51 3.2 Land Use and Land Cover (LU & LC) 51 3.2.1 Scope of Work 51 3.2.2 Study Area & Location 51 3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping 51 3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis 52 3.2.5 Methodology for LU & LC Study 52 3.3 Land Use Studies 56 3.3.1 Land Use of Study Area 56 3.3.2 Topographical Features 57 3.3.3 Land Use Map 59 3.3.4 Settlement Map 60 3.3.5 Eco-Sensitive Map 61 3.3.6 Contour Map 62 3.3.7 Drainage Map 63 3.4 Soil Characteristics 64 3.4.1 Introduction 64 3.4.2 Soil Quality: Present status 64 3.4.3 Methodology 65 3.4.3.1 Methodology of Data Generation 65 3.4.3.2 Sources of Information 65 3.4.4 Comments on soil characteristics 66 3.4.5 Physical Characters 67 3.4.6 Chemical characters 68 3.5 Drainage and Geomorphology 78 3.5.1 Methodology 78 3.5.1.1 Literature Review 78 3.5.2 Data Generation 78 3.5.3 Data Analysis and Interpretation 78 3.5.4 Drainage 78 3.5.5 Geomorphology 78 3.6 Geology, Hydrology and Hydrogeology 79 3.6.1 Geology 79 3.6.2 Hydrogeology 79 3.6.2.1 Ground Water Resources 79 3.6.2.2 Groundwater Quality 79 3.7 Meteorology 79 3.7.1 Introduction 79

3.7.2 Methodology 83 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 83 3.7.2.2 Sources of Information 83 3.8 Air Quality 83 3.8.1 Introduction 83 3.8.2 Methodology 84 3.8.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 84 3.8.2.2 Parameters, Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ 84 Monitoring 3.8.3 Presentation of Results 88 3.8.4 Observations 89 3.9 Water Quality 90 3.9.1 Introduction 90 3.9.2 Methodology 90 3.9.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 90 3.9.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation 91 3.9.4 Presentation of Results 91 3.9.4.1 Surface Water 91 3.9.4.2 Observation or Interpretation 92 3.9.4.3 Ground Water 96 3.9.4.4 Observation or Interpretation 96 3.10 Noise Level Survey 100 3.10.1 Introduction 100 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations 101 3.10.3 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations 101 3.10.3.1 Method of Monitoring 103 3.10.3.2 Standards for Noise Levels 103 3.10.4 Presentation of Results 104 3.10.4.1 Observations or Interpretation 104 3.11 Socio-Economic Profile 104 3.11.1 Introduction 104 3.11.2 The Project 105 3.11.3 Need of The Project 105 3.11.4 Employment Generation 106 3.11.5 Convenience and Connectivity 107 3.11.6 Social Screening 107 3.11.7 Sampling 108 3.11.8 Sources of Information 109 3.11.9 Agriculture Sector 109 3.11.10 Social Infrastructure Around the Project 118 3.11.11 Cultural Resilience 119 3.11.12 General Impact of The Project 119 3.11.13 Financial and Social Benefits 120 3.11.14 Expected Cane Availability for Next Five Years 121 3.11.15 Developmental Impact 121 3.11.16 Environmental Benefits 122 3.11.17 Economic Benefits 123 3.11.18 General Facilities 123 3.11.19 Expectations from The Factory 123

3.11.20 Mitigation of Hazards 124 3.11.21 Conclusions 125 3.12 Ecology 125 3.12.1 Study Area 125 3.12.2 Methodology 126 3.12.3 Ecology 127 3.12.3.1 Field Observations 127 3.12.3.2 Questionnaire Survey 127 3.12.4 Biodiversity 127 3.12.4.1 Field Observations 127 3.12.4.2 Questionnaire Survey 128

3.12.4.3 Environmental Impact of Proposed Project on Ecology and 129 Biodiversity in the Region 3.12.4.4 Green Belt 129 3.12.4.4.1 Observations and Recommendations 129 3.12.4.5 CER Activity 130 3.12.4.5.1 Observations and Recommendations 130

135-176 CHAPTER 4 – ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Introduction 135 4.2 Construction Phase 135 4.3 Operation Phase 137 4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality 139 4.3.1.1 Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modeling 140 4.3.1.2 Mitigation Measures 151 4.3.2 Impact on Climate 152 4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources 152 4.3.3.1 Surface Water (Quality & Quantity) 152 4.3.3.2 Calculations for Quantification of Impact on Surface Water 154 Body 4.3.3.3 Ground Water (Quality & Quantity) 156 4.3.3.4 Mitigation Measures 157 4.3.4 Impact of Solid and Hazardous wastes 158 4.3.4.1 Mitigation Measures 159 4.3.5 Impact on Soil and Agriculture 161 4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures 162 4.3.6 Impact on Noise Levels 162 4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures 165 4.3.7 Impact of Vibration 165 4.3.8 Impact on Land use 165 4.3.8.1 Mitigation Measures 165 4.3.9 Impact on Ecology and Bio- diversity 166 4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures 166 4.3.10 Impact due to Industrial Operations Involving Risk and Hazard 166 4.3.11 Impact on Socio Economic Status of Study Area 166 4.3.12 Impact on Historical Places 166 4.4 Evaluation Of Impact 166 4.4.1 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) 167

4.5 Environment Impact Evaluation for DSPL 168 4.6 Impacts Due to Decommissioning Activity 176

CHAPTER 5 –ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE) 177-179

5.1 Introduction 177 5.2 Analysis of alternative sites 177 5.3 Alternative Technologies 177 5.3.1 Sugar Factory 177 5.3.1.1 Improvement in Sugar Quality 177 5.3.2 Distillery 177 5.3.2.1 Fermentation Process 177 5.3.2.2 Distillation Process 178 5.3.2.3 Technology for Abating Pollution 178

CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAME 180-189

6.1 Introduction 180 6.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase 180 6.3 Monitoring during post construction / operational phase 180 6.3.1 Air Pollution Management 181 6.3.2 Water Management 181 6.3.3 Noise Level Management 181 6.3.4 Land Management 182 6.3.5 Dust Management 182 6.3.6 Odour Management 183 6.3.7 Operation Control and Equipment Maintenance 183 6.3.8 Occupational Health & Safety Measures 183 6.3.9 Measures For Socio-Economic Development 184 6.3.9.1 Better Employment Opportunities 184 6.3.9.2 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan 184 6.3.10 Proposed CER Plan by DSPL 185 6.3.11 Measures for Improvement of Ecology 186 6.4 Environmental Monitoring Program Schedule 186 6.5 Compliance with CREP Guidelines 186

CHAPTER 7- ADDITIONAL STUDIES 190-209

7.1 Public Consultation 190 7.1.1 Details of Public Hearing 190 7.1.2 Public Hearing Issues & Compliance 190 7.2 R & R Action plan 195 7.3 Risk Assessment Introduction 195 7.4 Objectives and Scope of the RH Report 195 7.4.1 Objective of the Risk and Hazard analysis 195 7.4.2 Methodology 195 7.4.2.1 Identify hazards based on 195 7.4.2.2 Hazard Assessment 195 7.4.2.3 Recommendations 195

7.4.3 Hazards during construction phase 195 7.4.4 Hazards during operation phase 196 7.4.5 Establishing a Fire Fighting Group 196 7.5 Distillery Plant 196 7.5.1 Hazard Identification : Production of Alcohol (Distillery) 197 7.5.1.1 Hazard Identification: Alcohol Storage 197 7.5.1.2 Qualitative & Quantitative Risk analysis 198 7.5.1.3 Hazard Identification : Molasses Storage 199 7.5.1.4 Present Scenario 199 7.5.1.5 Mitigation Measures 199 7.6 Hazard Identification in Sugar Industry 200 7.6.1 Mitigation Measures to Avoid Accidents 200 7.7 Boiler Section 201 7.7.1 Establishing a Fire Fighting Group 201 7.8 Hazard Identification : Sugar Manufacturing Section 201 7.8.1 Bagasse Production and Storage 201 7.8.1.1 Present Scenario 201 7.8.1.2 Additional Mitigation Measures for safe storage 202 7.8.2 Hazard Identification : Sulphur Storage 203 7.8.2.1 Dust Explosion 203 7.8.2.2 Conditions For A Dust Explosion 203 7.8.2.3 Mitigation Measures 203 7.8.2.4 Fire in Sulphur storage 204 7.8.2.5 Mitigation Measures 204 7.7.2.6 Safety and firefighting tips 204 7.8.3 Hazard Identification : Molasses Storage 204 7.8.3.1 Present Scenario 204 7.8.3.2 Mitigation Measures 205 7.8.4 Hazard Identification: Sulphur di oxide (SO2) production and handling 205 7.8.4.1 Mitigation Measures suggested and measures which are in place 206 7.8.4.2 Hazard quantification 206 7.9 Co-generation Plant 207 7.10 On- Site Emergency Plan 207 7.11 Occupational Health Aspects & Medical Provision In Factory 207 7.11.1 Medical check-up 207 7.11.2 Occupational Health Center: OHC 208 7.12 EHS Policy 209

CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS 210-211

8.1 Introduction 210 8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure 210 8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 210 8.2 Activities done by DSPL under CER 210 8.3 Employment Potential 211 8.4 Other Tangible Benefits 211

CHAPTER 9- ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 212-221

9.1 Introduction 212 9.2 Proposed Project 212 9.3 Way Forward 213 9.3.1 Cost benefit by Govt. of India policy for the country 213 9.4 Conclusion 214

CHAPTER 10 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 215-221

10.1 Introduction 215 10.2 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) 215 10.3 Working of Environmental Management Plan 217 10.4 Recommendation & Implementation Schedule 217 10.4.1 Summary of Recommendations 217 10.5 Environmental Post Monitoring Programmers 219 10.6 Post Environmental Clearance Monitoring Program 220 10.6.1 Monitoring Equipment 220 10.7 Corporate Environment Policy 221

CHAPTER 11 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 222-227

11.1 Introduction 222 11.2 Project at a Glance 222 11.3 Process Description 223 11.3.1 Product & Raw Material 223 11.4 Sources of Pollution & Mitigation Measures 224 11.4.1 Water Pollution 224 11.4.2 Air Pollution 225 11.4.3 Noise Pollution 225 11.4.4 Solid Waste 225 11.4.5 Hazardous Waste 225 11.4.6 Odour Pollution 226 11.5 Green Belt Development 226 11.6 Environmental Monitoring Program 226 11.7 Environment Management Plan 226 11.8 Conclusion 226

CHAPTER 12 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ORGANIZATION 228-229

12.1 The Organization 228

LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Table Page No. 1.1 Project Investment Details 2 1.2 Promoters of DSPL 2 1.3 Details of Area Break Up 2 1.4 Planning for Proposed Project Activities 3 1.5 Summary of Terms of Reference (TORs) 4 2.1 Details of Manpower 20 2.2 Project Sitting & Environmental Settings 22 2.3 Details of Area Brake Up 25 2.4 Working Pattern 25 2.5 Plan for Project Implementation Schedule 25 2.6 List of Products & By-products for Integrated Complex 26 2.7 List of Raw Materials 26 2.8 Seasonal Cane Availability for Sugar Factory 27 2.9 Seasonal Bagasse Availability for Boiler 27 2.10 Available of Molasses for Distillery 27 2.11 Raw Material Transportation Details (Traffic Density) 28 2.12 Product & By-product Transportation Details 28 2.13 Steam Balance for Existing Sugar Factory 31 2.14 Steam Balance of Incineration Boiler 31 2.15 Product and By-product Storage Details 32 2.16 Alcohol Storage Arrangement at DSPL 32 2.17 Electricity Requirement Details 32 2.18 Distribution of Electricity Generated from Co-gen Plant 32 2.19 Water Consumption for Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant 35 2.20 Water Consumption for Proposed Distillery 35 2.21 Effluent Generation from Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant 37 2.22 Effluent Generation from Proposed Distillery 37 2.23 Spent wash Characteristics 40 2.24 Details of Boiler, D.G. Sets and Stack in DSPL 43 2.25 Characteristics of Fuel 43 2.26 Fuel Storage Details 43 2.27 Details of ESP for Boilers 44 2.28 Details of Solid Waste 45 2.29 Hazardous Waste 45 2.30 Capital as well as O & M Cost 47 2.31 Area Taken for RWH 49 3.1 Satellite Data Details 52 3.2 Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes 57 3.3 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis 65 3.4 Soil Sampling Locations 65 3.5 Standard Soil Classification 65 3.6 Existing Soil Characteristics 67 3.7 Meteorological Parameters 83 3.8 AAQM Location Details 84 3.9 AAQ Parameters, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods 84 3.10 Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season 88

Table No. Table Page No. [January – February – March 2021] 3.11 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) by CPCB (Notification No. 89 S.O.B-29016/20/90/PCI-L by MOEFCC; New Delhi dated 18.11.2009) 3.12 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water 90 3.13 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water 90 3.14 Surface Water 91 3.15 Ground water 96 3.16 Noise Sampling Locations 101 3.17 Ambient Noise Level Standards 103 3.18 Standards for Occupational Exposure 103 3.19 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure 104 3.20 Ambient Noise Levels 104 3.21 List of Villages in 10 Km 108 3.22 Rainfall in Daund Taluka 109 3.23 Sample Villages Surveyed 111 3.24 Number and Percentage of Household by main Source of Drinking Water in 115 the Study Area - 2011 3.25 Number and Percentage of Households by main Source of Lighting in the 116 Study Area - 2011 3.26 Number and Percentage of Households by type of Latrine Facility in the Area - 116 2011 3.27 Number and Percentage of Households by type of Drainage connectivity for 117 Waste Water Outlet in the Study Area - 2011 3.28 Number and Percentage of Households by Availability of Kitchen Facility in 117 the Study Area - 2011 3.29 Number and Percentage of Households by type of fuel used for Cooking in the 118 Study Area - 2011 3.30 Number and % of Households availing Banking services and number of 119 Households having each of the specified assets in the Study Area - 2011 3.31 Names of the study villages of the EB survey and their distance from project 128 site 3.32 List of Birds observed during field survey 132 3.33 List of Fauna Commonly Reported by the Respondents during Survey 133 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase 135 4.2 Disposal of Waste Generation during Construction Phase 137 4.3 Identification of Impacts due to Operation Phase 138 4.4 Predominant Wind Directions 140 4.5 Baseline Concentrations at Site 140 4.6 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 Values 142 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values 143 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2Values 144 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in NOX Values 145 4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 values 147 4.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values for Non-Operation of APC 148 4.12 Quantification of Pollutants’ Load (Effluent from Sugar Factory) 153 4.13 Quantification of Pollutants Load (Distillery Spentwash) 154 4.14 Quantification of Pollutants Load (Effluent from Distillery) 154 4.15 Accidental Discharge of Sugar factory Effluent into Nallah 154

Table No. Table Page No. 4.16 Discharge of Contaminated Nallah in to Bhima River 154 4.17 Accidental Discharge of Raw Spentwash into Nalla 155 4.18 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla into Bhima River 155 4.19 Inland Surface Water Standards (CPCB) 155 4.20 Waste Minimization Techniques 159 4.21 Permissible Exposure in case of Continuous Noise 163 4.22 Sources of Noise Generation & Mitigation Measures 164 4.23 Standards of Ambient Noise Levels 164 4.24 Existing Environmental Status in Study Area 169 4.25 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to DSPL 171 4.26 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in BEES for DSPL 175 4.27 Mitigation Measures 175 4.28 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of DSPL 176 5.1 Technology for Abating Pollution 178 6.1 Trees with Good Canopy for Noise Attenuation 182 6.2 Health Care Facility Equipment 184 6.3 Proposed CER activities by DSPL 185 6.4 CER Implementation Schedule 185 6.5 Plan For Monitoring of Environmental Attributes within Industrial Premises 187 6.6 Environmental Monitoring Schedule within Industrial Premises 188 6.7 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Surrounding Industrial Premises 189 7.1 Points Raised in the PH & Response of PP 191 7.2 Hazards During Construction Phase 195 7.3 Hazards during operation Phase 196 7.4 Fire Fighting Details In Existing Plant 197 7.5 Alcohol Storage Arrangements at DSPL Site 197 7.6 Risk analysis 198 7.7 Hazard Identification 199 7.8 Possible Hazardous Locations onsite 200 7.9 Toxicity Number 206 7.10 TLV Level 206 8.1 Activities Done by DSPL Under CER 210 10.1 Environmental Management Cell in DSPL 215 10.2 Summary of Recommendations 217 10.3 Implementation Schedule 219 10.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition 220 11.1 Project Investment Details 222 11.2 Salient Features of the DSPL Project Site 222 11.3 List of Products & By- products 223 11.4 List of Raw Materials 223 11.5 Solid Waste Details 225 11.6 Hazardous Waste Details 225 11.7 Area Details 226

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure No. Figure Page No. 1.1 Photograph of AMLLPProject Complex 3 2.1 Location of the Project Site 22 2.2 Image Showing Site History 24 2.3 Integrated Manufacturing Process Operation 29 2.4 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for Sugar Factory 30 2.5 Process Flow Chart Co-gen 31 2.6 Mass Balance & Process Flow Chart for Existing 90 KLPD Distillery 34 2.7 Mass Balance & Process Flow Chart for 120 KLPD Distillery 34 2.8 Flow Chart of Existing Sugar Factory ETP 38 2.9 Flow Chart of Existing Sugar CPU (Capacity: 1440KLD) 39 2.10 Flow Chart of Existing Distillery CPU Upgraded Under Expansion (Capacity: 39 900KLD) 2.11 Cross Section of Spentwash Tank 40 2.12 Flow Chart of Existing STP (Capacity 150 KLD) 40 2.13 Photographs of Existing ETP & CPU 41 2.14 Photographs of Online Continuous Monitoring System at ETP & CPU 42 2.15 Photographs Showing Existing Rain Water Harvesting System 50 3.1 Process Flow Chart 53 3.2 Google Image Showing Villages within Study Area 54 3.3 Satellite Image 55 3.4 Visual Interpretation Keys Used for the Study 56 3.5 Land Use Land Cover Statistics 57 3.6 Topographical Map 58 3.7 Land Use and Land Cover Map 59 3.8 Settlement Map 60 3.9 Eco-Sensitive Map 61 3.10 Contour Map 62 3.11 Drainage Map 63 3.12 Baseline Environmental Details: Soil Environment 70 3.13 Soil Analysis 71 3.14 Soil Analysis 71 3.15 Soil Analysis 72 3.16 Soil Analysis 72 3.17 Soil Map 77 3.18 Drainage Map 81 3.19 Geohydrological Map 82 3.20 Baseline Environmental Details: AIR Quality Unit g/M3) 85 3.21 AAQM Parameters – January2021 86 3.22 AAQM Parameters – February 2021 86 3.23 AAQM Parameters – March 2021 87 3.24 January2021-February2021-March 2021 87 3.25 AAQM Parameters – AQI 88 3.26 Google image showing Surface water Monitoring Locations 93 3.27 Surface Water Analysis 94 3.28 Surface Water Analysis 94 3.29 Surface Water Analysis 95 3.30 Surface Water Analysis 95

Figure No. Figure Page No. 3.31 Google image showing Ground water Monitoring Locations 97 3.32 Ground Water Analysis 98 3.33 Ground Water Analysis 98 3.34 Ground Water Analysis 99 3.35 Ground Water Analysis 99 3.36 Ground Water Analysis 100 3.37 Google Image Showing Noise Monitoring Locations 102 3.38 Male Female Population in Sample Villages 111 3.39 Male Female Literacy Rate in the Sample Villages 111 3.40 Number of Cultivators and Agricultural Workers in Sample Villages 112 3.41 Ratio of Marginal Workers to Total Working population 112 3.42 Cultural Resilience 119 4.1 Impact Identification from Process Flow Chart 138 4.2 Wind rose for the Month January-February-March 2021 141 3 4.3 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max. Conc. in μg/m ) 142 3 4.4 Isopleths of PM2.5(24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ) 143 3 4.5 Isopleths of SO2 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ) 144 3 4.6 Isopleths of NOX (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ) 145 3 4.7 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ) 146 3 4.8 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m ) 147 4.9 Incremental PM10 148 4.10 Incremental PM2.5 149 4.11 Incremental SO2 149 4.12 Incremental NOx 150 9.1 Cost Benefit Analysis 213 10.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities 216 10.2 Environmental Management Plan 217 11.1 Manufacturing Process Details of DSPL Integrated Project 233

LIST OF PLATES

Plate No Plate Page No. I Habitats in The Study Area of Daund Sugar Pvt Ltd 133 II Bio-diversity in the Study Area of Daund Sugar Pvt Ltd 134

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 INTRODUCTION

'Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)' is the process of evaluating likely environmental impacts, both positive and negative, of a new or expansion project by taking into account natural, social and economic aspects. It also comprises of suggesting possible mitigation measures, for the negative impacts, before implementation of the project. The main objectives of an EIA report are -

 To describe a pre-project baseline condition with respect to Environmental Indicators.  To identify possible sources of pollution and their environmental impacts including identifying risks associated with setting up of a new / expansion project and suggesting appropriate mitigation measures for alleviating adverse impacts to the extent possible.  To suggest environmental / risk management plans for implementing the mitigation measures.

India is the largest producer of sugarcane and sugar, still sugar factories in India are facing problems. Sugar factories cannot survive in healthy condition on a single product i.e. sugar. Thus, it is essential to develop sugar factory into an affiliated complex so as to utilize the valuable by-products more profitably. Bio-mass is the most promising alternative fuel. Agro- waste and agro industrial products have today been recognized as ‘modern’ bio-mass material which can be converted directly into useful forms of energy. Bio-mass has the crucial advantage of being environment friendly. Bagasse is a captive bio-mass. In India, there are large numbers of sugar mills of varying crushing capacity ranging from a critical period because of over-production, low sugar price, low international market, etc., can enhance revenue by co-generation. So co-generation would benefit both the nation and the industry. It is estimated that Indian sugar industry can export 3600 MW power by adopting bagasse based co-generation units. In the co-generation sugar mills, power generation and consumption per ton cane is about 108 and 36 units. So power revenue of co-generation sugar mills is around Rs. 210 per ton of cane. Molasses is a very important by-product of the sugar industry. The profits earned by conversion of molasses into alcohol are much higher than that of sale of molasses alone. Moreover, there is a good demand for alcohol in the country as production and consumption of alcohol in India are quite balanced. Also, there is a good export potential, out of the country, for the alcohol.

With a due consideration to all the above facts, the management of Daund Sugars Private Limited, (DSPL),At: Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra have decided to go for an expansion of its existing Sugar Factory from 6000 TCD to 7500 TCD &Molasses based Distillery from90 KLPD to 120 KLPD.

1.2 THE PROJECT & PROPONENTS

Project proponent of DSPL have planned to expansion of Sugar Factory from 6000 TCD to 7500 TCD &Molasses based Distillery from 90 KLPD to 120 KLPD in existing premises of 6000 TCD (Tones Crushing per Day) Sugar Factory, 18 MW Co-gen Plant & 902 KLPD Distillery at: Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra.

This report is made in the overall context of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments thereto issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi. DSPL

Industry comes under Project types namely 5 (j) & 5(g) (i) i.e. Sugar Factory & Distillery respectively. As per the schedule, Sugar Factory is categorized as 'B' and the Distillery as 'A'. Therefore, the entire integrated complex was to be considered at Centre Level by EAC of MoEFCC; New Delhi; Govt. of India. This EIA report has been prepared by incorporating required information with regards to the project as mentioned in the Standard Terms of Reference (ToRs) issued by MoEFCC vide letter No.IA-J-11011/467/2017-IA-II (I) dated 16.11.2017 Unit of DSPL.

DSPL is a Private Limited Company and registered under Company Act, 1956 with due Registration in 2008. Mr. Jagdish Laxmanrao Kadam is the Chairman of this industry. It is registered at Registrar of Companies, Pune. First Crushing season of 3500 TCD sugar factory by DSPL was took in year 2010-11.

Table 1.1 Project Investment Details

No. Industrial Unit Capital Investment (Rs. Cr) Existing Proposed Total 1 Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant 30.87 19.92 137.74 2 Distillery 86.95 Total 117.82 19.92 137.74

Table 1.2 Promoters of DSPL

No. Name Designation 1 Shri Jagdish Laxmanrao Kadam Chairman and Director 2 Shri Veerdhaval Krushnrao Jagdale Director 3 Shri Vivek Shankarrao Jadhav Director 4 Shri Shahaji Balasaheb Gaikwad Whole Time Director

1.3 THE PLACE Table 1.3 Details of Area Break Up

No List of area Existing Expansion Total area After expansion 1 Total Plot Area 10,19,900 - 10,19,900 2 Total Built up Area Sugar & Co-gen 2,14,544 - 2,14,544 Distillery 1,04,944 - 1,04,944 Cane Yard 88,000 - 88,000 Reservoir 9,715 - 9,715 Parking Area 4,80 - 4,80 Total built up Area 4,17,683 - 4,17,683 3 Area Under Road 25,502 - 25,502 4 Green Belt Area 3,37,086 - 3,37,086 33% - 33% 5 Total Open Area 3,82,415 2,39,629

A No Objection Certificate (NOC) for Expansion of Sugar Factory &Distillery has been obtained from the Grampanchayat Aalegaon. Same is presented at certificates and other documents of this EIA report. Refer figure 1.1 for location details. Following aspects have been taken into consideration while planning proposed project activities in the DSPL complex –

Table 1.4 Planning for Proposed Project Activities

No. Place Description 1 Raw Material Proximity to the raw material availability. 2 Land Adequate land for Expansion Project 3 Utilities Availability as well as ease towards supply of raw materials and utilities like water, steam and electricity from existing setup for conducting various operations and processes. 4 Location/Advantage Convenient location at 15 Km of Nandurbar City. Nearest town/city is Samasherpur, 1.50 Km from the project site, which is very well connected by roads. 5 Rehabilitation and No rehabilitation and resettlement required to be done. Resettlement

Figure 1.1 Photograph of DSPL Project Complex

1.4 IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY & REGION

The sugar Industry in India is well maintained and is growing at a steady pace, boasting of a consumer base of over billions of people. The bulk of rural population in India depends on this industry. One of the agro-based enterprises in India, sugar manufacturing is the second largest agricultural industry, after the textile sector.

Sugar manufacturing in Maharashtra is one of the most notable sectors in the country. The pace of growth of this industry has been massive over the past few years. Most of the sugar units have by-product utilization plants, based on bagasse and molasses. Ethanol, power and paper projects have tremendous scope for development in India. In near future, about 10-15% ethanol may be allowed to be blended with petrol. Thus, alcohol production from molasses has the most promising prospects. Bagasse based power generation projects, installed in the premises of sugar factory, not only fulfil captive need of the industry but also make available surplus power which could be exported in the grid thereby providing value addition.

Bagasse based co-generation of steam and electricity is not new to India and has been practiced for long in sugar mills. The primary objective in the past had been to produce steam

required for processing and incidentally generating electricity. Since process steam was required at pressures that were not high, low pressure boilers were used to produce steam. Steam turbines driving the mills and generators were therefore, designed to operate with low pressure steam. As the low-pressure steam has a large quantum of heat, which is lost in the process of condensing, the efficiency of conventional power plants is only around 35%. In a cogeneration plant, very high efficiency levels, in the range of 75% – 90%, can be reached. This is so, because the low-pressure exhaust steam coming out of the turbine is not condensed, but used for heating purposes in factories or houses. In certain mills, electricity generated was not enough to meet captive requirements and the short fall was met by drawing electricity from the utility grid. In the mid-eighties it was realized that by making maximum use of potential for co-generating steam and electricity from baggase, generation of electricity could be increased not only to fully meet the captive requirements but also to have exportable surplus that could bring in additional profit. Since co-generation can meet both power and heat needs, it has other advantages as well in the form of significant cost savings for the plant and reduction in emissions of pollutants due to reduced fuel consumption. Where there is a need to augment the steam and power generation within the plant on account of capacity upgradation, where there is a potential to improve the energy efficiency of the sugar plant by retiring inefficient boilers and turbo generators, it is prudent for the sugar factory to go in for new high pressure and high efficiency boilers and matching turbo generators. Such system, in addition to generating surplus power for export which improves the bottom line of the sugar mill operations, improves the energy efficiency of the sugar mill process itself.

Alcohol has assumed very important place in the Country’s economy. It is a vital raw material for a number of chemicals. It has been a source of a large amount of revenue by way of excise duty levied by the Govt. on alcoholic liquors. It has a potential as fuel in the form of power alcohol for blending with petrol. Also, the fermentation alcohol has great demand in countries like Japan, U.S.A., Canada, Sri Lanka etc., as the synthetic alcohol produced by these countries, from naphtha of petroleum crude, is not useful for beverages. India is the fourth largest producer of alcohol in the world and there has been a consistent increase in its production over the last 22 years or so. (Reference: Opportunities For Green Chemistry Initiatives: Molasses Based Distilleries, 2014).

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

This EIA report has been complied with the Terms of References (TORs) formulated and presented by the Industry as well as those additionally issued by the MoEFCC. Compliance towards ToRs granted have been summarized hereunder.

Table 1.5 Summary of Terms of References (TORs)

No List of TORs Compliance A Standard TORs for Sugar Factory& Distillery [Project Type as per EIA Notification S.O. 1533 E dated 14.09.2006 5 (j)&5(g)] 1 Executive Summary Refer Chapter 11,Page 222-227 2 Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant EIA Co-ordinator – Dr. Sangram Ghugare &Ms. Sulakshana including NABET accreditation. Ayarekar Name of EIA consultant - Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd., Kolhapur NABET Accreditation No. –NABET/IA/1821/ RA 0135 Validity - 21/10/2021 ii Information about the project No. Name Designation proponent 1 Shri Jagdish Laxmanrao Kadam Chairman and

No List of TORs Compliance Director 2 Shri Veerdhaval Krushnrao Jagdale Director 3 Shri Vivek Shankarrao Jadhav Director 4 Shri Shahaji Balasaheb Gaikwad Whole Time Director Refer Chapter 1, Table 1.2, Page 2 iii Importance and benefits of the project Resource Mobilization, Employment & Income Generation; Social Infrastructure Creation in Command Area Refer Chapter 1, Section 1.4, Page 3 - 4. 3 Project Description i. Cost of project and time of completion. Capital Investment (Proposed) - Rs.19.92 Cr. Total Capital Investment (Existing + Proposed) Rs. 37.74Cr. Completion Time – Jan. 2022 Refer Chapter 1, Table – 1.1, Page 2 for cost of project and Chapter 2, Section 2.5.1, Table 2.5 Page 25 for implementation schedule of project. ii Products with capacities for the proposed project. Industri Product& By- Quantity (MT/M) al unit product Existin Expansion Total g /Proposed Sugar (4900 (5100 (10000 Capacity Factory TCD) TCD) TCD) (6000- Products 7500 Sugar (11.5%) 20,754 5,196 25,950 TCD) By-products Molasses (4%) 7,200 1,800 9,000 Bagasse (30%) 54,000 13,500 67,500 Press Mud 7,200 1,800 (4%) 9,000 Co-Gen Electricity 18MW - 18MW (18 MW) MW)(MW) Distillery Products (Expansi Ethanol/ ENA/ 2700 900 3600 on 90- By-ProductsRS 120 Fusel Oil 5.1 1.5 6.6 KLPD) Carbon Di- 2,250 750 3,000 oxide (CO2) Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.1, Table 2.6 Page 26 for Product details. iii List of raw materials required and their Presently 6,000 TCD sugar, 18 MW co-gen and 90 KLPD source along with mode of Distillery are in operation. Proposed project shall be carried transportation. out at existing premises of DSPL. Total land acquired by the industry is 101.99 Ha. The total existing built up area is 41.7 Ha. Consent To Operate (CTO) was granted to existing 6000 TCD sugar by MPCB; in 2020are enclosed at Appendix B, Page 257-301 iv If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether Industrial Name of Quantity (MT/M) adequate land is available for expansion, unit Raw Expan reference of earlier EC if any Material Existing sion/ Total Propo sed Sugar Sugarcane 1,80,000 45,000 2,25,00

No List of TORs Compliance v Other chemicals and materials required Factory 0 with quantities and storage capacities (6000-7500 Lime 330 90 420 TCD) Sulphur 102 27 129 Phosphori 7.2 1.8 9 c Acid Co-gen Bagasse 32,040 - 32,040 (18 MW) Molasses 10,050 3,300 13,350 Distillery Yeast 1.2 0.3 1.5 (Expansion Urea 4.8 1.2 6 90-120 De- 6 1.8 7.8 KLPD) foaming agent Source: Sugarcane- nearby farms, Bagasse- own sugar factory, Molasses-own sugar factory/outside purchase, other raw materials from local vendors Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.2, Table 2.7 Page 26 for Raw Material details. vi Details of Emission, effluents, Emissions: (Existing) 2 Boilers under Sugar, Co-gen – 100 hazardous waste generation and their & 15 TPH. ESP as APC equipment along with Stack of 70 M management. (common stack & APC for both boilers) (Existing) Boiler under Distillery - 40 TPH. ESP as APC equipment along with Stack of 82 M. No new boiler will be installed under expansion project. Effluent: Sugar Factory (Expansion): Effluent generated from sugar factory and co-gen plant activities @450 CMD shall be forwarded to the existing ETP which shall be duly and completely upgraded. Treated effluent will be reused for green belt in own factory premises. Total domestic effluent generated from complex @ 82 CMD (64 CMD from Sugar & 18 CMD from Distillery) will be treated in Proposed STP Distillery (Expansion) - Raw spentwash generated @ 960 M3/D from distillery will be concentrate in Multiple effect evaporator and the conc. spentwash @ 192 MT/D (1.6 KL/KL of alcohol) would be blended with bagasse or coal and burnt in proposed incineration boiler. Other effluents generated after expansion of distillery in the form of @ spent lees @ 401 M3/D, MEE condensate @ 405 M3/D and other effluents @ 50 M3/D treated in CPU under distillery unit and this achieves Zero liquid Discharge (ZLD). Solid Waste : (Sugar & Co-gen existing) - Boiler Ash @ 480MT/M will be F Sale to Brick manufacture.. ETP Sludge @ 11.4 MT/M will be used as manure. (After expansion of Sugar factory) - Boiler Ash @ 720 MT/M will be F Sale to Brick manufacture. ETP Sludge @ 13.5 MT/M will be used as manure.(Distillery) - (Existing Distillery) – -Boiler Ash @ 1260 MT/M will be given to brick manufacturer, Yeast Sludge @ 570 MT/M CPU Sludge@ 24 MT/M will be Burnt in Incineration Boiler(Ater Expansion of Distillery) -Boiler Ash @ 1770 MT/M will be given to brick manufacturer, Yeast Sludge @ 780 MT/M CPU Sludge@ 30 MT/M will be Burnt in Incineration Boiler Hazardous Waste:- Used Oil (Cat/ 5.1) @ 1071Lits/A Reuse in own boiler as fuel, (34.4) Chemical Sludge, Oil & grease

No List of TORs Compliance skimming residue @ 27 MT/A will be Used as manure. No hazardous waste will be generated from distillery Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1 to Section 2.7.3, Page no. 35-45 for details. vii Requirement of water, power, with Water Requirement- Existing sugar & cogen: 3188 CMD source of supply, status of approval, (2353 (Excess Sugarcane condensate) + 400(Fresh) + 435CMD water balance diagram, man-power ETP treated water).(After Sugar Factory Expansion): 4267 requirement (regular and contract) CMD (10(Fresh) + 3639 CMD (Excess Sugarcane condensate)+ 518 CMD ETP treated water) Existing Distillery- 962 CMD (134(Fresh) + 828 (Distillery CPU Treated Effluent Recycle During Molasses based operations)) (After Distillery Expansion): 1279 CMD (153(Fresh) +1015 (Distillery CPU Treated Effluent Recycle During Molasses based operation) + 95 (Excess Sugarcane Condensate Water.)) Source of Fresh water : New Mutha Right Bank Canal Power (After Expansion): 18 MW electricity. Source: Own co-gen plant. Manpower (After Expansion):619 Nos. Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.19, 2.20Page 35, 36 for Water requirement of DSPL project. Refer Appendix – D for water lifting permission Page 334-361 Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.17 and 2.18, Page 32 electricity requirement of industry and its distribution. Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.1, Page 20 for details of man power requirement. viii Process description along with major Bagasse Storage: Fire, Sulphur storage: Dust Explosion & fire, equipments and machineries, process SO2 production: Toxic gas leakage, High Pressure Steam: flow sheet (quantities) from raw Explosion. material to products to be provided Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.4 for manufacturing process, and Figure 2.3 , 2.4, 2.5 for process flow sheet Page 28-34 Appendix – C Page for list of equipment’s Page 302-333 ix Hazard identification and details of Molasses Tanks: Rupture & Leakage, Alcohol Tanks: Fire, SO2: proposed safety systems Leakage, Safety Valves, Dyke Walls, External Cooing, Flame- proof Electrical Fitting- Fire Fighting System provided, Onsite Emergency Plan have been prepared by industry. Boiler house (explosion- maintenance and operation of boiler by certified boiler attendants), Bagasse & Sulphur storage (fire & explosion- provision of fire extinguishers). Refer Chapter – 7, Section 7.2 to 7.10 Page no.196-209 x Expansion/modernization proposals a. Copy of all the Environmental  The proposed expansion of Sugar Factory from 6,000 Clearance(s) including Amendments TCD to 7,500 TCD, & Expansion of Distillery from 90 thereto obtained for the project from KLPD to 120 KLPD 1 will be implemented in existing MOEF/ SEIAA shall be attached as Sugar Factory, Co-gen Plant & Distillery premises. an Annexure. A certified copy of the  Existing units of sugar factory, co-gen plant & Distillery latest Monitoring Report of the have been granted Consent to Operate (CTO) by MPCB. Regional Office of the Ministry of Refer Appendix - B for copy of Valid Consent to operate Environment and Forests as per for existing Units. Page no. 257-301 circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the  Certified RO compliance is enclosed at Appendix O– 474-582 status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including

No List of TORs Compliance Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing/ existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. b. In case the existing project has not Presently, 6,000 TCD Sugar Factory & 18 MW Co-generation obtained environmental clearance, Plant and 90 KLPD Distillery is in operation. EC is procured reasons for not taking EC under the for existing 90 KLPD distillery, 6,000 TCD Sugar Factory, 18 provisions of the EIA Notification MW Co-gen Plant from MoEFCC; New Delhi vide order No. 1994 and/ or EIA Notification 2006 J-11011/212/2014-IA II (I) dated 22nd March, 2016. These shall be provided. Copies of Consent existing units of sugar factory, Co-generation Plant & to Establish/ No Objection Distillery have been granted Consent to Operate (CTO) by Certificate and Consent to Operate MPCB. (in case of units operating prior to Refer Appendix - B for copy of EC & Valid Consent to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and operate for existing Units. Page no. 257-301 CTO of FY 2005 - 2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4 Site Details i. Location of the project site covering Proposed project by Daund Sugar Limited. (DSPL) is village, Taluka/ Tehsil, District and Expansion of sugar factory, Distillery will be done in existing State, Justification for selecting the premises of DSPL, At Taluka: Daund, Dist.: Pune, site, whether other sites were Maharashtra State.. considered. Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.3.1, Figure- 2.1, Page 23-24 for details of location of project. ii A Toposheet of the study area of radius Toposheet of project is presented at Chapter – 3, Section 3.3.2, of 10km and site location on Figure 3.6, Page 58. 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places) iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for The expansion of sugar factory, & Distillery will be done selection of site. within the existing premises of DSPL At Taluka: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra State. Industry has sufficient land for expansion and hence no any alternative sites were considered. iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four Latitude18°25'54.73"N,Longitude- 74°37'41.58"E corners of the site. Latitude-18°26'0.35"N, Longitude - 74°38'11.17"E Latitude-18°25'20.69"N,Longitude-74°38'11.90"E Latitude- 18°25'31.17"N, Longitude - 74°37'38.87" v Google map-Earth downloaded of the Refer Chapter – 3 , Figure 3.2, Page 54 for google image of project site. 10 Km study area around the project site vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as Plot layout of project is presented at Appendix – A Page No. well as proposed unit indicating 256 storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/ Estate/ Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/ Estate. vii Photographs of the proposed and Photographs of existing project complex is presented at Chapter

No List of TORs Compliance existing (if applicable) plant site. If 1, Figure 1.1, Page 3. Photographs of existing green belt are existing, show photographs of presented at Appendix F, page 369-374 plantation/greenbelt, in particular. viii Land use break-up of total land of the Total land acquired by DSPL is 101.99 Ha. Existing built-up project site (identified and acquired), area of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery is 41.7 Ha, No government/ private - agricultural, any built-up area under proposed project. forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area). ix A list of major industries with name No any major industry is located in 10 Km study area of DSPL and type within study area (10 km project. radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area. x Geological features and Geo- Geological Features: Geologically the area falls in the southern hydrological status of the study area part of the Deccan Volcanic Province (DVP) of Peninsular India shall be included. (Fig. 3.3). The DVP is dominated by basaltic lava flows in the form of horizontally bedded sheets spread over large area. In the layered sequence the thickness of individual flow ranges from 7 to 45 m and represented by massive unit at the bottom and vesicular unit at the top of the flow. Geo-Hydrogeology: I The water bearing properties of basaltic lava flows depend upon the intensity of weathering, fracturing and jointing which provides availability of open space within the rock for storage and movement of ground water. The thickness of weathering in the district various widely up to 20 m bgl. However, the weathered and fractured trap occurring in topographic lows forms the potential aquifer in the district. Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.6 Page 78-79 for Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area xi Details of Drainage of the project up to Drainage: Pune district is blessed with three river systems, 5 km radius of study area. If the site is namely, Bhima-Ghod, Mula-Mutha, and Nira Rivers. All these within 1km radius of any major river, rivers have mostly semi-dendritic drainage pattern and the peak & lean season river discharge as drainage density is quite high. The project site is situated in the well as flood occurrence frequency right bank of Bhima River. Project is situated at about 2.50 KM based on peak rainfall data of the past from Bhima River. Though the area is relatively flat, many first 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the order streams originate around the project site. As the area is a project site & maximum Flood Level plain these first order streams are not deep and merge with the of the river shall also be provided. Bhima River. Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.5 page 78 - 79 for (mega green field projects) study of Drainage & Geomorphology. Drainage map is at figure 3.18, page 81. xii Status of acquisition of land. If Present project complex land is already acquired by DSPL acquisition is not complete, stage of (Unit-1) and used for Industrial purpose. the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. xii R & R details in respect of land in line There will not be any R & R plan; as the proposed Expansion i with state Government policy project of DSPL will be carried out in its existing premises. 5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable) i Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, Not Applicable and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

No List of TORs Compliance ii Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv Projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à- vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly Scheduled – I Species : Black-Shouldered Kite (Elanus authenticated by the Chief Wildlife caeruleus), i.e. Indian Peafowl is listed as ‘Schedule I’ Warden of the State Government for species Indian Rat Snake, Common house gecko, Garden conservation of Schedule I fauna, if lizard and Indian Monitor Lizard (WPA Schedule-I) were any exists in the study area reported from the region. Wildlife Conservation Plan for schedule – I species; will be under preparation. vi Copy of application submitted for NA clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife 6 Environmental Status January 2021 – February 2021- March 2021 i. Determination of atmospheric By using Meteorological data the wind rose have been inversion level at the project site and plotted. Same are reflected in Chapter 4, figure 4.2, Page 141 site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 8 Locations –Industrial Site, Malewadi, Mergalwadi, locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Devalgaon, Kalewadi, Aalegaon, Kadamwasti, Khorodi, was CO and other parameters relevant to carried out. Baseline data indicates that ranges of the project shall be collected. The Concentrations of PM10 (64.51 –62.80), PM2.5 (25.02-22.71), monitoring stations shall be based SO2 (20.89 – 17.80), NOX (25.02 – 21.66), CO (0.080 – CPCB guidelines and take into account 0.0.90) respectively. the pre-dominant wind direction, Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.8.2, Table 3.11Page 83-89 population zone and sensitive receptors Annexure - III for AAQM Report, Page 659-666 including reserved forests. iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAAQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from

No List of TORs Compliance data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv Surface water quality of nearby River 8 Locations – Kadamwasti, Kadamwasti ,Alegaon, Khorodi, (100 M upstream and downstream of Wadgaon Darekar, Mergalwadi, Ravangaon It is observed that, discharge point) and other surface Water at all sites is found alkaline in nature.BOD values were drains at eight locations as per CPCB/ in the range of 5.71- 27.33 mg/l while COD ranges from MoEF&CC guidelines. 13.02– 75.02 mg/l. TDS values ranges from 174.46 to 627.24 mg/l. It is also seen that, t The water at all sites is found to be neutral in nature. At all sites, water samples showed presence to total coliforms and fecal coliforms which are exceeding permissible limits. This indicates that the water is biologically unpotable. For more information, Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.9, Table 3.14, Page 91-95- for surface water location. Annexure – IV for Surface water quality analysis Report, Page –667-672 v Whether the site falls near to polluted No any polluted stretch of river identified by CPCB/MoEFCC. stretch of river identified by the CPCB/ MoEF&CC, if yes give details. vi Ground water monitoring at minimum Ground water collected from 8 different locations from 10 Km at 8 locations shall be included. Study area. pH values were observed in the range of 7.21 to 8.22. TDS were found in the range of 216.81 mg/l to 391.33 mg/l. COD values observed in the range of 17.25 mg/l to 39.99 mg/l and that for BOD in the range of 6.89 mg/l to 15.02 mg/l. At all sites, The above results reveal that some parameters in analysed samples are above desirable limits but well within permissible limits prescribed by IS10500-2012. For more information, Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.9, Table 3.15, Page 96 - 100 for ground water location. Annexure - V for Ground water quality analysis Report, Page 673-678 vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations 8 Locations from village Project Site, Dhumalvasti, Alegaon, within the study area. Kadamvasti, Boribel, Wagdara, Mhayanarwadi, Khorwadi Leq (day) ranges from 51.2 to 71.3 dB (A), Leq (night) ranges from 40.6 – 61.6 dB (A), Leq (dn) ranges from 51.1 – 71.4 dB (A). Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.10, Table 3.20, Page 104 for noise level monitoring results Annexure - VI for Noise Monitoring Report, Pg. 679-680 viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB 8 Locations – Project site, Kadamwasti, Kadamwasti, Alegaon, guidelines. Shirapur, Boribel, Maldpadas, Mergalwadi, Kautha Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.4, Table 3.3-3.6, Page 65-77 for soil analysis results Annexure - I for Soil Monitoring Report, Pg. 631-633 ix Traffic study of the area, type of Types & Frequency of vehicles – Tanker (24 Nos.), Tractor vehicles, frequency of vehicles for Trolley (170 Nos.) Mini Tractor – (260 Nos.), Trucks (120 transportation of materials, additional Nos.), Harvester (129 Nos.) Dedicated Parking Plot provided. traffic due to proposed project, parking Refer Chapter – 2, Table 2.11, page 28 for transportation arrangement etc. details. x Detailed description of flora and fauna Habitats: Pockets of barren land and fallow land with patches (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the of woodland and dominated by scanty scrub, grasslands study area shall be given with special whereas, manmade ecosystems composed of cropland, reference to rare, endemic and horticulture and human habitations. endangered species. If Schedule-I Aquatic - Rivers, Streams, Tanks fauna are found within the study area, Fauna: A total of 24 bird species belonging to 10 orders, 20

No List of TORs Compliance a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be families and 22 genera were recorded during the brief field prepared and furnished. survey. Out of these 13 species were common resident, 8 species were not common resident, 2 species were common winter visitor and 1 species was not common winter visitor. Flora: Local trees Banyan, Peepal, Umbar, Tamarind, Gulmohar, Drumstick, Babul, Neem, Palash, Karanj, Apta, Arjuna, Karwand, Jamun and Mango. are reported Refer Chapter 3, section 3.12 page 127-134 for detailed study of Ecology. xi Socio-economic status of the study area. Survey was carried out in 8 villages within 10 Km study area. Findings: male: female ratio – 51:49, Main occupation – agriculture (70%), Good transportation & satisfactory educational facilities. Refer Chapter – 3, section 3.11, Page 104-127 for details of socio-economic profile of study area. 7 Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level Output of GLC run for various scenarios in respect of activities concentration of pollutants from the to be undertaken under DSPL expansion project for Additional stack emission based on site specific fuel for existing boiler is carried out & presented in Chapter 4, meteorological features. In case the Section 4.3.1.1, Page 141-150 project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii Water Quality modeling - in case of The Industry is ZLD. No Discharge in any Water Body discharge in water body Refer chapter 4, table 4.12 – 4.18, Page 153-155 for quantification of impact due to accidental discharge of effluent to water body. iii Impact of the transport of the raw Entire transportation of products and raw material shall be materials and end products on the done by road. No major and permanent impact expected. Raw surrounding environment shall be materials and products are transported by road through trucks, assessed and provided. In this regard, tractors etc. options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail/rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum- rail transport shall be examined. iv A note on treatment of wastewater Sugar & Co-gen (Existing & Expansion): Effluent from different plant operations, extent generated from Existing sugar factory and co-gen plant recycled and reused for different activities @380 CMD Same is treated in existing Effluent purposes shall be included. Complete Treatment Plant (ETP)

No List of TORs Compliance scheme of effluent treatment. Effluent generated after expansion of Sugar Factory sugar Characteristics of untreated and treated factory @ 450 CMD shall be forwarded to the existing ETP effluent to meet the prescribed which shall be duly and completely upgraded. Treated effluent standards of discharge under E (P) will be reused for green belt in own factory premises. Total Rules. domestic effluent generated from complex @ 82 CMD (64 CMD from Sugar & 18 CMD from Distillery) will be treated in Proposed STP Distillery (Existing & Expansion) - Raw spentwash generated from existing Distillery @ 720 M3/D from distillery will be concentrate in Multiple effect evaporator and the conc. spentwash @ 146 MT/D (1.6 KL/KL of alcohol) would be burnt in proposed incineration boiler. Other effluents generated after expansion of distillery in the form of @ spent lees @ 221 M3/D, MEE condensate @ 574 M3/D and other effluents @ 50 M3/D treated in CPU under distillery unit and this achieves Zero liquid Discharge (ZLD). Raw spentwash generated after expansion of Distillery @ 960 M3/D from distillery will be concentrate in Multiple effect evaporator and the conc. spentwash @ 192 MT/D (1.6 KL/KL of alcohol) would be blended with bagasse or coal and burnt in proposed incineration boiler. Other effluents generated after expansion of distillery in the form of @ spent lees @ 172 M3/D, MEE condensate @ 778 M3/D and other effluents @ 96 M3/D treated in CPU under distillery unit and this achieves Zero liquid Discharge (ZLD). Refer Chapter –2, Section 2.7. Page 33-41for detailed treatment of wastewater. Refer fig 2.7 2.8, 2.9& 2.11 for flow diagram of ETP, CPU and STP etc. Also, photographs of existing ETP are presented at fig 2.14. v Details of stack emission and action Sugar Factory, Co-gen Plant (Existing & After Sugar plan for control of emissions to meet Factory Expansion): 100 & 15 TPH. ESP as APC equipment standards. along with Stack of 70 M (common stack & APC for both boilers) Distillery (Expansion): Under proposed expansion of distillery Existing 40 TPH. ESP as APC equipment along with Stack of 82 M. No new boiler will be installed under expansion project. Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.2, Table 2.24, Page 43 for action plan of stack emissions. vi Measures for fugitive emission control Sources: mill house, sugar bagging, bagasse, pressmud ash storage yard, internal kuccha roads, bagasse conveyor; feeding section, improper function of APC equipment etc. Measures : Proper exhaust & ventilation arrangements, monitoring of proper working of pollution control equipments, proper handling; storage& disposal of dust collected, use of PPE’s for staff and workers, augmentation of existing green belt with adequate density, provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete). Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.2.1, Page 44 vii Details of hazardous waste generation Hazardous waste in the form of : & their storage, utilization & 1. Used oil under (Cat.5.1) is at existing @ 857 Lits/A management. Copies of MOU generated. Same will be generated @1071Lits/A under regarding utilization of solid and Expansion of Sugar Factory.it will be Reuse in own boiler as

No List of TORs Compliance hazardous waste in cement plant shall fuel. also be included. EMP shall include 2. Chemical Sludge, Oil & grease skimming residue (34.4) is the concept of waste - minimization, at existing @ 21.5 MT/A generated. Same will be generated @ recycle/reuse/recover techniques, 27 MT/A under Expansion of Sugar Factory. It will be used as Energy conservation, & natural manure. resource conservation. No hazardous waste will be generated under proposed distillery. Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.4 Table 2.29, Page 45 for hazardous waste generation and its disposal. viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be Solid Waste : ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, (Sugar & Co-gen existing) - Boiler Ash @ 480MT/M will 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be be F Sale to Brick manufacture.. ETP Sludge @ 11.4 MT/M provided. will be used as manure. (After expansion of Sugar Factory) Boiler Ash @ 720 MT/M will be F Sale to Brick manufacture.. ETP Sludge @ 3.5 MT/M will be used as manure. (Existing Distillery) – -Boiler Ash @ 1260 MT/M will be given to brick manufacturer, Yeast Sludge @ 570 MT/M CPU Sludge@ 24 MT/M will be Burnt in Incineration Boiler (Ater Expansion of Distillery) -Boiler Ash @ 1770 MT/M will be given to brick manufacturer, Yeast Sludge @ 780 MT/M CPU Sludge@ 30 MT/M will be Burnt in Incineration Boiler. Details Refer Chapter – 2, Table 2.28, Page 44 for details ix Action plan for the green belt Under DSPL project complex an area of about 33.70 Ha. is development plan in 33 % area i.e. already developed under green belt. Which is about 33% of land with not less than 1,500 trees per total plot area. Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.8 Page 47-48 for ha. Giving details of species, width of details of green belt and Appendix – F for green belt plantation, planning schedule etc. shall development plan Page 369-374 be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. x Action plan for rainwater harvesting Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) measures through surface & measures at plant site shall be rooftop shall be done under expansion unit. submitted to harvest rainwater from the Rooftop Harvesting: 2,25,882.97 M3 roof tops and storm water drains to Surface Harvesting: 1,25,577.48M3 recharge the ground water and also to About 3,51,460.45 M3 of rainwater become available during use for the various activities at the every season from the Rooftop harvesting operations. project site to conserve fresh water and Detailed about rainwater harvesting presented at Chapter – 2, reduce the water requirement from Section 2.9, Page 48-49 other sources. xi Total capital cost and recurring Capital cost for environmental pollution control under cost/annum for environmental expansion will be Rs. 170 Lacs and recurring cost will be Rs. pollution control measures shall be 25.2 Lacs. For details refer Chapter – 2, section 2.7.9, Table included. 2.30, Page 47. xii Action plan for post-project Regular monthly & quarterly monitoring is being done by environmental monitoring shall be industry. Same practices shall be continued after expansion submitted. Refer Chapter – 6, Table 6.7 Page188 xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural Refer Chapter – 7, Section 7.9, Page 207 and Man-made) Preparedness and

No List of TORs Compliance Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan. 8 Occupational health i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the Under expansion activities Rs. 50 Lakhs will be allocated for occupational health & safety of all Occupational Health & Safety of workers. Refer Chapter – 2, contract and casual workers section 2.7.9, Table 2.30, Page 47 ii Details of exposure specific health Occupational Health Center is provided at site. Regular status evaluation of worker. If the medical checkup of employees is being done for existing unit. workers' health is being evaluated by Pre & post medical check-ups done. Employees are regularly pre designed format, chest x rays, examined & medical records are maintained. Pulmonary Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision function test, Chest X-ray, Audiometric Test, Spirometry, testing (Far & Near vision, colour Vision test, ECG are conducted. All health & safety measures vision and any other ocular defect) provided to workers. Health Check-up Reports of workers are ECG, during pre placement and enclosed at Appendix- M, Page 464-672 periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. iii Details of existing Occupational & Release of toxic chemicals & materials (Molasses), gases & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure fumes (SO2), accidents due to explosion & fire, Noise levels of hazards and whether they are exposure. More details are given in Chapter 7, Page 190-209 within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, iv Annual report of health status of Health checkup reports are presented at Appendix –M , workers with special reference to Page 464-472 Occupational Health and Safety. 9 Corporate Environment Policy i Does the company have a well laid Company will prepare EHS policy and will display as per the down Environment Policy approved by norms. its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process /procedures to bring into focus any infringement /deviation/ violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions? If so, it may be detailed in EIA. iii What is the hierarchical system or EMC (11Nos.) has been formed with qualified and experienced administrative order of the company to staff. The cell works under Chairperson of the industry and deal with the environmental issues and Directors, Whole Time Director, Chief Chemist, Chief for ensuring compliance with the Engineer, Chief Accountant, Distillery Manager, Co-gen. environmental clearance conditions? Manager, Civil Engineer, Chief Agree Officer, Labor Welfare Details of this system may be given. Officer, Environmental Manager, and other qualified and

No List of TORs Compliance experienced responsible persons from certain departments have been taken as members. The EMC is responsible for all the activities and actions as well as outputs and management of entire infrastructure provided for control and abatement of pollution in the DSPL project. Further, the cell is also active in protecting state of environment in the study area around existing campus of DSPL. Various programs and tasks towards conservation, awareness, promotion, review etc. are undertaken and implemented through the existing environmental management cell. Refer Chapter 10, Figure 10.1, Page 215-216 iv Does the company have system of Yes, the system is followed by the industry & necessary reporting of non compliances / compliance are done as per schedules & requirements violations of environmental norms to Refer Chapter 10, Table 10.1, Page 215 for Environmental the Board of Directors of the company Management Cell and their responsibilities. and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report 10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such All basic facilities are provided by DSPL to its casual workers as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided including truck drivers during operation phase. Same practices to the labour force during construction as well will be implemented after proposed also. For the construction as to the casual workers including truck drivers workers, the existing facilities will be made available. Further, during operation phase. temporary sheds would be provided to the workers under project. 11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the An amount of Rs. 61.50 Lakhs. Are allocated towards CER for project cost) shall be earmarked towards next 5 years. There under activities such as – Solar Street Light, the Enterprise Social Commitment based Supply of MSW Management Infrastructure, Solar Photovoltaic on Public Hearing issues and item-wise Energy, Water Conservation, Arrangement of Drinking Water details along with time bound action plan Supply Infrastructure etc. are consider. shall be included. Socio-economic Refer Chapter – 6, Section 6.3.10, Table 6.3 and Table 6.4, page development activities need to be 185 for detailed CER elaborated upon. 12 Any litigation pending against the project No any litigation is pending against the industry. and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13 A tabular chart with index for point wise Refer Chapter 1, Section 1.4, Page 4-19 compliance of above TOR. B Specific ToRs for EIA Studies for Distilleries 1 List of existing distillery units in the study NA area along with their capacity and sourcing of raw material 2 Number of working days of the distillery unit Distillery shall be operated for 330 days. Refer Chapter 2 Table 2.12 Page 30. 3 Details of raw materials such as molasses/ Raw Material Quantity – After Expansion grains, their sources with availability Molasses (MT/M) 13,350 Yeast (MT/M) 1.5

No List of TORs Compliance Urea (MT/M) 6 De-foaming agent (MT/M) 7.8 Source & Transportation-  Molasses – Own sugar factory/ Outside Purchase  Yeast, Urea, De-foaming agent –From local vendor Refer Chapter 2, section 2.6.2, Table 2.7 Page 26 for list of raw materials and Table 2.11-2.12 Page 28for details of transportation. 4 Details of the use of steam from the boiler Steam required for distillery operations shall be taken from Existing 40 TPH incineration boiler. 5 Surface and Ground water quality around NA proposed spentwash store lagoon, and compost yard 6 Plan to reduce spent wash generation within After Expansion of distillery raw spentwash to the tune of 960 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol produced. M3/D & conc. Spentwash to the tune of 192 M3/D (i.e. 1.6 KL/KL of alcohol). Refer chapter 2 Section 2.7.1, Table 2.22 , Page 37 7 Proposed effluent treatment system for Raw Spentwash 960 M3/D shall be forwarded to evaporation molasses/ grain based distillery (spent wash, and concentration in Multiple (Five) Effect Evaporator (MEE). spentlees, condensate and utilities) as well as Further, concentrated spentwash of 192 M3/D shall be domestic sewage and scheme for achieving incinerated in Existing 40 TPH boiler. zero effluent discharge (ZLD). Other industrial effluent would be treated in proposed Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) & recycled in to process for dilution of molasses & cooling tower make-up. Refer chapter 2 , Section 2.7.1, Table 2.22 , Page 37 8 Proposed action to restrict fresh water total water consumption for industrial purpose of distillery consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol under expansion - 1279 CMD; 1015 CMD will be recycled production. water from the distillery CPU, and 153 CMD (2.19 CMD/KL) will be fresh water taken from New Mutha Right Bank Canal, 95 CMD from Excess Sugarcane Condensate Water. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1, Table 2.20 at Page 35-36 9 Details about capacity of spentwash holding Spentwash will be stored in HDPE lined tanks. tank, material used, design consideration, No. of Piezometers to be proposed around spent Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1 Figure: 2.12, page 40 wash holding tank. 10 Action plan to control ground water pollution Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.3.3.3, Page 156 11 Details of solid waste management including Distillery (Total after Expansion) - Boiler Ash @ 1770 management of boiler ash, yeast etc. Details MT/M will be given to brick manufacturer, Yeast Sludge @ of incinerated spentwash ash generation and 780 MT/M CPU Sludge@ 30 MT/M will be Burnt in its disposal. Incineration Boiler. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.3Page no. 45 for details. 12 Details of bio-composting yard (if applicable) Not Applicable. 13 Action plan to control odour pollution Measures adopted under existing unit for controlling are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling, prompt &Pressmud will be sold. Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.3.1.3-D, Page 150 -151 14 Arrangement for installation of continuous In existing unit, online monitoring system is installed. Refer online monitoring system (24x7 monitoring Chapter 2 Page 42 for photographs of online monitoring device) system B Specific ToRs for EIA studies for Sugar Industry 1 Complete process flow diagram describing Processes in Sugar Factory: Milling/ crushing, Juice exaction each unit, its processes and operations in & Clarification, Juice Sulphitation, Syrup Boiling,

No List of TORs Compliance production of sugar, along with material and Centrifuging, Storage of Sugar. energy inputs and outputs (material and Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6, Figure 2.4, 2.6, Page 33-28 energy balance). 2 Details on water balance including quantity of Water Requirement- Existing sugar &Co-gen: 3188 CMD effluent generated, recycled & reused. Efforts (2353 (Excess Sugarcane condensate) + 400(Fresh) + 435CMD to minimize effluent is charge and to maintain ETP treated water), (After Sugar Expansion): 4267 CMD quality of receiving water body (10(Fresh) + 3639 CMD (Excess Sugarcane condensate)+ 518 CMD ETP treated water) Effluent Generation :Effluent generated from Existing sugar factory and co-gen plant activities @380 CMD Same is treated in existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) Effluent generated after expansion of Sugar Factory sugar factory @ 450 CMD shall be forwarded to the existing ETP which shall be duly and completely upgraded. Treated effluent will be reused for green belt in own factory premises. Total domestic effluent generated from complex @ 82 CMD (64 CMD from Sugar & 18 CMD from Distillery) will be treated in Proposed STP. Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.21 2.22, Page 35 for Water requirement of DSPL project. Refer Appendix – D for water lifting permission Page 326-340 3 Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and Effluent generated from sugar factory will be treated in existing treated water quality with specific efficiency ETP comprising of Primary-secondary-tertiary treatment. ETP of each treatment unit in reduction in respect consist of Bar screen, Oil & Grease Chamber, Neutralization to fall concerned / regulated environmental tank, Equalization Tanks ,Lamella Clarifier Buffer tank, parameters. UASBR, Aeration Tank, Sec. Clarifier, Chlorine Contact Tank, DMF,Treated water Tank. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1.1 and 2.7.1.3, Table 2.21, figure 2.9-2.11 Page 38-40 for details of effluent generated from DSPL complex and its treatment and disposal facility. 4 Number of working days of the sugar Sugar factory is working for 180 Days. Same practices will be production unit followed after expansion. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.4.3, Table 2.4 Page 25 5 Details of the use of steam from the boiler. Total Steam generation is from 2 Boilers (100& 15 TPH). Same will be used in sugar manufacturing processes like Juice heater, Evaporators, Vaccum Pan etc. The steam generated from existing boilers is sufficient for expansion of sugar production. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.5, Table 2.13 Page 31 for steam balance. 6 Details of proposed source – specific pollution Effluent Treatment Plant: Effluent generated from sugar control schemes and equipments to meet the factory will be treated in existing ETP comprising of Primary- national standards. secondary-tertiary treatment, which will be modified under expansion. The treated effluent parameters are well within the standards i.e. pH : 7-8, BOD < 100 mg/ L, COD< 250 mg/L, TDS < 2100 mg/L & SS < 100 mg/L. Sewage Treatment Plant: Domestic sewage @ 82 CMD will be treated in Existing STP. It consist of bar screen, O & G chamber, Equalization tank, Aeration tank, Sec. tube settler, Filter feed tank & treated water tank. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1, Figure 2.13, Page 38-40 ESP & Stack: Emissions from 00 & 15 TPH. ESP as APC equipment along with Stack of 70 M (common stack & APC for both boilers)

No List of TORs Compliance Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.2, Table 2.24, , Page 43 7 Collection, storage, handling and Total quantity of molasses generated after expansion will be transportation of molasses. 9000 MT/M. Same will be stored in dedicated 5 storage tanks and transported through tankers as per demand. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.1, Table 2.6, and Page 26. 8 Collection, storage and handling of Bagasse Bagasse to the tune of 67,500 MT/M will be stored in bagasse and pressmud. yard and taken to boilers as fuel through close conveyor belt. Pressmud to the tune of 9000 MT/M will be stored in dedicated storage area and will be given to farmers as manure. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.1, Table 2.6, Page 26 9 Fly ash management plan for coal based and (Sugar & Co-gen existing) - Boiler Ash @ 480MT/M will Bagasse and action plan. be F Sale to Brick manufacture. ETP Sludge @ 11.4 MT/M will be used as manure. (After expansion of Sugar Factory) Boiler Ash @ 720 MT/M will be F Sale to Brick manufacture... ETP Sludge @ 3.5 MT/M will be used as manure. Refer Chapter – 2, Table 2.28, Page 45for details 10 Details on water quality parameters such as 8 Locations – Kadamwasti, Kadamwasti ,Alegaon, Khorodi, Temperature, Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total Wadgaon Darekar, Mergalwadi, Ravangaon It is observed that, Kjeldhal Nitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & Grease, Water at all sites is found alkaline in nature.BOD values were Total Suspended Solids, Total Coli form in the range of 5.71- 27.33 mg/l while COD ranges from bacteria etc. 13.02– 75.02 mg/l. TDS values ranges from 174.46 to 627.24 mg/l. It is also seen that, t The water at all sites is found to be neutral in nature. At all sites, water samples showed presence to total coliforms and fecal coliforms which are exceeding permissible limits. This indicates that the water is biologically unpotable. For more information, Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.9, Table 3.14, Page 91-95- for surface water location. Annexure – IV for Surface water quality analysis Report, Page –667-672 11 Details on existing ambient air quality and 8 Locations –Industrial Site, Malewadi, Mergalwadi, expected, stack and fugitive emissions for Devalgaon, Kalewadi, Aalegaon, Kadamwasti, Khorodi, was PM10, PM2.5, SO2*, NOx*, etc., and evaluation carried out. Baseline data indicates that ranges of of the adequacy of the proposed pollution Concentrations of PM10 (64.51 –62.80), PM2.5 (25.02-22.71), control devices to meet standards for point SO2 (20.89 – 17.80), NOX (25.02 – 21.66 ), CO (0.080 – sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As 0.0.90) respectively. applicable) Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.8.2, Table 3.11Page 83-89 Annexure - III for AAQM Report, Page 659-666

Chapter 2 Project Description

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

Proposed project by Daund Sugars Private Limited, (DSPL) is an expansion of Sugar Factory from 6,000 to 7,500 TCD and Molasses based Distillery from 90 to 120 KLPD.

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT

As discussed in Chapter-1, India is the largest producer of sugarcane and sugar. Sugar Factories cannot survive in healthy condition on a single product i.e. sugar. Thus, it is essential to develop sugar factory into an affiliated complex so as to utilize the valuable by- products more profitably. Bagasse based cogeneration of steam and electricity has been practiced since long time in sugar mills. Thereby, enhancing the rate of revenue by co-gen. Molasses is also another important by-product of the Sugar Industry. The profits earned by conversion of molasses into alcohol are much higher than that of sale of molasses alone. Further, there is a good demand for alcohol in the country as well as abroad as production and consumption of alcohol in India are quite balanced. Apart from this following are also the need of the project.

This project proposal shows the techno-economic viability of the distillery cum –Slop Fired Boiler (Ethanol and ENA) for the production of the fuel alcohol (Ethanol) as well as Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA) from Molasses and Grains. Currently the country has a burden of foreign currency expenditure for supplying the growing gasoline and Petrol demand and this is becoming worse as the price of petroleum increases. Hence, using alternative primary fuel sources to these fuels is essential in order to pace with the increase demand for fuel.

The production of Ethanol from Molasses is one of the cheapest solutions of this fuel supply. The government is therefore willing to manufacture Ethanol which can be mixed with gasoline in fixed proportions and substituting Petrol and Diesel considering the sugar industry as a primary source for this form of supplemental fuel production.

In light of same the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas formally released the document National Policy on Biofuels 2018, which proposed blend targets of E20 and B5 be met by 2030. The new ethanol-blending program (EBP) stipulates procurement of ethanol produced directly from B-Heavy Molasses, Sugarcane Juice, and damaged Food Grains such as wheat and broken rice. Damaged food grains are allowed when they are unfit for human consumption and under surplus conditions.

2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential

Activities under expansion project of DSPL would improve socio-economic status of people in the study area in terms of local employment and contract basis jobs. Proposed activity could provide employment opportunities to the skilled and semi-skilled local populace, especially in small-scale business and other related services.

Table 2.1 Details of Manpower

No. Manpower Existing Plant Proposed Plant Total 1 Staff 57 8 65 2 Workers 320 14 334 3 Contractual Labors 200 20 220 Total 577 42 619

2.2.2 Potential of the Products

Under Distillery expansion project; products like RS/ ENA /Ethanol will be manufactured. ENA is used in the production of alcoholic beverages such as whisky, vodka, gin, cane, liqueurs, and alcoholic fruit beverages and aperitifs. Apart from this, it also serves as an essential ingredient in the manufacturing of several cosmetics and personal care products, such as perfume, toiletries, cologne, hair spray, air fresheners, detergents, etc. As a good solvent, it is used in the production of some lacquers, paints and ink for the printing industry, besides being used in pharmaceutical products in products such as antiseptics, drug, syrups, medicated sprays, etc. The market for ENA in India has reached a value of INR 90.4 Billion in 2020. As per forecast of experts, the market is likely to continue its strong growth during 2021-2026.

Ethanol produced from proposed project has a demand for blending in petrol/diesel after making anhydrous alcohol from the conventional rectified spirit. In 2014, less than 1% ethanol was being blended with petrol against the target of 5%. Now, this ratio has reached 8.5% and next year it is going to be 10%. The government have set a target of reaching 10% ethanol-blending by 2022 (10% of ethanol mixed with 90% of petrol) - and 20% by 2030.

There is a good demand for products from proposed manufacturing in India as well as abroad. Alcohol produced has a demand for blending in petrol after making anhydrous alcohol from the conventional Rectified Spirit (RS). Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA) is utilized for production of value added product, for the production of spirit such as whisky, rum, brandy, gin and vodka but also as a base for a wide range of flavored alcoholic beverages providing huge market opportunity. Ethanol will be supplied to oil companies for blending with fossil fuel as per Ethanol Blending Programmer. Moreover, the electricity produced from existing co-gen plant shall be taken to switch yard from where it would be used for industrial needs in industrial complex.

2.3 PROJECT LOCATION

The proposed expansion activities would be carried out in existing premises of DSPL. Present set up of the sugar factory is located at Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra. Geographical location of the site is18°25'39.74"E longitude and 74°37'59.44"N latitude, while making selection of site for existing activities of DSPL certain aspects were taken in to consideration prominently. The Same were - (1) Availability of all basic facilities like water, electricity, man power, raw material such as sugar cane, molasses etc., (2) Rail and road links to prominent market places so that procurement of raw material as well as marketing of finished product was easier and economical, (3) Availability of good communication facilities and (4) No rehabilitation and resettlement required. (5) no national park or wildlife habitats were located in immediate vicinity of the project site.

Table 2.2 Project Sitting & Environmental Settings

No Particulars Details 1 Name and Address of the Industry Daund Sugar Private Limited (DSPL), At: Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra. 2 Gat No. 97, 98, 99, 414/1/1, 414/1/2, 414/1/3, 414/1/4, 414/1/5, 414/1/6, 414/1/7, 415/1/1, 415/1/2, 415/1/3, 415/1/4, 415/1/5, 415/1/6, 415/1/7, 415/1/8, 415/1/8, 415/1/9, 417/1/1, 417/1/2, 417/1/3, 417/1/4, 417/1/5, 417/1/6, 415/2, 416/2, 232, 233. 3 Land acquired by the Industry 10,19,900Sq. M. (101.99 Ha) 4 Elevation 528 M above MSL 5 Nearest habitation Alegaon 2.50 Km 6 Nearest city Pune 83 Km 7 Nearest highway SH-67 at 1.0 Km, & NH-9 at 7.0 Km 8 Nearest railway station Daund at 7.0 Km. 9 Nearest airport Baramati Airport 23.0 Km & Pune Airport at 77.0 Km 10 Nearest tourist place(s) Nil within 10 Km radius 11 Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius 12 Archaeological important Nil within 10 Km radius 13 Critically / Severely polluted areas Nil within 10 Km radius declared by CPCB/MoEFCC 14 Ecological sensitive zones Nil within 10 Km radius 15 Reserved forest/Protected forest/ Nil within 10 Km radius National Parks/Wildlife Sanctuary etc. 16 Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies Bhima river at 2.0 Km (from Project Site) 17 Nearest Industrial Area / Industry Kurkumbh MIDC at 12.0 Km radius 18 Interstate Boundary Nil within 10 Km radius 19 Site Co-ordinates (all corners) Latitude18°25'54.73"N,Longitude- 74°37'41.58"E Latitude-18°26'0.35"N, Longitude - 74°38'11.17"E Latitude-18°25'20.69"N,Longitude- 74°38'11.90"E Latitude- 18°25'31.17"N, Longitude - 74°37'38.87"

2.3.1 Site History

Daund Sugar Private Limited (DSPL), is located in village Alegaon, Tal: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra. DSPL is as private Limited Company. Company is registered under Company’s Act 1956 with due registration in 2008 vide Registration No. U15323KA2007PTC041485 in 2008. Before establishment of factory, the entire land was barren and not used for agricultural purpose. The land was acquired from villagers. Mr. Jagdish Laxmanrao Kadam is the Chairman of this industry. First Crushing season of 3500 TCD sugar factory by DSPL was took in year 2010-11.

Figure 2.1 Location of the Project Site

Note: The Maps are purely graphical and not to scale, Latitude: 74°37'59.44"N, Longitude: 18°25'39.74"E

Figure 2.2 Images Showing Site History

Land use Status of AMLL P. – Year 2008 Land use Status of DSPL. – Year 2020

2.4 DETAILS OF LAND REQUIREMENT

Table 2.3 Details of Area Break Up

No List of area Existing Expansion Total After expansion 1 Total Plot Area 10,19,900 - 10,19,900 2 Total Built up Area Sugar & Co-gen 2,14,544 - 2,14,544 Distillery 1,04,944 - 1,04,944 Cane Yard 88,000 - 88,000 Reservoir 9,715 - 9,715 Parking Area 4,80 - 4,80 Total Built up Area 4,17,683 - 4,17,683 3 Area Under Road 25,502 - 25,502 4 Green Belt Area 3,37,086 - 3,37,086 33% - 33% 5 Total Open Area 2,39,629 - 2,39,629 Refer Appendix A for plot layout

2.5 PROJECT OPERATIONS, APPROVALS & IMPLEMENTATION

Proposed expansion project would be implemented only after obtaining requisite approvals, permissions, consents from concerned authorities namely MPCB and MoEFCC. Project would be formulated in such a fashion and manner so that the utmost care of safety norms and environment protection measures shall be taken.

DSPL is an integrated project complex comprising of 6000 TCD Sugar Factory, 18 MW Co- generation Plant & 90 KLPD distillery. The first crushing season with crushing capacity of 3500 TCD and 18 MW Cogen and was taken in year 2010-2011 for which EC was procured from DoE, Govt. Maharashtra vide no SEAC-2009/CR23/TC2 dated 3.11.2009. Subsequently, CTO was procured from MPCB. Further, the establishment of 45 KLPD distillery was done in year 2009 for which the EC was granted from MoEFCC, vide order No. J-11011/249/2009-IA II (I) dated 20.11.2009. Later, the Management of DSPL planned for expansion of Sugar Factory from 3500 TCD to 6000 TCD and distillery form 45 to 90 KLPD for which EC was granted from MoEFCC vide no J-11011/212/2014-IAII (I) dated 22.03.2016 and CTO was granted by MPCB. Subsequently, the project have been granted Renewed Consent to Operate (CTO) by MPCB. Copies of EC letters and Valid Consent Orders are enclosed at Appendix – B. Details on days of operation of Distillery, Sugar Factory & Co- gen Plant is given in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4 Working Pattern

No. Days of Operation (No) Type of Activity Season Off Season Total 1 Sugar Factory 180 0 180 2 Co-gen Plant 180 30 210 3 Distillery 180 150 330

2.5.1. Plan for Approval and Implementation Schedule

Table 2.5 Plan for Project Implementation Schedule

No Activity Approval / Implementation Schedule 1 Grant of EC by MoEFCC August 2021 2 Application for CTE to MPCB August 2021 3 Construction and Erection of Machinery September 2021 4 Application for CTO to MPCB January 2022 5 Trials & Commissioning of Project January 2022

2.6 TECHNOLOGY & PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.6.1 Products

The details of products that are being manufactured under existing Sugar Factory, Co-gen Plant & Distillery as well as those to be manufactured under Sugar Factory & Distillery expansion are represented in following table

Table 2.6 List of Products & By-products for Integrated Complex

Industrial unit Product& By- Quantity(MT/M) product Existing Expansion Total Sugar Factory Capacity (6000 TCD) (1500 TCD) (7500 TCD) (Expansion 6000- Products 7500 TCD) Sugar (11.5%) 20,754 5,196 25,950 By-products Molasses (4%) 7,200 1,800 9,000 Bagasse (30%) 54,000 13,500 67,500 Press Mud (4%) 7,200 1,800 9,000 Co-Gen Electricity (MW) 18MW - 18MW (Existing 18 MW) Distillery Products (Expansion 90- Ethanol/ ENA/ RS 2700 KLPM 900 KLPM 3600KLPM 120 KLPD) By-Products Fusel Oil 5.1 1.5 6.6 Carbon Di-oxide 2,250 750 3,000 Note - *- % sugar cane crushed.(CO ) Gas

By-products generated during production of sugar in the form of molasses and bagasse would be used as raw materials for production of alcohol and power respectively. Pressmud shall be stored in dedicated separate yard in own premises and sold to farmers. Carbon dioxide (CO2) generated from distillery operations will be recovery plant, further purified and sold in market.

2.6.2 Raw Materials for Integrated Project

Basic raw materials required for Sugar Factory, Co-gen Plant & Distillery along with their quantities and sources are listed in following table.

Table 2.7List of Raw Materials

Industrial unit Name of Raw Quantity (MT/M) Material Source Existing Expansion Total Sugar Factory Sugarcane 1,80,000 45,000 2,25,000 Near By Farms (Expansion 6000- Lime 330 90 420 7500 TCD) Sulphur 102 27 129 Nearby Market Lubricants 7.2 1.8 9 Co-gen Bagasse 32,040 - 32,040 Own Sugar Factory (Existing 18 MW) Molasses 10,050 3,300 13,350 Own Sugar Factory/ Distillery Outside Purchase (Expansion 90- Yeast 1.2 0.3 1.5 Local Vendor 120 KLPD) Urea 4.8 1.2 6

De-foaming agent 6 1.8 7.8

Refer Appendix-C for list of equipment required under existing and expansion projects of Sugar Factory, Co-Gen Plant & Distillery.

Table 2.8 Seasonal Cane Availability for Sugar Factory

No. Description Remarks 1 Avg. yield (MT/Acres) 45 2 Total Cane available from shareholders land (MT) 0 MT 3 Cane available from non-shareholders land (MT) 12,50,000 MT 4 Total cane available (MT) 12,50,000 MT 5 Avg. distance from sugar factory (Km) 35 Km

Table 2.9 Seasonal Bagasse Availability for Boiler

No. Description Quantity 1 Sugar Cane Crushing 7,500 TCD 2 Working Days of Sugar Factory 180 Days 3 Total Crushing 1,35,0000MT/Season 4 Bagasse Quantity generated @ 30% of Cane Crushed 2,250 MT / Day 5 Bagasse Quantity generated during season 4,05,000 MT /Season 6 Daily Bagasse required for Co-gen Boilers 1,200 MT/Day 7 Bagasse for Co-gen boiler during season (180 Days) 2,16,000 MT/Season 8 Bagasse for Co-gen boiler during off season (30 Days) 36,000 MT 9 Total Bagasse required for season and off season 2,52,000 MT 10 Remaining Bagasse - 1,53,000MT

Presently,  Bagasse is stored in yard & covered properly for dust attenuation.  Bagasse is transported to boiler through closed conveyors to avoid fugitive emissions.  Additional plantation will be done around bagasse yard; under green belt augmentation plan.  Remaining quantity of Bagasse will be used for incineration boiler under Distillery Expansion.

Table 2.10Availability of Molasses for Distillery

No. Description Quantity 1 Sugar Cane Crushing - own sugar factory 7,500 TCD 2 Sugar factory operating days 180 Days 3 Total Cane Crushing 1,35,0000 MT/Season 4 Molasses Quantity generated @ 4% 300 MT/Day 5 Molasses Quantity generated during season (180 days) 54,000 MT/ Season 6 Distillery capacity 120 KLPD 7 Daily Molasses required for Distillery 445 MT/Day 8 Working Days of Distillery 330 Days 9 Total Molasses required for Distillery 1,46,850 MT/Season 10 Molasses to be purchased from outside parties 92,850 MT/Season 11 On own molasses 121 Days 12 Molasses purchase from outside party 209 Days

2.6.3 Products and Raw Materials Storage & Transportation Details

Sugarcane as raw material for sugar factory shall be made available from nearby farms in 48 Km area from the factory. During cultivation of sugarcane in farms, farmers inform the

27 field men of DSPL (who are appointed region wise) regarding the start of cultivation. Later on, the field men submit the information to sugar factory office. Accordingly, days of maturation of sugarcane cultivation are calculated and labors as well as vehicles are forwarded by the industry to the individual farms for its harvesting. Subsequently, harvested cane is brought to sugar factory site and consumed for processing within 24 hrs. Vehicles filled with cane wait in parking lot for their turn and directly dump their contents on the carrier chain leading to mills. Hence, no any bulk storage of sugarcane is done on site. Sugarcane shall be transported to site through various means of transportation viz. Tractor Trolley, mini tractor and trucks etc. Ample parking space is provided, at industry site, for the bullock carts and other vehicles.

Table 2.11Raw Material Transportation Details (Traffic Density)

Avg. wt (MT) Avg. daily No. % No. Type of Vehicle Quantity (MT) / Vehicle of Vehicles A Molasses 1 Tanker 18-20 24 445 B Sugarcane 1 Tractor Trolley 15-18 170 2,550 34 2 Mini Tractor 7-10 260 1,820 24 3 Trucks 10-12 120 1,200 16 4 Harvester 15-18 129 1,935 26 Total 7,500 100

Table 2.12Product& By-product Transportation Details

No Product / By - Type of Vehicle Daily No. of Avg. Wt. Product Vehicles (MT)/ Vehicle 1 Sugar Trucks 25 35 2 Alcohol Tankers 5 24 3 Ash Trucks 15 20 Total 45 79

2.6.4 Manufacturing Process

2.6.4.1 Manufacturing Process in Integrated Complex (Sugar Factory, Cogen Plant & Distillery)

2.6.4.2 Manufacturing Process for Sugar Factory

Matured, clean and fresh cut sugar cane from the field of cultivators is brought by bullock carts, trucks & tractor trolleys to sugar factory site. It is weighted on the electronic platform type weigh bridge. Carts, trucks &trolleys are unloaded into cane carrier by mechanical un- loader. Cane is cut into small fine pieces by means of chopper, leveler, cutter & fibrizor called the cane preparatory devices. Prepared cane is then crushed by five or six mill tandem. Imbibition’s hot water is added before last mill for better extraction of juice. The all juice extracted is screened through DSM or rotary screen, weighted by mass flow matter and sent to boiling house for further processing. Last mill bagasse, which is a by-product is used for co-gen boiler as a fuel. Saved bagasse shall also be used for co-generation in the off-season.

Weighed and mixed juice is heated up to 70°C to 75°C in juice heater and sent to reaction tank where same is treated with milk of lime and SO2 gas and the pH is kept as 7 to 7.1.

Figure 2.3 Integrated Manufacturing Process Operations

This sulphured juice is again heated up to 100°C to 105°C in juice heater and sent to clarifier for sedimentation. Here, clear juice and precipitated non-sugars, organic & inorganic chemicals are separated which are called mud of the clarifier. Mud is filtered by means of vacuum filter unit where sugary filtrate and press cake (pressmud) are separated. Filtrate is reprocessed and pressmud, which is a by-product, is sold to distilleries and used as filler material for bio-composting. Clear juice from clarifier having 95°C temperature is heated to 112°C to 115°C in the juice heater and taken to evaporator set where 16° Brix juice is concentrated up to 60° Brix syrup. Thereafter, it is again treated with SO2 gas and finally sulphured syrup is sent to pan floor supply tanks. At pan section, 3 massecuite boiling system or 3.5 massecuite boiling is adopted accordingly to purities of basic products. 1. A Massecuite – Syrup + Melt + A light + Dry seed or B seed 2. B Massecuite – A Heavy + B Grain 3. C Massecuite – B Heavy + C Light + C Grain

Slurry is used for B & C grain preparation. After boiling massecuite in the vaccum pans, it is discharged in the crystallizers for maturation and cooling purpose. The cooled A, B, C massecuite are then taken for separation of sugar and mother liquor through continuous high speed and batch type automatic three speed machines. Thus, all mother liquors, B sugar and C sugar are taken for reprocess and the white sugar is taken from drying and cooling through hoppers and elevators to grader where L30, M30 & S30 sugar is separated. Dust is taken for reprocess. C mass mother liquor is called final molasses which is a by-product that is sold for distilleries. Figure 2.5 shows the mass balance and process flow for sugar factory.

Figure 2.4 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for Sugar Factory

2.6.4.3 Manufacturing Process for Co-generation Plant

Co-generation is broadly defined as the coincident generation of useful thermal energy and electrical power from the same input fuel. Thus, cogeneration can allow the energy consumers to lower their energy costs, through use of the energy normally wasted in conventional systems as losses. Useful thermal energy could be in the form of hot gases, hot liquids or steam; generally used for meeting the process and or heating requirements. When the thermal energy is required in the form of steam, industries employ steam boilers for raising the required steam at the required pressure and temperatures, suitable for the process. Existing co-generation plant has boiler of capacity 100 TPH & working pressure 87 Kg/cm2. To meet the requirement of steam for existing and expansion. A portion of power generated in the turbo generators will meet the power requirements of the co-generation plant auxiliary loads and sugar plant loads. After meeting the in-house requirements, the plant can export a

30 net power during cane crushing season and during off-season, under normal operating conditions. Following table 2.17 shows the distribution for existing and expansion project. Also Table 2.18 indicated distribution of electricity for in-house & Grid.

Figure 2.5 Process Flow Chart Co-gen

Table 2.13 Steam Balance for Existing Sugar Factory

No. Particulars Unit Boiler A Total Steam Generation TPH 115 B Steam Utilization

1 Steam to Deaerator TPH 2.25 2 Steam to Condenser TPH 1.0 3 Steam to HP Heater TPH 9.75 4 Steam to Process TPH 75.75 Total Utilization TPH 88.75

Table 2.14 Steam Balance of Incineration Boiler

No. Particulars Unit Boiler A Total Steam Generation TPH 40 1 Steam Utilization

2 Wash to RS TPH 8.04 3 Wash to ENA TPH 9.96 4 RS to Ethanol TPH 2.4 5 CO2 Recovery Plant 0.6

Steam to Distillery plant TPH 21 6 Evaporation 9 Total Utilization TPH 30

2.6.5 Product and By- Product Storage Details

Table 2.15 Product and By-product Storage Details

Products & No. Mode of Storage Details of Storage By-products 1 Molasses Molasses Storage Tanks Quantity: 4 Nos. (In Existing Sugar Factory) Capacity: 9,910 MT, 9,913 MT, 9,986 MT & 15,561 MT Each Total Capacity- 45,370 MT 2 Sugar Sugar bags are stored in Godowns No. of Godowns – 5 3 Bagasse Bagasse is bailed and stored in dedicated Saved bagasse storage in9 Acer. separate yard in own premises. Bagasse yard 4 Pressmud Immediate disposal through trolley. Sold to farmers as a manure.

Table 2.16Alcohol Storage Arrangements at DSPL

No. Description Details of Storage 1 Rectified Spirit Quantity: 3 Nos. Capacity: 7,41,178 BL, 7,41,022 BL & 9,00,681 BL Total Capacity- 23,82,881 BL 2 Impure Spirit Quantity: 2 Nos. Capacity: 2,05,008 BL & 2,05,860 BL Total Capacity- 4,10,868 BL 3 Ethanol Quantity: 9 Nos. Total Capacity- 74,39,479 BL 4 ENA Quantity: 5 Nos. Capacity: 7,40,821 BL, 7,40,090 BL, 9,01,742 BL, 9,00,227 BL & 1,01,437 BL Total Capacity- 41,84,317 BL

Table 2.17ElectricityRequirement Details

No. Industrial Unit Existing Proposed Total (MW) (MW) (MW) 1 Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant 7 2 9 2 Distillery 1 0.5 1.5 Total 8 2.5 10.5

Table 2.18 Distribution of Electricity Generated from Co-gen Plant

No. Description Existing (MW) After Expansion (MW) Season Off-season Season Off-season 1 In-house 8 2 9 3 2 Grid 11 14.5 9 13.5 Total 18 16.5 18 16.5

2.6.5.1 Distillery Manufacturing Process

Molasses is stored in mild steel storage tank. Proper care is taken to cool down molasses before it goes to molasses tanks. Then the molasses is pumped from the MS storage tanks to weighing scales. Here it is weighed on automatic weighing scales and then fed for further processing. In the production of ethyl alcohol from molasses, two major steps are involved.

1) Fermentation of Molasses with the help of yeast strains of the species Saccharomyces cerevisiae to produce 6% to 8% alcohol in the fermented wash; and 2) Distillation of the fermented wash for recovery and concentration of alcohol.

Fermentation

Molasses containing 40% to 50% of total sugar would be weighed and diluted with clean as well as fresh water to the desired concentration. This would be achieved in a continuous diluter. The molasses-water mixture would have a specific gravity to the tune of 1.060 for pre-fermentation and specific gravity of to the tune of 1.096 to 1.100 for the main fermentation process. Molasses with sp. gr. of 1.060 would be taken in to pre-fermenters and to it, ready compressed yeast would be added for further activation. As soon as the yeast becomes active in solution, the molasses-yeast slurry would be transferred to main fermenters for the process of conversion of sugars into alcohol. It takes about 24 to 30 hours to complete the fermentation reaction. Sugar in the molasses gets converted into ethyl alcohol and carbon dioxide through metabolic activities of the yeast. Fermentation efficiency observed, in above process, is generally to the tune of 85% and ethyl alcohol concentration to the tune of 6% to 8% of volume in the fermented wash is obtained. This depends on the quality of molasses & its total sugar content.

Distillation

Fermented wash, then, would be taken to Distillation House. The distillation unit mainly consists of wash boiling column and rectification column. Before feeding to the boiling column the fermented wash would be passed through beer heater and heat exchangers where the final temperature rises to about 850 C to 900 C. Fermented wash would be fed to the wash boiling column from its top and open steam would be introduced from its bottom. While the wash trickles from the top, alcohol vapours get recovered along with rising steam. Alcohol vapours, analyzed from this wash boiling column, containing 40% to 45% of alcohol would then be fed to rectification column at its bottom. Here, in this column, alcohol rectification from 45% to 95% would take place. The product i.e. 95% alcohol would be drawn from the top of rectification column where temperature would be @ 780C, which is boiling point of rectified spirit. Thereafter, the alcohol would be cooled and stored in daily receiving tanks. Condensers and refluxes would be provided to each column for proper concentration and condensation. About one beer heater and one condenser are provided for the boiling column, whereas two condensers and one beer heater are provided to the rectification column. Daily product manufactured would be transferred to spirit storage warehouse.

Figure 2.6 Mass Balance & Process Flow Chart for Existing 90 KLPD Distillery

Figure 2.7 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 120 KLPD Distillery

2.7 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Basic sources of pollution from existing & expansion operations in the DSPL complex shall be mainly manufacturing operations and processes in the industry, boiler and stand by D.G., cooling towers etc. Detailed identification and quantification of impacts, due to above sources, are separated under various heads. They are – (1) Water Pollution, (2) Air Pollution, (3) Noise Pollution, (4) Hazardous Wastes, (5) Solid Waste, and (6) Land Pollution.

2.7.1 Water Pollution (WP)

Assignment w.r.t. water pollution aspect was done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare, an in-house Functional Area Expert (FAE) for WP. Requirement for fresh water on site will be met from New Mutha Right Bank Canal. Water lifting permission has been taken from Irrigation Department; Govt. of Maharashtra. Same is attached at Appendix- D for reference. Details of water consumption for existing, after expansion of Sugar Factory Distillery are presented in following table. Table 2.19 Water Consumption for Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant

No. Description Sugar Factory 6,000 TCD Sugar Factory 7,500 TCD & Co-gen Plant 18 MW and Co-gen 18 MW (M3/D) (M3/D) A Domestic #110 #110 B Industrial a. Process *1780 *2240 b. Cooling Makeup *564 *625 c. Boiler Makeup #240 *276 d. DM Backwash #50 *55 e. Lab & Washing *6 *8 f. Ash Quenching *3 *3 Industrial Use 2643 (*2353+#290) *3207 100% Recycle 100% Recycle C Green Belt $435 950 ($518+*432) D Grand Total 3188 (*2353+#400+$435) 4267 (#110+*3639+ $518) Fresh Water Consumption 48 0 Lit/MT (100 Lit/ MT of Cane Crushed) Note: # - Fresh water taken from New Mutha Right Bank Canal, *- Actual Sugar Cane Condensate, $ - STP Treated and Sugar ETP Treated water.

Table 2.20 Water Consumption for Distillery Unit

After Expansion 120 KLPD Existing 90 No. Description KLPD During Crushing During Non – Season Crushing Season # # # 1 Domestic 15 20 20 2 Industrial a. Process (Fermentation ♣720 ♣960 ♣960 & Dilution) # # # b. Cooling Makeup 130 ( 22+ ♣108) 170 ( 4+♣55+*111) 170 ( 115+♣55) f. # # # c. Boiler Makeup 75 100 100 # # # d. DM Plant 15 20 20 # # e. Lab & Washing 5 6 6

After Expansion 120 KLPD Existing 90 No. Description KLPD During Crushing During Non – Season Crushing Season # # # f. Ash Quenching 2 3 3 # # # Industrial Use 947 (♣828+ 119) 1259(♣1015+ 133+*111) 1259 (♣1015+ 244) (a+b+c+d+e+f) (87 % Recycle) (89 % Recycle) (88 % Recycle) 962 1279 1279 Total (1+2+3) # # # (♣828+ 134) (♣1015 + 153+*95) (♣1015 + 264) Norm: Fresh water 1.3 KL/KL 1.1 KL/KL 2.0 KL/KL Consumption 10 KL/KL of Alcohol. Note: # - Fresh water from New Mutha Right Bank Canal, ♣ - Distillery CPU Treated Effluent Recycle during Molasses based operations,* - Excess Sugarcane Condensate Water.

2.7.1.1 Fresh Water Adequacy

i. For Distillery– 330 Days

Total fresh water requirement for 330 Days shall be – 264 CMD X 330 Days = 87,120 M3/Season

ii. For the Sugar Factory – 180 Days

Total fresh water requirement in a season of 180 Days shall be – 110 CMD X 180 Days = 19,800 M3/Season

Hence, total water requirement shall be – 87,120 M3/Year (Distillery) + 19,800 M3/ Year (Sugar Factory) = 1,06,920M3/Year

The permission granted to DSPL by Irrigation Department; Govt. of Maharashtra for lifting fresh water from the New Mutha Right Bank Canal is 2,62,200 M3/Year. Thus, actual fresh water consumption in the industrial complex will be less than the permitted quantity. Hence, total fresh water requirement would be 1,06,920 M3/Year, which is less than the permitted quantity for the complex.

2.7.1.2 Effluent Generation

Effluent would be generated from the various operations & processes from existing activities as well as expansion. Details of the same are presented in table 2.21& 2.22

2.7.1.3 Domestic Effluent

Domestic effluent generated from existing complex is to the tune of 74 CMD same is being treated in existing Sewage treatment Plant (STP) having Capacity 150 KLD. After implementation of expansion project, total domestic effluent from DSPL campus shall be 80 CMD (65 CMD from Sugar Factory & Co-Gen Plant and 16 CMD from distillery) same shall be treated in existing STP

Table 2.21Effluent Generation from Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant

No. Description Existing Effluent After Expansion Treatment Generation Effluent Generation (6,000 TCD &18 MW) (7,500 TCD & 18 MW) (M3/D) (M3/D) 1 Domestic 64 64 Existing STP 2 Industrial a. Process 215 270 Treated in ETP and b. Cooling Makeup 57 65 Recycle in Process c. Boiler Makeup 52 55 Operations and d. DM Backwash 50 52 Green Belt to Achieve ZLD. e. Lab & Washing 6 8

f. Ash Quenching 0 0 Industrial Total 380 450 Effluent Generation 65 Lit/MT 60Lit/MT (200 Lit/ MT of Cane Crushed)

Table 2.22Effluent Generation from Proposed Distillery

No. Description Existing 90 KLPD After Expansion 120 Treatment KLPD 1 Domestic 10 18 Existing STP 2 Industrial a. Fermentation Raw Spent wash – 720 Raw Spent wash – 960 Raw Spent wash shall Dilution Conc. Spent wash -146 Conc. Spent wash-192 be concentrated in Multi effect Evaporator (MEE). Conc. Spent wash shall be incinerated in incineration Boiler (1.6KL/ KL) Condensate –574 Condensate –778 Other effluent (1036) Spent lees –221 Spent lees –172 viz. MEE Condensate, b. Cooling Tower spent lees, cooling 15 50 Make up blow down, boiler blow c. Boiler Makeup 15 20 down, lab & washing d. Lab &Washing 15 20 & DM backwash shall e. DM Backwash 5 6 be forwarded to Industrial Total Conc. Sp. wash –146 Conc. Sp. wash – existing distillery CPU 192 which is duly upgraded Other effluent – 845 Other effluent – under expansion. 1036 Treated effluent shall be recycled in process to achieve ZLD of process effluent. Effluent Generation - 1.6 KL/ KL of Alcohol 1.6 KL/ KL of Spwash Generation - Alcohol 8 KL/ KL of Alcohol

2.7.1.4 Industrial Effluent

Total trade effluent generated from existing Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant is 380 CMD. Same is treated in existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) having capacity 750 M3/D provided on site comprising of primary, secondary & tertiary unit operations. Presently, treated effluent from ETP is used for development of green belt and irrigation purpose. After expansion activity, treated effluent from Sugar Factory & Co-gen Pant @450 CMD will be reused for green belt in own factory premises. Refer Appendix – E for treated water use plan. Thereby, achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) of effluent. Flow chart of sugar factory ETP (Existing) and CPU (Existing) is presented at figure – 2.9& 2.10.

Effluent generated from existing distillery, total raw spentwash is generated @ 720 M3/D, same is concentrate in Multiple effect evaporator (MEE) and the conc. spentwash @ 146 MT/D (1.6 KL/KL of alcohol) is blended with coal and burnt in existing incineration boiler. Other effluents viz. spent lees @ 221 M3/D, MEE condensate @ 574 M3/D and other effluents @ 50 M3/D treated in CPU under distillery unit. Refer figure 2.9 for the same. Treated water from CPU to the tune of 845M3/D is reused in process and boiler makeup, thereby achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). Same practices shall be followed under expansion activity.

Provision of Five days storage tank would be provided in distillery for storing spentwash. A PLC based operative system will be installed in distillery wherein spentwash from distillation section will be automatically transferred to MEE in closed circuit. Spentwash tank will be designed as per CPCB norms wherein HDPE layer of 500-micron thickness &RCC lining will be provided to avoid seepages &ground water contamination.

Figure 2.8 Flow Chart of Existing Sugar Factory ETP (Upgraded Under Expansion)

Figure 2.9 Flow Chart of Existing Sugar CPU (Upgraded Under Expansion)

Figure 2.10 Flow Chart of Existing Distillery CPU Upgraded Under Expansion

Table 2.23 Spentwash Characteristics

No. Parameter Raw Spentwash Concentrated Spentwash 1 pH 3.9 – 4.5 4.0 –5.0 2 Total Solids (mg/l) 1,00,000- 1,20,000 5,10,000 - 5,65,000 3 SS (mg/l) 20,000 - 25,000 85,000 -1,00,000 4 TDS (mg/l) 80,000 - 95,000 4,25,000-4,65,000 5 BOD (mg/l) 60,000 - 80,000 3,35,000 - 3,80,000 6 COD (mg/l) 1,20,000-1,40,000 6,25,000- 6,50,000

Figure 2.11 Cross Section of Spentwash Tank

Figure 2.12 Flow Chart of Existing STP (Capacity 150 KLD)

Figure 2.13 – Photographs of Existing ETP& CPU

Figure 2.14 – Photographs of Online Continuous Monitoring System at ETP & CPU

2.7.2 Air Pollution

Air Pollution can be defined as the presence in the outdoor atmosphere, of one or more air contaminants (i.e. dust, fumes, gas, mist, odour, smoke or vapour) in sufficient quantities, of such characteristics and of such duration so as to threaten or to be injurious to human, plant or animal life or to property, or which reasonably interferes with the comfortable enjoyment of life or property. Assignments w.r.t. Air Pollution (AP) and Air Quality (AQ) including modeling were undertaken by in-house FAE of EEIPL Mr. Yuvraj Damugade. Details of sources of air pollution & control equipment’s are presented in Table 2.24. Fuel Storage and ESP’s details are presented in Table 2.26 and Table 2.27respectively.

Table 2.24Details of Boilers, D.G. Sets and Stack in DSPL

No Description Sugar & Co-gen(Existing) Distillery(Existing) Attached to- Boiler 1 Boiler 2 Boiler 3 DG Set

(2 No.) 1 Boiler Capacity 100 15 40 1010 KVA (TPH) (Each) 2 Fuel type Existing - Bagasse+ Bagasse Existing-Spent wash + HSD Biogas coal Additional- Bagasse - Additional - Spent wash + Bagasse/coal 3 Fuel Qty., Existing- 818+600 100 Existing-170+75 960 Lit/Hr (MT/D) M3/hr Additional -282 Additional-60+250 /25 4 MOC Carbone & Alloy steel M.S. M.S. 5 Shape Round Round Round 6 Stack Height (M) 70 82 Meters 6 Meters 7 Diameter (M) 3.5 3.5 0.3 8 APC Equipment ESP ESP - Note: There will not be any new boiler under expansion of Sugar Factory and Distillery. After expansion of Sugar Factory, existing 100 TPH boiler will be operates with full efficiency. Also, biogas plant will be scrapped after expansion & hence biogas will be replaced by additional 282 MT/D bagasse. Hence total bagasse requirement for existing 100 TPH boiler will be 1200 MT/D. After expansion of Distillery, existing 40 TPH boiler will be operated with full efficiency. Hence the total fuel requirement will be Spentwash (230 MT/D) + Bagasse (250 MT/D) / Coal (100 MT/D)

Table 2.25Characteristics of Fuel

Fuel No Bagasse Spentwash Coal HSD Description 1 Calorific value, Kcal/Kg 2,000- 2,200 1500-2000 4000- 5500 10,200 2 Ash content 2-3% 18 % 13 % 0.1 % 3 Sulphur content 0.05% 0.65 % 0.5 % 1.0 %

Table 2.26Fuel Storage Details

No. Fuel Storage Storage Capacity Handling 1 Conc. Spentwash 5 Days 600 M3 By Pipeline 2 Bagasse 10 Days 8000 MT Belt Conveyor

Table 2.27 Details of ESP for Boilers

No. Description Boilers(Existing) 100TPH+15TPH 40TPH Incineration Boiler 1 ESP Make Thermax Thermax 2 Boiler Capacity 100TPH+15TPH 40 TPH 3 Fuel Bagasse Spent wash + Coal 4 Operating Temp. (deg. C) 150 deg. C 158 deg. C 5 Inlet Dust Load (mg/Nm3) 6 mg/Nm3 20 mg/Nm3 6 Outlet Emission (mg/Nm3) 50 mg/Nm3 100 mg/Nm3 7 Removal Efficiency 95% 94%

2.7.2.1 Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emission under existing and expansion activities of industry shall be mainly the dust emissions. The sources of same are mill house, sugar bagging, bagasse yard, pressmud yard, internal kuccha roads, bagasse conveyor; feeding section and ash storage yard, improper function of APC equipment etc. The trouble with dust in work zone and ambient atmospheres will be controlled by certain dedicated measures. An action plan has been prepared in the industry that includes – proper exhaust and ventilation arrangements, monitoring of proper of working of pollution control equipment, proper handling; storage and disposal of dust collected, use of PPEs for staff and workers, augmentation of existing green belt with adequate density and type to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises, provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete). Same practices will be followed after establishment of distillery.

2.7.2.2 Process Emissions

There are no any sources of process emissions from sugar factory and co-gen plant. CO2 generation will take place in fermenter of the distillery. After distillery expansion, CO2 to the tune of 100 MT/D will be released from 120 KLPD Molasses based Distillery plant. In fermentation, sugar in the wash gets converted to ethyl alcohol through metabolic activities of yeast. Consequently, CO2 is evolved as emission of the bio-chemical reaction. CO2 has been labeled, as one of the major gases responsible for the greenhouse effect, its release in the atmosphere has to be properly controlled. To curb this process emission CO2 would be bottled and supplied to manufacturers of beverages /secondary uses. In sugar factory, there are no sources of process emissions.

2.7.3 Solid Waste

Solid wastes from the industries are categorized as hazardous and non-hazardous. Wastes that pose a substantial danger immediately or over a period to human, plant or animal life are classified as hazardous wastes. Non- hazardous waste is defined as the waste that contributes no damage to human or animal life. However, it only adds to the quantity of waste. Assignment w.r.t. solid and hazardous waste (SHW) was done by in-house FAE - Dr. Sangram Ghugare. Details of Solid waste generated from DSPL complex is presented in Table 2.28. Presently, ash generated from boilers is collected separately and taken to ash storage area (ash silo) & given for use as manure/ brick manufacturers. Water sprinkling arrangement is provided to avoid suspension of fly ash into air. After establishment of distillery, same practice will be followed. Agreement with brick manufacturer / cement industry shall be done.

Table 2.28 Details of Solid Waste

No. Industrial Type Quantity (MT/M) Disposal Unit Existing Proposed 1 Distillery Boiler Ash 1,260 1,770 Sale to Brick manufacture Yeast Sludge 570 780 Burnt in Incineration Boiler CPU Sludge 24 30 ETP Sludge 11.4 13.5 Used as Manure 2 Sugar Factory Boiler Ash (Bagasse) 480 720 Sale to Brick manufacture

2.7.4 Hazardous Wastes

Different types of hazardous wastes that are being generated from existing sugar factory and their disposal is presented in following table.

Table 2.29Hazardous Waste

No. Category Quantity Disposal Existing After Expansion 1 (5.1) Used / Spent Oil 857 Lits/A 1071Lits/A Reuse in own boiler as fuel 2 (34.4) Chemical Sludge, Oil 21.5 MT/A 27 MT/A Used as manure & grease skimming residue

2.7.5 Noise Pollution

Noise is normally defined as objectionable or unwanted sound, which is without agreeable quality and essentially non-euphonious. Concern on noise depends upon the noise level near the source, on the work environment and near the residential zone. Earlier, noise was summarized to be exclusively an occupational problem. But, since the effects are found also on people who are not directly involved, it has acquired wider dimension. Hence, it is necessary to know the noise levels near the sources as well as near the residential colonies.

2.7.5.1 Sources of Noise Pollution

In DSPL, noise generating sources in distillery project are such as boiler house, turbine rooms, cane crushing section, mill house, distillation section & fermentation section etc. and in sugar factory such as boiler house, turbine rooms, cane crushing section and mill house, etc. Expected noise levels in these sections would be in the range of 60 to 65 dB (A). All preventive measures such as regular operation & maintenance of pumps, motors, and compressors would be carried out and enclosures would be provided to abate noise levels at source.

Adequate noise abatement measures like silencer would be implemented in this section. Moreover, enclosures to the machinery would be provided wherever possible. It is predicted from an experience elsewhere that the magnitude of noise levels, from various sources, to the human habitation at a distance of 0.5 Km would be around 12 dB(A). Therefore, there would be no any significant change in the background noise levels in the premises of the industrial unit. Already a green belt has been provided in and around the industry. Same would be further augmented adequately and properly under expansion, so that it would further attenuate the noise levels. Noise would also be created by movement of trucks/ tractor trolleys and other vehicles for material transportation. However, this would not be of a continuous nature and would not have much impact on the work environment of the project site. Insulation helps considerably in limiting noise levels. Workers entering the plant shall be protected by earmuffs, which would give the reduction of about 30 dB(A).

2.7.6 Odour Pollution

There are number of odour sources in sugar factory & distillery, which include molasses handling and storage, bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains. The measures adopted under existing unit for controlling the same are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling, prompt & proper disposal of pressmud. Under distillery project, spent wash shall be carried through closed pipeline and concentrated in MEE. Hence, odor nuisance due to spent wash storage activity will be entirely eliminated. To abate the odor nuisance, the DSPL has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions-

1. Collection of waste yeast sludge from fermentation section in a closed system and its immediate and proper disposal. 2. Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent leese) by adopting strategic approaches such as use of the effluents back in process under Reduce-Reuse-Recycle planning. 3. Closed and online system for carrying spentwash to the treatment units, boiler etc. 4. Suitable plantation of fragrant species in and around the treatment units, which can minimize undesirable smells. 5. It is proposed to provide covered fermentation and tapping of CO2 gas. 6. Adoption of GMPs (Good Management Practices). 7. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. 8. Use of PPE like masks at odour prone areas. 9. Proper House Keeping 10. Prompt Sludge Management in Biological Treatment Units, Efficient handling 11. Prompt and proper disposal of Press mud

2.7.7 Land Pollution

Land pollution may take place due to use of untreated effluent for gardening / irrigation purpose. Fly ash, if gets deposited and /or disposed on land in haphazard manner would lead to land pollution. Installation of high pressure and capacity boiler to be provided with ESP as APC equipment, adoption of automatic and continuous pollution monitoring equipment etc. Appropriate and adequate management practices including good housekeeping and periodic monitoring of various attributes contributing to dust shall considerably curb these types of emissions.

2.7.8 Occupational Health Hazards and Safety

 OHS hazards anticipated in the DSPL complex is mostly due to chemical exposure hazard, physical hazard due to electrical & mechanical operations &maintenance works.  Major anticipated occupational health & safety hazards are due to fire in bagasse yard.  Accidental skin or eye irritation & burns, respiratory & pulmonary diseases on exposure to chemicals, fire etc.  Accidents resulting from unsafe conditions due to poor housekeeping& not using PPE’s  Accidents due to unsafe practice of operation and maintenance like gas cutting and wielding may lead to injuries to various parts of the body.  Muscular & skeletal disorders like muscular pains, spinal & joint pains due to ergonomic problems, lifting with wrong postures etc.

2.7.9 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection

Capital as well as O & M cost towards environmental aspects under expansion activities would be as follows –

Table 2.30Capital as well as O & M Cost

Cost (Rs. Lacs) No. Description Capital O & M/Yr A Existing 1 Air Pollution Control: 40 TPH incineration Boiler (ESP- 2 Nos.), 4000 400 Stacks (2 Nos. of height 70 & 82 M)& OCMS 2 Water Pollution Control: Sugar Factory ETP &CPU, Distillery CPU, 500 50 MEE, Spentwash Storage Tank, STP and OCMS 3 Noise Pollution Control 35 10 4 Environmental Monitoring & Management, Lab & Chemicals 25 10 5 Occupational Health & Safety 40 10 6 Green Belt Development 50 10 (39% of Rs. 117.82 Cr; Existing Investment) Total Rs. 4650 Rs. 490 B Sugar Factory &Distillery Expansion 2 Water Pollution Control- ETP upgradation 20 0.2 3 Noise Pollution Control 25 5 4 Environmental Monitoring & Management 25 5 5 Occupational Health & Safety 50 10 6 Green Belt Development& Rainwater Harvesting Infrastructure 50 5 (8.53% of Rs. 19.92Cr; expansion Investment) Total Rs. 170 Rs.25.2 Grand Total (A + B) Rs. 4820 Rs. 515.2

2.8 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

2.8.1 Area Calculation for Green Belt Plan

The major impacts due to proposed expansion activities by DSPL have been described above. Impact due to noise generation and particulate emission can be abated by plantation of green belt. Accordingly, a comprehensive green belt has already been developed in DSPL campus. Further, under proposed expansion augmentation of existing green belt shall be done in phase wise manner. Native and fast-growing species shall be selected for green belt development. For detailed area break up of entire industrial complex Table 2.3 of Chapter 2 may be referred.

2.8.2 Existing Tree Plantation

Total open space available in the premises of DSPL (including existing& expansion of Sugar Factory& Distillery) is 2,39,629 Sq.M. As per MoEFCC norms, green belt should be developed on 33% of the total plot area of industry. Under existing set up, 3,37,086 Sq. M area is under green belt which is 33% of total plot area.

2.8.3 Proposed Tree Plantation

DSPL will augment the densification of existing green belt. Refer Appendix – F for photographs of existing green belt and proposed green belt development plan. A comprehensive ‘Green Belt Development' programme would be implemented in a phase wise manner under proposed activities, salient features of which are as follows –

1. Tree plantation at different tiers to suit existing topography 2. Avenue plantation along the roads and shelterbelt plantation along the peripheral fence of the plots 3. Mass Plantation in certain pockets in the DSPL. campus 4. Plantation of peculiar tree species serving typical purposes such as noise attenuation and dust suppression at selected premises 5. Lawns and landscaped gardens in the campus 6. To arrest dust and to attenuate noise, plantation of certain species like Mangiferaindica(Mango), Sesbania grandiflora (Shewarie) Derris indica (Karanj), Terminalia catappa (Indian Almond Tree), Polyalthialongi folia (Ashok) etc. shall be done

2.8.4 Criteria for Green Belt Development

Emission of SPM, SO2 is the main criteria for consideration of green belt development. Plantation under green belt is provided to abate effects of the above emissions. Moreover, there would also be control on noise from the industry to surrounding localities as considerable attenuation would occur due to the barrier of trees provided in the green belt.

Preparation for Plantation:

 Take pits of 2X2X2 ft. for good soil strata while 3X3X3 ft. for poor soils or murum strata.  Expose them to direct sun for 15 days  Fill the pits as per availability of site soil- o In case of shortage of good quality site soil: site soil (35%) + good fertile soil (35%) + good composted cow dung (30%) + Neem cake (200 gm) o In case of good quality site soil: site soil (80%) + good composted cow dung (20%) + Neem cake (200gm) + leaf litter and grass or agri residue.  Plant appropriate sapling after rain starts  Start watering after rains  Make shade for saplings when temperatures rise, generally after February or March depending upon local climate and condition of plants. This can be managed with bamboo sticks and locally available grass.

2.9 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

RWH could be of two types namely - 1. Harvesting from ground 2. Harvesting from rooftops.

 Average annual rainfall in the area = 676 mm. = 0.676 M  RWH = Area x Rainfall Depth x Run off Coefficient

Area consider for RWH is presented at following Table

Table 2.31 Area Taken for RWH

Area Runoff Factors Average Annual RWH No. Description (Sq.M.) considered Rain Fall (M) Quantity (M3) 1 Roof Top Harvesting i Rooftop Area 4,17,683 0.8 0.676 2,25,882.97 Total Rooftop Harvesting 2,25,882.97 Surface Water 2 Harvesting i Green Belt Area 3,37,086 0.3 0.676 68,361.04 ii Area under Roads 25,502 0.5 0.676 8,619.68 iii Open Space 2,39,629 0.3 0.676 48,596.76 Total Surface Water Harvesting 1,25,577.48

Hence, the total water becoming available after rooftop and land harvesting would be

Rooftop Harvesting + Surface Harvesting = Total RWH 2,25,882.97 + 1,25,577.48 = 3,51,460.45 M3 = 351.5 ML

Thus, about 3,51,460.45 M3 of rainwater could become available during every season from the RWH operations. On the open land in the premises counter bunding, terracing and dressing would be done so as to divert the rainwater as per natural slopes to various tranches excavated on the plot in a decentralized manner. Further, the recharge points would be located as per geometry of zones. This when charged to open / bore wells would definitely have a positive impact on the ground water quantity.

Figure 2.15 – Photographs Showing Existing Rain Water Harvesting System

Chapter 3 Description of the Environment

3.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter incorporates description of existing environmental status in the 'Study Area' which is a region within a circle of 10 Km radius with the industry plant at its centre. The existing environmental condition of the study area is representative of impacts due to all the industries, units and projects in it and is described with respect to the topography, climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil characteristics, flora, fauna, socio-economic profile, land use and places of archaeological importance. Study area in respect of Expansion of Sugar Factory &Distillery by DSPL comes in Daund & Baramati tehasil of Pune District and Shrigonda Tehsil of Ahmednagar District Latitude: 74°37'59.44"N, Longitude: 18°25'39.74"E.

3.2 LAND USE AND LAND COVER (LU&LC)

The assignment w.r.t. land use and land cover mapping of study area using LISS IV Satellite Image has been done by Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula who is an empanelled FAE of EEIPL for LU & LC. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs.

3.2.1 Scope of Work

Major objective of the assignment was to prepare Land Use Land Cover map of the study area while demarcating topographic features especially emphasizing drainage map of the region.

3.2.2 Study Area& Location

The study area if located in the Daund Sugar Limited, Taluka: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra State. In 2011, Pune had population of 9,429,408 of which male and female were 4,924,105 and 4,505,303 respectively. Average literacy rate of Pune in 2011 were 86.15 compared to 80.45 of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 90.84 and 81.05 respectively. Total literate in Pune District were 7,171,723 of which male and female were 3,940,210 and 3,231,513 respectively.

3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping

Land use study requires data regarding topography, zoning, settlement, industry, forest, roads and traffic etc. The collection of this data was done from various secondary sources viz. census books, revenue records, state and central government offices, Survey of India toposheets etc. and through primary field surveys as well as high resolution multi spectral satellite image from IRSRESOURCESAT 2 Satellite with LISS IV sensor. The date of pass of the image is 04thJanuary 2018. The image has a spatial resolution of 5M X 5M. Apart from LULC Map, topographic features of the region were extracted covering village locations, streams, roads, river in the satellite image. In addition to this, natural drainage network is also captured to prepare drainage map as required. The purposes of land use studies are–

 To determine the present land use pattern;  To analyze the impact on land use due to industrial growth in the study area;  To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-à-vis growth of industries in the study area and its associated impacts

3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis

Land use Mapping was done based on the image colour, texture, tone etc. Following steps are used to analyse the land usepattern of project site:  Collection of IRS Resourcesat-2 images and made fused and blended the images for colour combinations using Image interpreter-Utilities and Layer stack option available in ERDAS.  Identification AOI and made a buffer of 10km radius.  Enhance the Fused and blended IRS Resourcesat-2image using the Spatial, Radiometric and Temporal options in ERDAS.  Rectified the IRS Resourcesat-2image using Geo-referencing technique, Toposheet to get UTM coordinate system.  Subset the IRS Resourcesat-2 images and Toposheet using 10Kms buffer AOI.  Automatic classifications done for IRS Resourcesat-2images using maximum iterations and number of options in unsupervised classification options.  Created the signature file by selecting the more samples of different features with AOI on Unsupervised classification image.  Export to Vector layer from supervised classification image.  Conducting QC / QA and finalized the data.

Table 3.1 Satellite Data Details

No. Satellite Data Date Format 1 IRS–Resourcesat2 11-Jan-2019 TIFF Source: NRSC, Hyderabad

3.2.5 Methodology for LU & LC Study

The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present study involves the following steps:  Collection of source data topographical maps from Survey of India.  Acquisition of Satellite data from NRSC. The satellite data is of IRS Resourcesat-2 sensor which is geometrically corrected and enhanced using principal component method and Nearest Neighbourhood resampling technique.  Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map from the source data. Then preparation of layout map, transport map and drainage map from the satellite image by visual interpretation.  Land use / Land cover map are prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is carried out based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association, background etc. in conjunction with existing maps literature.  Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps prepared.  All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and drainages. In that process editing, labelling, mosaicing, quality checking, data integration etc are done, finally Land use analysis is carried out and the area of each feature is calculated.

The flow chart of the methodology of land use study is given below:

Figure 3.1 Process Flow Chart

Figure3.2Google Image Showing Villages within Study Area

Figure 3.3Satellite Image

Since all the data of the study area were geo-referenced to UTM 43N WGS84 projection system, the satellite images were also obtained with the same coordinate system from NRSA. Before image classification was carried out, the satellite images was pre-processed. All the processing and classification of the satellite images were performed in the ERDAS Imagine 9.1 software. The data was delivered in separate bands of 2, 3 and 4. The first step was to stack together to get a composite. The scenes were then mosaic together since the study area covered parts of both the scenes. Once a satisfactory mosaic was done whereby the joins were no longer visible and the radiometric resolution of both the scenes were matched. This subset of the original images was then run through the unsupervised classification tool of the software to finally create the grouping of classes present in the study area.

Figure 3.4Visual Interpretation Keys used for the Study

Project Site Settlement River

Crop Land Fallow Land Water bodies

Barren Land Scrub Forest

3.3 LAND USE STUDIES

It includes study of topographic features and land use under which area statistics for Land Use Land Cover classes and Land Use Land Cover statistics are included.

3.3.1 Land Use of Study Area

Land use map developed was based on the image color, texture, tone and also ground truth verification data. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as water bodies, forest land, agriculture land, etc. The supervised classification of satellite image yielded following classes:

Table 3.2 Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes

No. Classes Area Ha. % age Remarks 1 Built Up Area 1837 5.85 The surrounding villages around the project site are well developed with road electricity, and water connectivity. 2 Crop Land 16925 53.88 This area has good water supply from nearby river and reservoir. Major crop cultivated is sugar cane. 3 Fallow Land 4492 14.30 This fallow land is because of changing of crop type and also because of leaving the land uncultivated to get fertile. Some of the fallow land is seen because of hilly region where there is lack of continuous water supply. 4 Water Bodies 430 1.37 It occupies about 1.37% in this study area. 5 River 910 2.90 The River occupies about 2.90 % in this study area The water quality of the river is good and it is water source to nearby villages and industries. 6 Scrub Land 982 3.13 It is found that the some part of study area is also covered with Open scrub covering about 3.13% of total study area. 7 Barren Land 5637 17.94 The Barren land occupies 17.94 % of the total study area and the pattern is scattered type. The ground surface is rocky where plantation growth is very minimal. 8 Forest Area 202 0.64 Forest land contributes to 0.64% of the study area Total 31415 100.00 Graphical Presentation of Land use classification within 10 Km radius of proposed project.

Figure 3.5 Land Use Land Cover Statistics

3.3.2 Topographical Features

Creating a GIS spatial database is a complex operation, and it is the heart of the entire work; it involves data capture, verification and structuring processes. In the present study, the essential maps generated from toposheets are layout map, drainage map, Contour Map. The maps are prepared to a certain scale and with attributes complying with the requirement of TOR. The location of entities on the earth’s surface is then specified by means of an agreed co-ordinate system. For most GIS, the common frame of co-ordinate system used for the study is UTM co-ordinates system. All the maps are first Geo-referenced. The same procedure was also applied on remote sensing data before it is used to prepare the Essential maps. 57

Figure 3.6 Topographical Map

3.3.3 Land Use Map Land use map developed was based on the image color, texture, tone and also ground truth verification data. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as water bodies, forest land, agriculture land, etc. Figure 3.7 Land Use and Land Cover Map

3.3.4 Settlement Map The proposed site is located close to National Highway – 9 .The area has good literacy rate and there is a lot of development taking place in this area. All the villages are well connected with the roads. Because of existing of other industries the area is well developed with proposer roads, water and electricity supply. The settlement map shows the location of villages along with the roads and industries as shown in figure below. Figure 3.8Settlement Map

3.3.5 Eco-Sensitive Map Eco-sensitive map is a matter of more concern because the project should not hamper the natural eco system and surrounding natural resources. The Eco- sensitive map of the project site was developed on the Maharashtra state map showing all the eco-sensitive area of Maharashtra state. As per the map, there are no eco-sensitive zones falling within 10 km radius from the project site. Figure 3.9Eco-Sensitive Map

3.3.6 Contour Map The contours are digitized using the topographical maps with scale 1:50,000. The contours levels range from 500 to 600 mt in the 10 km buffer zone. The contour map has been developed with the contour interval of 20 mien order to know the height information, the contour liners are indicated with different colors. The source of the contour is from survey of India, topographical map. The proposed site is located at an height of around 530 m w.r.t mean Sea level. The contour map of the study area is given below. Figure 3.10Contour Map

3.3.7 Drainage Map

The drainage map of the study area was mapped using the field data and topographical map. The drainage map shows that there are not many water bodies in the 10km radius of proposed project site.

Figure 3.11 Drainage Map

3.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

3.4.1 Introduction

Agriculture is the main occupation pattern in the area. Hence, it is essential to determine agriculture potential of soil from the area and identify the impacts of urbanization and industrialization in the area. Study has been conducted to determine the agricultural and a forestation potential of the soil. The assignment w.r.t. soil studies was done by Dr. Ratnakumar Mudaliyar; the Functional Area Expert for SC.

3.4.2 Soil Quality (Present Status)

The proposed expansion activities would be carried out in existing premises of DSPL. Present set up of the sugar factory is located at Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra Geographical location of the site is 18°25'39.74"E longitude and 74°37'59.44"N latitude, while making selection of site for existing activities of DSPL certain aspects were taken in to consideration prominently. The same were - (1) Availability of all basic facilities like water, electricity, man power, raw material such as sugar cane, molasses etc., (2) Rail and road links to prominent market places so that procurement of raw material as well as marketing of finished product was easier and economical, (3) Availability of good communication facilities and (4) No rehabilitation and resettlement required. (5) No national park or wildlife habitats were located in immediate vicinity of the project site. Chief soil found in the study region is very shallow, well drained clayed soils on gently sloping undulating lands with moderate erosion; associated with deep, moderately well drained, fine calculus soils with moderate erosion. Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or enhance water and air quality support human health and habitation. Soil quality reflects how well a soil performs the functions of maintaining biodiversity and productivity, partitioning water and solute flow, filtering and buffering, nutrient cycling and providing support for plants and other structures. Thus, soil quality plays vital role in any particular geographical phenomenon of ecology as well as physico- chemical environment. Soil quality can indicate the current as well as future issues related with the water, ecology and life in the particular region. Thus, it is clearly visible that soil Contamination may result in eventuality in form of contamination of water, ecological destruction, and loss of productivity, food crisis and so threat to life. The major source of contamination is wastes from industries as well as overuse of fertilizers & pesticide. Thus, to determine the exact impacts of any proposed project, it is very essential to determine the existing status of soil quality and existing stress through a study of soil quality assessment. Considering this, for studying soils of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the project area representing various, physiographic conditions, geology, and land form and land use conditions. The physical, chemical characteristics were determined. The samples were collected by soil auger and other required equipments, up to a depth of 30 cm. as per standard soil sampling procedure , given in Soil survey manual , All India soil and land use survey, New Delhi- 1970 of Ministry of agriculture, Govt. of India.

The present study of the soil profile establishes the baseline characteristics and this will help in future identification of the incremental concentrations if any, due to the operation of the project. The sampling locations have been identified with the following objectives:  To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area;  To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics; and  To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity point of view.

3.4.3 Methodology

Eight locations in and around the proposed plant boundary were selected for soil sampling. At each location, soil samples were collected from surface 0-30 cm depth by taking samples at different spots in the same area and then by mixing it homogeneously & considering it as one sample. Soil samples were collected during post-monsoon season.

3.4.3.1 Methodology of Data Generation

Physical and chemical properties and heavy metal concentrations of the soil were analyzed. Soil samples were collected once during January – February –March 2021. 3.4.3.2 Sources of Information

In addition to field surveys, the other sources of information were offices of National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning (NBSS and LUP) as well as District Census Data from Census of India, 2011.

Table 3.3 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis

Parameter Method (ASTM Number) Grain size distribution Sieve analysis (D 422 – 63) Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration Bulk density Sand replacement, core cutter Sodium absorption ratio Flame photometric (D 1428-82) pH pH meter (D 1293-84) Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82) Nitrogen Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84) Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, colorimetric (D 515-82) Potassium Flame photometric (D 1428-82) Iron AAS (D 1068-84) Zinc AAS (D 1691-84) Boron Surcumin, colorimetric (D 3082-79) Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)

Overall, Eight Soil Sampling points were selected. The locations are listed in Table 3.4. Soil characteristics presented in Table 3.6 are compared with standard classification given in Table 3.5. Refer Annexure-I for Soil monitoring reports.

Table 3.4 Soil Sampling Locations

Location Distance from Direction w.r.t Location Type Latitude Longitude Name site (Km) site Sample taken Sample taken 18°25'50.97"N 74°38'33.23"E S1 Kadamwasti Industrial within industry within industry S2 Kadamwasti Rural 1.02 ENE 18°25'50.97"N 74°38'33.23"E S3 Alegaon Rural 1.89 NNE 18°26'38.67"N 74°38'20.92"E S4 Shirapur Rural 7.91 ENE 18°26'56.60"N 74°42'17.59"E S5 Boribel Rural 4.96 SSE 18°23'2.73"N 74°38'35.58"E S6 Maldpadas Rural 6.84 SW 18°22'40.85"N 74°35'42.51"E S7 Mergalwadi Rural 6.85 W 18°26'10.09"N 74°34'8.77"E S8 Kautha Rural 6.16 NNW 18°28'39.55"N 74°36'25.71"E If required, additional locations shall be monitored as per project requirement

Table 3.5 Standard Soil Classification

No. Soil Test Classification 1 pH <4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline 9.01 very strongly alkaline 2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity (µmhos/cm) Up to 1.00 Average (1ppm = 640 µmho/cm) 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts) 3 Organic Carbon (%) Up to 0.2: very less 0.21-0.4: less 0.41-0.5 medium, 0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient 0.81-1.00: sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient 4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Up to 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient 5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Up to 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium, 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient 6 Potash (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than sufficient Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, Indian Council of Agricultural Research

3.4.4 Comments on Soil Characteristics

From the interpretation of field data, physical and chemical data it can be concluded that: Soils are shallow black soils did not differ significantly in properties as that of shallow soils in scarcity area. As per the physical data soils are fine texture, having low bulk density, imperatively good water holding capacity, and slow permeability. As per physical characters soils are rated as moderate to good for agriculture. As per chemical characters soil reaction (pH) soils are neutral, slightly to moderately alkaline and electrical conductivity (EC) is non saline (normal). Organic matter is better to sufficient. Macro nutrient like nitrogen is better to sufficient and phosphorus is medium to sufficient, potassium is low, calcium, magnesium are medium to good and base saturation is moderate to good Sodium is below the limit to make soil saline or sodic or alkali. Micro-nutrients, Mn (very low may cause deficiency), Zn, Fe, Al (nil to low, will cause deficiency), B is low (may cause deficiency) SO4 low to medium and Cl are medium to high. Cation Exchange capacity is high indicating to good fertility. Exchangeable Ca is moderate with good base saturation, Ex K is low, and Ex Na is also low not indicating any alkalinity. Sodium adsorption ratio indicates the soils are normal.

Table 3.6 Existing Soil Characteristics

No Parameters U.O.M S 1 S 2 S 3 S 4 S 5 S 6 S 7 S 8 Kada Kada Alegao Shirapu Boribel Maladp Mergal Kautha mwasti mwast n r adas wadi Project i Site 1 Colour - Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black 2 Grain Size Sand % 38.00 23.00 21.00 18.00 23.00 19.00 26.00 22.00 Distribution Silt% 17.00 17.00 16.00 17.00 12.00 15.00 14.00 13.00 Clay % 45.00 60.00 63.00 65.00 65.00 66.00 60.00 65.00 3 Texture Class Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay 4 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.49 1.33 1.26 1.21 1.19 1.22 1.29 1.20 5 Permeability cm/hr 0.84 0.66 0.58 0.53 0.66 0.58 0.71 0.51 6 Water Holding % 44.62 57.67 60.70 63.06 61.48 68.71 58.18 62.20 capacity 7 Porosity % 47.73 61.59 62.06 66.07 66.30 70.62 60.92 65.91 8 pH (1: Aq Extraction) -- 8.33 8.20 8.04 7.99 7.92 7.86 8.13 7.93 9 EC µS/cm 264.17 675.73 754.80 839.95 947.27 1122.14 683.82 883.77 10 Cation Exchange meq/ 100gm 24.37 57.36 62.10 67.80 66.31 77.69 55.79 69.92 Capacity 11 Exchangeable Ca meq/ 100gm 21.78 41.82 43.00 48.28 45.63 51.11 41.52 47.60 12 Exchangeable Mg meq/ 100gm 2.30 15.00 18.48 18.87 20.03 25.87 13.73 21.64 13 Exchangeable meq/ 100gm 0.12 0.30 0.35 0.36 0.38 0.41 0.31 0.37 Potassium 14 Exchangeable Na meq/ 100gm 0.17 0.24 0.27 0.29 0.27 0.30 0.23 0.31 15 SAR ------0.049 0.045 0.049 0.050 0.047 0.048 0.044 0.053 16 Nitrogen (N) Kg/ha 37.41 65.53 82.81 90.68 106.03 125.40 72.38 93.66 17 Available Kg/ha 16.25 41.16 46.30 54.53 61.18 74.53 43.57 56.84 Phosphorous (P) 18 Available Potassium Kg/ha 47.81 116.59 134.99 142.33 148.98 160.33 120.03 145.19 19 Organic Carbon % 0.29 0.88 0.90 0.97 1.13 1.23 0.96 1.03 20 Organic Matter % 0.50 1.51 1.55 1.67 1.94 2.12 1.65 1.77 21 Water Soluble mg/kg 31.75 95.22 96.87 112.76 126.10 168.91 88.36 119.83 Chloride (Cl) 22 Water Soluble mg/kg 10.81 56.79 66.21 76.52 81.48 90.93 50.10 87.32 Sulphate (SO4) 23 Aluminum (Al) % 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.02 24 Total Iron (Fe) % 0.10 0.97 0.85 0.62 0.18 0.26 0.14 0.39 25 Manganese (Mn) mg/kg 7.30 15.94 20.52 15.42 24.56 29.42 18.36 18.38 26 Boron (B) mg/kg 4.95 17.70 25.37 26.57 31.66 36.57 21.16 22.58 27 Zinc ( Zn) mg/kg 11.42 21.29 15.54 23.53 30.73 33.53 18.21 28.14 28 Total Chromium (Cr) mg/kg 0.07 BDL 0.02 BDL 0.01 BDL 0.01 BDL 29 Lead (Pb) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 30 Nickel (Ni) mg/kg 5.97 17.79 12.26 16.25 17.84 26.25 22.20 15.80 31 Arsenic (As) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 32 Mercury (Hg) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 33 Cadmium (Cd) mg/kg 0.02 BDL 0.01 BDL BDL 0.01 BDL 0.01 34 Barium as (Ba) mg/kg 2.64 3.35 3.43 2.90 5.56 4.82 2.97 3.23 35 Selenium (Se) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 36 Copper (Cu) mg/kg 0.48 0.41 0.54 0.64 0.36 0.88 0.65 0.75

3.4.5 Physical Characters

The physical characters include Bulk density, grain size distribution (textural analysis).

a. Grain size distribution: Texture indicates relative proportion of various sizes of primary soil particles such as sand, silt and clay present in the soil. Based on their quantities present in the soil sample and using the textural classification diagram. Mostly all samples contains clay, sand & silt in which Sand is highest at locations namely S1 (38%) to minimum at S4 (18%) and for Silt at S-1, 2, 4 (17%) & min at S5 (12%) 67

whereas S6 (66%) max & min S1 (45%) at project Site for Clay. The textural classes of eight soil samples are clayey (fine) Bulk density values confirm the textural class. The average Sand, Silt and Clay in % is 23.75±6.274, 15±1.25 and 61.125±56.917 respectively. This indicates it has clayey type mostly across all locations. b. Bulk Density: In case of bulk density total soil space (space occupied by solid and pore spaces combined) are taken in to consideration. Soil texture, soil structure and organic matter content are the factors influencing the bulk density of a soil. Bulk Density, besides being an interesting and significant physical characteristic, is very important as a basis for certain computations. The Bulk density of the eight soil sample under consideration ranges between minimum at S6 (1.19gm/cc) & max. at Project site (1.49 gm/cc), and confirms the fine texture of the soils of the area under study. c. Porosity: The pore space of a soil is the space occupied by air and water and is expressed as percent pore space. The amount of this pore space is determined by structural conditions, that is by inter- related influence of texture, compactness and aggregation. Porosity is also related to aeration and retention and movement of water in the soil. The porosity of eight soil sample ranges minimum at S3 (47.73%) whereas, maximum at S1 (70.62%) and is good in accordance to the texture of soil, and considered good for air and water movement in the soil for crops.

d. Permeability: Permeability is the entry of fluid from one medium to another. In soil – water relationship, it means entry of water from air in to soil. Permeability rate is defined as maximum rate at which a soil in a given condition can absorb rain or irrigation water as it comes at soil surface, permeability rate is the rate of water entry in to the soil when flow is non-divergent. Study shows that permeability of eight samples under study has minimum at S4 (0.53 cm/hr) whereas maximum found at S1 (0.84 cm/hr) and therefore based on above analysis it could be classified as slow to moderate for agriculture and conservation, indicating good availability of moisture to cops after rain or irrigation. e. Water Holding Capacity (WHC): Water holding capacity of soil is the maximum amount of moisture, a dry soil is capable of holding, under given standard condition. If the moisture content is increased further percolation result WHC is of great value to practical agriculture, since it provides a simple means to determine moisture content. WHC required for good crop growth is 35 to 70%. The WHC of the eight soil samples is between 44.62 to 68.71% and is moderate to good indicating availability of water for crop growth indicating somewhat less frequent water application for growing crops. Drip irrigation could be alternate for optimum application of water. The average WHC for study area was analyzed to be 59.77±6.934 %

3.4.6 Chemical characters

The parameters considered for chemical analysis are: Soil reaction (pH), Electrical conductivity (EC), Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)) Cations, like Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium and Potassium, water soluble sulphates ,and chlorides, sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR).,, Macro nutrients like Available Nitrogen, total Organic carbon, organic matter Available phosphorus, available potassium Micro nutrients like Iron Zinc, manganese and boron. Heavy metals like, Chromium (Cr), Lead (Pb), Nickel (Ni), Arsenic (As), Mercury (Hg) and Cadmium (Cd). a. Soil reaction (pH): The nutritional importance of pH is illustrated, thus hydrogen ion concentration has influence not only on, solubility of nutrients, but also upon facility with which these nutrients are absorbed by plants, even already in soil solution for e.g. Fe, Mn and Zn become less available as pH rises from 4.5 to 7. At pH 6.5 to7.0 68

utilization of nitrate and ammonia nitrogen becomes more available. In case of phosphorus it becomes less available to plant as pH increases above 8.5, due to its fixation in exchange complex of soil. For the eight soil sample under consideration the pH ranges between 7.96 to8.33 indicating soils are neutral.

b. Electrical conductivity (EC): The salt content of the soils are estimated by EC measurements, and is useful to designate soils as normal or sodic (saline). Electrical conductivity is expressed as µmhos/cm at 25◦C, µsmhos/ cm or mmhos /cm or sm/cm. The EC of eight soil samples is between 1122 to264.11 with average value around 771.456±252.33 µs/cm and are near the limits to be called as saline and hence the soils

are normal too hard for crop growth & germination as per soil classification table. c. Cation Exchange capacity (CEC): The total amount of exchangeable cations that a soil can retain is designated as cation exchange capacity (CEC) and usually expressed as me/100gm of soil. Determination of amount of cations present in soil is useful, because CEC influences the availability of adsorbed cations to both higher plants and soil microorganisms. Thus CEC is directly related to fertility of soils. The CEC of the eight samples ranges between 65.92 to 33.87 meq / 100gm soil. A soil with low CEC indicates low fertility and soils with high CEC indicates high fertility. Eight soil samples are fine textured having high percentage of clay with dominating montmorrilonitic clay mineral, showing high CEC, in turn fertility is also high. d. Exchangeable Calcium (Ca++): Calcium, an essential part of plant cell wall structure, provides for normal transport and retention of other elements as well as strength in the plant. It is also thought to counteract the effect of alkali salts and organic acids within a plant and soil acidity. The exchangeable calcium content of eight soil samples ranges between 51.11 to 21.78 meq/100gm soil, and having good base saturation percentage (ranging from 50 to51 %). For normal crop growth a calcium base saturation percent of soils between 50 to 75% 50% is required. The average Ca in study area was analyzed around 42.59±9.057 meq/100gm soil. e. Exchangeable Magnesium (Mg++): Magnesium is part of the chlorophyll in all green plants and essential for photosynthesis. It also helps activate many plant enzymes needed for growth. The magnesium content of the eight soil samples ranges 25.87 to 2.3 meq/100 gm soil (B S % is 50%, which is further adding to base saturation. Magnesium base saturation percent of 5 to 15 % is normal. f. Exchangeable Potassium (K+): Potassium is absorbed by plants in larger amounts than any other mineral element except nitrogen and, in some cases, potassium Helps in the building of protein, photosynthesis, fruit quality and reduction of diseases. The Potassium content of one soil sample is 0.41 to 0.12 meq/100 gm and is low for crop growth.

Figure 3.12 Baseline Environmental Details: Soil Environment

Figure 3.13 Soil Analysis

Figure 3.14 Soil Analysis

Figure 3.15Soil Analysis

Figure 3.16 Soil Analysis

g. Exchangeable Sodium (Na+): Though sodium is not an essential plant nutrient, but it has some role in potassium nutrition. Sodium also has a role in affecting the pH of soils; Sodium present above a certain limit makes soil alkaline which affect soil physical condition, and fixing of available phosphorus. Out of the eight samples sodium ranges between 0.31 to 0.17 meq/100gm soil, which is below the content (i.e. ESP is below 15%) at which soil show, saline alkali or alkaline properties, hence no adverse effect on soils. h. Sodium Adsorption ratio (SAR): Sodium adsorption ratio is ratio of Na+ to under root of Ca + +Mg++ by 2. SAR values of soil solution along with EC and pH helps in diagnosing soils as normal, saline, saline-alkali or alkali. The eight soil samples show SAR values between 0.053 to 0.044. i. Available Nitrogen (N) Nitrogen is a part of all living cells and is a necessary part of all proteins, enzymes and metabolic processes involved in the synthesis and transfer of energy. Nitrogen is a part of chlorophyll, the green pigment of the plant that is responsible for photosynthesis. Helps plants with rapid growth, increasing seed and fruit production and improving the quality of leaf and forage crops. The available nitrogen in the eight samples in question, as per analysis ranges between 125.4 to 37.41 kg / ha showing less to good nitrogen content for crop growth. j. Available Phosphorus (P): Like nitrogen, phosphorus (P) is an essential part of the process of photosynthesis. Involved in the formation of all oils, sugars, starches, etc. Helps with the transformation of solar energy into chemical energy; proper plant maturation; withstanding stress. Effects rapid growth, .Encourages blooming and root growth. The phosphorus content of soil of eight samples ranges between 75.03 to 16.25 kg/ha and falls under less or deficient category. In different samples for crop growth. k. Available Potassium (K): Potassium is absorbed by plants in larger amounts than any other mineral element except nitrogen and, in some cases, calcium. Helps in the building of protein, photosynthesis, fruit quality and reduction of diseases. The Potassium content of eight soil samples ranges between 160.33 to 47.81 kg/ha and is very less to less for crop growth. l. Organic Carbon / Organic matter( %): Although accounting for only a small part of the total soil mass in mineral soils, organic matter influences physical, chemical, and biological activities in the soil. Organic matter in the soil is plant and animal residue which serves as a reserve for many essential nutrients, especially nitrogen. Determination of organic matter helps to estimate the nitrogen which will be released by bacterial activity for the next season depending on the conditions, soil aeration, pH, type of organic material, and other factors. The eight soil samples under consideration contain 1.23 to 0.5 % organic matter with Organic carbon content in range of 1.23 to 0.29 %; OM is calculated from organic carbon estimation. As per crop requirements the soils are having more than sufficient organic matter content in different samples, required for growing crop in next season. m. Water-Soluble Sulphates as SO4: This test measures readily available sulphur in the form of dissolved plus absorbed sulphate. Sulphur testing is important where low sulphur or sulphur-free fertilizers are used, such as high analysis NPK fertilizers. Retention of sulphate sulphur by the soil is related to its phosphate retention, with high leaching losses of sulphate being associated with low phosphate retention soils. This

should also be taken into account when considering sulphur fertilizer options. In the eight samples the water soluble sulphate as SO4 ranges between 90.93 to 10.81 mg/kg and medium to moderate.

n. Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl the Cl−anion does not form complexes readily, and shows little affinity (or specificity) in its adsorption to soil components. Thus, Cl− movement within the soil is largely determined by water flows. Chlorine is an essential micronutrient for higher plants. It is present mainly as Cl−. Chloride is a major osmotically active solute in the vacuole and is involved in both turgor- and osmo regulation. In the cytoplasm it may regulate the activities of key enzymes. In addition, Cl−also acts as a counter anion and Cl− fluxes are implicated in the stabilization of membrane potential, regulation of intracellular pH gradients and electrical excitability. In the eight samples the water soluble chloride ranges between 168.91 to 31.75 mg/kg and is medium to moderate. o. Heavy Metals: Soils may become contaminated by the accumulation of heavy metals and metalloids through emissions from the rapidly expanding industrial areas, mine tailings, disposal of high metal wastes, leaded gasoline and paints, land application of fertilizers, animal manures, sewage sludge, pesticides, wastewater irrigation, coal combustion residues, spillage of petrochemicals, and atmospheric deposition. Heavy metals constitute an ill- defined group of inorganic chemical hazards, and those most commonly found at contaminated sites are lead (Pb), chromium (Cr), arsenic (As), zinc (Zn), cadmium (Cd),), mercury (Hg), and nickel (Ni) Soils are the major sink for heavy metals released into the environment by aforementioned anthropogenic activities and unlike organic contaminants which are oxidized to carbon (IV) oxide by microbial action, most metals do not undergo microbial or chemical degradation and their total concentration in soils persists for a long time after their introduction Changes in their chemical forms (speciation) and bioavailability are, however, possible. The presence of toxic metals in soil can severely inhibit the biodegradation of organic contaminants [Heavy metal contamination of soil may pose risks and hazards to humans and the ecosystem through: direct ingestion or contact with contaminated soil, the food chain (soil-plant-human or soil-plant- animal- human), drinking of contaminated ground water, reduction in food quality (safety and marketability) via phyto-toxicity, reduction in land usability for agricultural production causing food insecurity, and land tenure problems. p. Aluminum (Al) Exchangeable Aluminum (Al) is not present in a plant available form in soils with a pH above 5.5 and therefore tests for extractable aluminum need only be done on distinctly acid soils. In soils with a pH range of 4.5 - 5.5 are those most likely to be affected by aluminum toxicity. In the eight samples the total Aluminum is between 0.05 to 0.01%. q. Iron (Fe): Iron is essential for crop and other plants for chlorophyll formation Iron deficiency likely occurs in soils with high pH, poor aeration, excessive phosphorus, or low organic matter. It may be produced also by an imbalance of Mo, Cu, and Mn. In plants, the deficiency shows up as a pale green leaf color (chlorosis) with sharp distinction between green veins and yellow inter-venial tissues. The iron content of eight samples ranges 0.03 to 0.01 % and is normal. r. Manganese( Mn): Is an important Plant micro nutrient & is required by plants in second greater quality compared to iron like any other element, it can have limiting factor on 74

plant growth, if it is deficient or toxic in plant tissue. Manganese is used in plants as major contribution to various biological systems, including photo synthesis, respiration and nitrogen assimilation. Mn content in the eight samples ranges between 29.642 to 7.3 mg/kg and is low and may cause deficiency in plants. s. Boron (B): There is a very narrow range between deficiency and toxicity in boron. Deficiencies are more often when organic matter is low and dry weather slows the decomposition. Uptake of boron is reduced at pH level higher than 7.0 Plant toxicity symptoms manifest as leaf tip and marginal chlorosis. Boron toxicity occurs in dry areas and is generally associated with irrigation water. In the eight samples of the project the boron content is between 36.57 to 4.95 mg/kg is low and will cause deficiency to crops. t. Zinc (Zn) Zn deficiency most often is present in sandy soils with neutral or alkaline pH, or with low organic matter. Total zinc may be high but the availability depends on other factors. In the present eight samples Zinc content ranges between 33.53 to 11.42 mg/kg or ppm and are low, considered deficient for crop growth. u. Chromium (Cr): Chromium mobility depends on sorption characteristics of the soil, including clay content, iron oxide content, and the amount of organic matter present. Chromium can be transported by surface runoff to surface waters in its soluble or precipitated form. Soluble and un-adsorbed chromium complexes can leach from soil into groundwater. The leachability of Cr (VI) increases as soil pH increases. Most of Cr released into natural waters is particle associated, however, and is ultimately deposited into the sediment. In the eight samples the chromium is below detectible limit and 0. 1 hence no chromium contamination. v. Lead (Pb) Typical mean Pb concentration for surface soils worldwide averages 32 mg kg−1 and ranges from 10 to 67 mg kg−1 the most serious source of exposure to soil lead is through direct ingestion of contaminated soil or dust. In general, plants do not absorb or accumulate lead. However, in soils testing high in lead, it is possible for some lead to be taken up. Studies have shown that lead does not readily accumulate in the fruiting parts of vegetable and fruit crops (e.g., corn, beans, squash, tomatoes, strawberries, and apples). Higher concentrations are more likely to be found in leafy vegetables (e.g., lettuce) and on the surface of root crops (e.g., carrots). Since plants do not take up large quantities of soil lead, the lead levels in soil considered safe for plants will be much higher than soil lead levels where eating of soil is a concern (pica). Generally, it has been considered safe to use garden produce grown in soils with total lead levels less than 300 ppm. The risk of lead poisoning through the food chain increases as the soil lead level rises above this concentration. Even at soil levels above 300 ppm, most of the risk is from lead contaminated soil or dust deposits on the plants rather than from uptake of lead by the plant. In the eight samples the Lead ranges in BDL i.e., within permissible limit. w. Arsenic (As) Arsenate can adsorb or co precipitates with metal sulfides and has a high affinity for other sulfur compounds. Elemental arsenic and arsine, AsH3, may be present under extreme reducing conditions. Biotransformation (via methylation) of arsenic creates methylated derivatives of arsine. As compounds adsorb strongly to soils and are therefore transported only over short distances in groundwater and surface water. In the eight samples the arsenic values are below detectible limit and within permissible limit of contamination.

x. Mercury (Hg) Sorption to soils, sediments, and humic materials is an important mechanism for the removal of Hg from solution. Sorption is pH dependent and increases as pH increases. Mercury may also be removed from solution by co-precipitation with sulphides. Under anaerobic conditions, both organic and inorganic forms of Hg may be converted to alkylated forms by microbial activity, such as by sulfur-reducing bacteria. Elemental mercury may also be formed under anaerobic conditions by demethylation of methyl mercury, or by reduction of Hg (II). Acidic conditions (pH < 4) also favor the formation of methyl mercury, whereas higher pH values favor precipitation of

HgS(s) .In the eight samples the mercury content is below detectible limit and within y. Cadmiumpermissible (Cd) limit The of contamination.application of agricultural inputs such as fertilizers, pesticides, and bio-solids (sewage sludge), the disposal of industrial wastes or the deposition of atmospheric contaminants increases the total concentration of Cd in soils, and the bioavailability of this Cd determines whether plant Cd uptake occurs to a significant degree. Cadmium is very bio -persistent but has few toxicological properties and, once absorbed by an organism, remains resident for many years. The eight samples contain cadmium is 0.02 to 0.01 and within permissible limits of contamination.

Figure 3.17 Soil Map

3.5. DRAINAGE AND GEOMORPHOLOGY

The assignment w.r.t. Hydrology, Ground water & Water conservation and Geology (HG & GEO) has been done by Dr. J. B. Pishte who is an empanelled expert FAE of EEIPL for HG & GEO. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs.

A visit to the project site and field work in the surrounding area was carried out on pre monsoon period, to study Geology &Hydrogeology (HG-Geo) of the area and assess the possible impact of the project on the environment. This EIA Report covers results of studies carried out in the area of influence of project. It is based on primary data collected by observations during field visit and secondary data obtained through dialogue with local people and previous literature from different sources.

3.5.1. Methodology

3.5.1.1.Literature Review

The previous literature related to hydrogeology and geology contains general information and data of district or State as a whole. The content relevant to the study area had to be extracted carefully from it. Literature related to effluents and waste waters of the project and their impact on geology and water regime was also referred to.

3.5.2. Data Generation

A visit to the project site and field work in the surrounding area was carried out to study Geology and Hydrogeology (HG-Geo) of the area. Data on hydrogeology was collected by visiting locations of open wells and bore wells and carrying out well inventory. While doing so, communication with well owner or their neighbors etc. has been useful in gathering more information. Observations on geology, such as rock types, their textures and structures were made in surface outcrops, dug well sections, road sections, stream sections, and other types of excavations existing in the area.

3.5.3. Data Analysis and Interpretation

Ground water samples were handed over to M/s Equinox Environments Pvt. Ltd., Kolhapur, for analysis. On receiving the results thereof, interpretations regarding impacts of the project on water quality were made by referring to prescribed standards. Rock types, their textures and structures observed in the area were identified by visual examination in situ and in hand specimens broken from outcrops wherever necessary.

3.5.4 Drainage

Pune district is blessed with three river systems, namely, Bhima-Ghod, Mula-Mutha, and Nira Rivers. All these rivers have mostly semi-dendritic drainage pattern and the drainage density is quite high. The project site is situated in the right bank of Bhima River. Project is situated at about 2.50 KM from Bhima River. Though the area is relatively flat, many first order streams originate around the project site. As the area is a plain these first order streams are not deep and merge with the Bhima River. At the time of field visit these streams were not flowing. The average annual rainfall in the district is 468 mm to 4659 mm. moderately deep soil cover is observed in the area around project site. The area of influence of the project has moderate drainage density. The overall drainage pattern is dendritic type. Refer figure 3.18 for Drainage map.

3.5.5 Geomorphology The area around the project site rests on Deccan basaltic terrain. Physiographically, the Pune district has given rise to four major characteristic land forms namely; 78

(1) The hills and Ghats (2) The foot hills (3) The plateau and (4) The plains. The project site is situated in the plains having a rolling topography. The elevation of the project site is about 525 m above mean sea level (amsl). The highest elevation in the area is around 610 m amsl on south side from project site, which gradually decreases North about 502 m amsl. The total relief of the area is 85 m. Refer Figure 3.6 for Topographical Map.

3.6 GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY & HYDROGEOLOGY

3.6.1Geology

Geologically the area falls in the southern part of the Deccan Volcanic Province (DVP) of Peninsular India (Fig. 3.3). The DVP is dominated by basaltic lava flows in the form of horizontally bedded sheets spread over large area. In the layered sequence the thickness of individual flow ranges from 7 to 45 m and represented by massive unit at the bottom and vesicular unit at the top of the flow. These flows are separated from each other by marker bed known as ‘bole bed’. The individual lava flows are generally uniform in physical appearance, but lateral variations in color, composition and texture or structure are not uncommon. Two variants of lava flows, namely compact basalt (CB) and vesicular-amygdaloidal basalt (VAB) can be seen in the area under consideration. In the area around project site mainly vesicular basalt flows were noticed in well sections. Compact basalt is found only few locations in wells. As the area is uniformly covered with soil and farmlands, outcrops were not noticed during the field visit.

3.6.2 Hydrogeology

3.6.2.1 Ground Water Resources

The water bearing properties of basaltic lava flows depend upon the intensity of weathering, fracturing and jointing which provides availability of open space within the rock for storage and movement of ground water. The thickness of weathering in the district various widely up to 20 m bgl. However, the weathered and fractured trap occurring in topographic lows forms the potential aquifer in the district. In the area around the project site there are many dug wells and few bore wells sunk for irrigation purpose, for perennial farming, which is mainly of sugarcane. The Canal passes through the area

3.6.2.2 Groundwater Quality

The apparent groundwater quality observed reported by farmers in field during visit is suitable for drinking, domestic and irrigation purpose. The analyses of groundwater samples collected in field during the visit are presented in table 3.15.It is seen from lab analyses report and field visit, water sample collected at all locations has parameters are within prescribed limits.

3.7 METEOROLOGY

3.7.1 Introduction

Micro-meteorological data within the study area during the air quality survey period is an indispensable part of air pollution studies. The meteorological data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to the predictive models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological status of

the region. Site specific data can be compared with the historical data in order to identify changes, which may have taken place due to the rapid industrialization in the area. The micrometeorological parameters regulate the transport and diffusion of pollutants released into the atmosphere. The principal variables, which affect the micrometeorology, are horizontal connective transport (average wind speed and direction), vertical connective transport (atmospheric stability and inversion conditions) and topography of the area. The climate of the study area and surrounding area is generally dry except in the southwest monsoon season. The year may broadly be divided into four seasons.

Winter season: December to February Pre-monsoon season: March to May Monsoon season: June to September Post monsoon season: October and November

Temperature

April is the warmest month of the year. The temperature in April averages 31.3 °C. December is the coldest month, with temperatures averaging 22.9 °C.

Rainfall

The annual average rainfall in the study area is high i.e. 676 mm.

Figure 3.18Drainage Map

Figure 3.19Geohydrological Map

3.7.2 Methodology

The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and the Indian Meteorology Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the data, which is then compared with the meteorological data generated by IMD from the nearest station at Pune.

3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation

Meteorological data has been generated at the site. The meteorological parameters were monitored for one season i.e. from January - February – March 2021. Details of parameters monitored, equipment’s used & frequency of monitoring is given in Table 3.8

Table 3.7Meteorological Parameters

No. Parameters Instrument Frequency 1 Wind Speed Counter Cup Anemometer Every Hour 2 Wind Direction Wind Vane Every Hour 3 Temperature Thermometer Min. /Max. Once in a day 4 Relative Humidity Dry/Wet bulb Thermometer Twice a day

3.7.2.2 Sources of Information

Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from the nearest IMD station at Pune Also, reference were taken from book climatological normals (1971-2000). Wind roses, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall intensity have been compiled from IMD station, Pune. Similarly, data on cloud cover is compiled from climatologically tables from the IMD station of Pune. Wind Pattern at Project Wind Speed and direction are recorded at site every hour. Predominant wind during study season is from East (E) direction. The details are tabulated in Annexure-II.

3.8 AIR QUALITY 3.8.1 Introduction

Ambient air quality with respect to study zone of 10 Km radius around the DSPL site forms the baseline information. Study area represents some urban environment although there is dominance of rural habitation. Various sources of air pollution in study area are commercial and residential activities from the urban as well as rural areas, transportation and vehicular traffic etc. Impact of said actions and events through various emissions is reflected in the results of AAQM. Major air pollutants released into atmosphere from the different sources are PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and to small extent CO. However, these again vary with type and nature of the sources.

Presentation of results for the January-February-March 2021 survey is followed by observations. All the requisite monitoring assignments, sampling and analysis was conducted through the environmental laboratory of M/s. Green Enviro Safe Engineers & Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Puneis NABL accredited and MoEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further, same has received certifications namely ISO 9001– 2008, ISO 14001– 2004 and OHSAS 18001– 2007 from DNV. Mr. Yuvraj Damugade who is FAE of EEIPL for AQ.

3.8.2 Methodology 3.8.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations

Baseline status of AAQ has been assessed through an AAQM network. Design of monitoring network, in air quality surveillance program, is based on considerations namely - (1) Meteorological conditions, (2) Topography of the study area, (3) Representativeness of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status, and (4) Representativeness of likely industrial impact areas. Ambient air monitoring was conducted in the study area to assess the quality of air for SO2, NOx, CO, PM10 and PM2.5. AAQM stations were set up at eight locations with due consideration to above mentioned points, details of which are presented below. Monitoring of air quality was done here over a period of one season. Refer Ambient Air Quality Monitoring data for a period of one season enclosed at Annexure – III.

Table 3.8AAQM Location Details

No. Location Direction From Site Distance (Km) Direction A1 Industrial Site ------A2 Malewadi 4.71 W Upwind A3 Mergalwadi 6.09 SW A4 Devalgaon 6.08 NE Downwind A5 Kalewadi 5.95 SE A6 Aalegaon 2.68 N Crosswind A7 Kadamwasti 2.51 S A8 Khorodi Nearest Habitat 3.45 NW

3.8.2.2 Parameters, Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ Monitoring

Frequency adopted for sampling is two days per week; 24 hourly for all eight ambient air quality stations. Baseline data of air environment, for all the eight monitoring stations, was generated. Details of same are presented in following table-

Table 3.9 AAQ Parameters, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods

No. Parameters Frequency of Monitoring Analysis Methods 1. PM10 Continuous, 24 Hourly, Gravimetric Method (IS:5182, Part IV) twice a week 2. PM2.5 Continuous, 24 Hourly, Gravimetric Method (IS:5182, Part IV) twice a week 3. SO2 8 Hourly, three Modified West and Gaeke Method (IS: samples/day, twice a week 5182, Part II; Sodium Tetrachloro- mercurate). 4. NOx 8 Hourly, three Jacobs and Hochheiser Method (IS: samples/day, twice a week 5182, Part VI) 5. CO Once in a day, Twice a NDIR Method (IS: 5182, Part X) week

Figure 3.20 Baseline Environmental Details: AIR Quality Unit g/M3)

Figure 3.21 AAQM Parameters – January 2021

Figure 3.22 AAQM Parameters –February 2021

Figure 3.23 AAQM Parameters – March 2021

Figure 3.24 AAQM Parameters – January – February – March 2021

Figure 3.25 AAQM Parameters – AQI

3.8.3 Presentation of Results

The summary of results for analysis of ambient air monitoring is presented in Table 3.10. The permissible ambient air quality limits are also presented in following table

Table 3.10Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season [January-February-March 2021]

Location Industrial Malewad Mergalw Devalga Kalewadi Aalegaon Kadam Khorodi Site i adi on wasti PM10 Max 64.20 64.50 64.60 64.40 62.80 64.30 64.30 64.50 g/M3 Min 55.60 55.80 59.60 58.50 55.30 58.30 59.10 59.30 Avg 59.55 60.34 62.16 61.75 59.13 61.06 61.72 61.37 98% 63.83 64.45 64.51 64.35 62.80 64.25 64.07 63.99 Percentile PM2.5 Max 24.10 25.30 25.50 23.50 22.80 23.70 23.90 22.80 g/M3 Min 17.50 18.50 19.60 18.90 18.60 18.90 19.40 20.40 Avg 20.33 21.68 21.70 21.37 20.87 21.43 21.98 21.75 98% 23.50 25.02 24.76 23.36 22.71 23.61 23.81 22.80 Percentile SO2 Max 17.80 20.50 19.90 19.50 18.90 19.70 19.80 21.90 g/M3 Min 13.20 12.70 14.70 14.50 14.50 14.60 15.00 15.40 Avg 16.04 16.25 17.66 16.99 16.40 17.68 17.02 18.32 98% 17.80 19.67 19.90 19.18 18.53 19.65 19.34 20.89 Percentile NOx Max 23.90 25.30 23.80 23.80 21.80 24.80 22.60 24.80 Min 18.80 16.20 18.00 19.00 10.70 19.10 18.70 19.00

Location Industrial Malewad Mergalw Devalga Kalewadi Aalegaon Kadam Khorodi Site i adi on wasti g/M3 Avg 21.47 22.57 21.28 21.52 19.60 21.64 20.38 21.68 98% 23.81 25.02 23.71 23.62 21.66 24.57 22.60 24.52 Percentile CO Max 0.900 0.090 0.090 0.090 0.090 0.080 0.090 0.090 mg/M3 Min 0.200 0.030 0.020 0.030 0.030 0.020 0.020 0.020 Avg 0.571 0.064 0.061 0.056 0.062 0.052 0.055 0.051 98% 0.900 0.090 0.090 0.085 0.085 0.080 0.090 0.090 Percentile Notes: PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are computed based on 24 hourly values. , CO is computed based on 8 hourly values.

Table 3.11National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) by CPCB (Notification No. S.O.B-29016/20/90/PCI-L by MOEFCC; New Delhi dated 8.11.2009)

3 3 3 3 3 PM10g/M PM2.5 g/M SO2 g/M NOx g/M CO mg/M Zone Station 24 Hr A.A. 24 Hr A.A 24 Hr A.A. 24 Hr A.A. 8 Hr 1 Hr Industrial, Rural & 100 60 60 40 80 50 80 40 2 4 Residential Area Eco-sensitive Area 100 60 60 40 80 20 80 30 2 4 Notified by Govt. Note: A.A. represents Annual Average

3.8.4 Observations The observations in respect of results presented in Table 3.11 are given below.

Particulate Matter (PM10)

PM10 values at all the eight locations are attributed to windblown dust. 98 percentile values at eight stations are observed between 62.80g/m3 to 64.51g/m3 which is below the permissible value of 100 g/m3 for residential zones.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

All observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions i.e. 60 g/M3. 98 percentile values at eight stations are observed in range between 22.71g/m3to 25.02g/m3which is below the permissible value of 60g/m3

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

All observations are well below permissible limits of 80 g/M3.98 percentile values at eight stations are observed in range between 17.80 g/m3to 20.89g/m3which is below the permissible value of 80g/m3

Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)

All observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions (i.e. 80 g/M3).98 percentile values at eight stations are observed in range between 21.66g/m3to 25.02 g/m3which is below the permissible value of 80g/m3

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

All observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions.98 percentile values at eight stations are observed in range between 0.08 mg/m3to 0.90 mg/m3. 89

3.9 WATER QUALITY

3.9.1 Introduction

Selected water quality parameters, for surface and ground water resources from the study area, have been considered for assessing water environment and to evaluate impact due to the project. Understanding water quality is important in environmental impact assessment and to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation.

3.9.2 Methodology

3.9.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation

Reconnaissance was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on – (1) Topomaps and drainage map to identify major water bodies, and (2) likely areas which can represent baseline conditions. Sampling and analysis of water samples for physical, chemical and heavy metals were undertaken through NABL & MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory of M/s. Green Enviro Safe Engineers & Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Pune which is NABL accredited& MoEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further, same has received certification of OHSAS 18001:2007 from DNV. Eight locations for surface water and five locations for ground water samples were selected which are listed in table 3.12

Table 3.12 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water

Statio Name of the Type Distance from Direction Justification n Code Station Site; Km from Site SW1 Kadamwasti Nala 1.09 E East side Nala which flows near ETP & Spentwash lagoons SW2 Kadamwasti Nala 1.05 NNE NNE Side Nala that flows down the slope of the ETP & Spentwash lagoons SW 3 Alegaon Nala 1.91 NNE Confluence of Nala 1 & Nala 2 SW 4 Khorodi River 4.26 NNW Upstream of Bhima River SW5 Alegaon River 2.87 NNE Midstream of Bhima River as well as confluence of Nala & River SW6 Wadgaon River 7.45 NNE Downstream of Bhima River Darekar SW7 Mergalwadi Pond 8.01 WSW WSW side pond near the project site SW8 Ravangaon Pond 9.62 SSW SSW side pond near the project site

Table 3.13 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water

Station Name of the Type Geographical Location Distance from Direction Code Station Site Km from Site GW1 Kadamwasti Dug Well 18°26'1.66"N, 74°38'13.51"E 0.77 NNE GW2 Kadamwasti Dug Well 18°26'7.96"N, 74°38'37.12"E 1.38 NE GW3 Kadamwasti Dug Well 18°25'49.15"N,74°38'36.96"E 0.98 ENE GW4 Kadamwasti Dug Well 18°25'40.29"N, 74°38'13.16"E 0.47 E GW5 Boribel Dug Well 18°25'23.53"N,74°38'0.01"E 0.50 S GW6 Khorodi Dug Well 18°25'31.58"N,74°37'26.98"E 1.02 WSW 90

Station Name of the Type Geographical Location Distance from Direction Code Station Site Km from Site GW7 Khorodi Dug Well 18°25'50.02"N, 74°37'36.96"E 0.76 NW GW8 Khorodi Dug Well 18°25'58.49"N,74°37'55.94"E 0.58 NNW

3.9.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation

Ground and surface water sources, covered in an area of 10 Km radius from the proposed site were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metal and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface and ground water. The samples were collected and analyzed as per procedures specified in ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American Public Health Association (APHA).Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples were collected in sterilized glass bottles for bacteriological portability test. Parameters analyzed at the site were pH, temperature, odour, turbidity and dissolved oxygen using portable water analysis kits.

Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for assessing the existing water quality status in the core area. Results for the parameters analyzed in surface water samples, are compared with Class ‘C’ water as per IS: 10500:2012, Second Revision; “Specifications for Drinking Water”.

3.9.4 Presentation of Results

3.9.4.1 Surface Water

Analysis results for surface water are given in table below. Copies of actual reports are presented at Annexure-IV. Table 3.14 Surface Water No Parameter Unit Location Limits SW 1 SW 2 SW3 SW 4 SW 5 SW 6 SW 7 SW 8 IS Kada Kadam- Alega Khorod Alegao Wadga Mergal Ravangao 10500:2 mwasti wasti on i n on wadi n 012 (Nala ) (Nala 2) (Nala (River (River Dareka (WSW (SSW Confl UP) Mid) r (River Pond) Pond) uence) DW) 1 Color Hazen 3.10 2.90 4.00 0.60 0.75 0.90 2.00 1.70 5.00 2 Odor -- Sewer Sewery Sewer Agreea Agreea Agreea Agreeabl Agreeable Agreea y y ble ble ble e ble 3 pH -- 8.45 8.32 8.58 7.51 7.85 8.01 8.02 8.02 6.5-8.5 4 Conductivity µS/cm 877.16 765.35 936.16 260.38 308.29 384.42 602.04 485.17 NS 5 TDS mg/lit 587.71 512.80 627.24 174.46 206.56 257.57 403.38 325.07 < 500.0 6 Turbidity NTU 1.57 1.29 1.62 0.32 0.35 0.40 0.58 0.47 < 1.00 7 TSS mg/lit 56.47 49.81 64.66 13.49 15.97 19.30 25.72 22.03 NS 8 D.O mg/lit 0.62 0.74 0.49 3.03 2.81 2.70 1.69 1.86 NS 9 COD mg/lit 63.91 57.70 75.02 13.02 17.84 20.92 31.73 25.52 NS 10 BOD 3 mg/lit 23.46 21.45 27.33 5.71 6.92 8.77 12.59 10.77 NS 11 Ammonical mg/lit 0.37 0.23 0.41 0.08 0.11 0.17 0.24 0.19 < 0.50 Nitrogen 12 Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 59.17 47.53 63.41 19.56 24.05 28.20 37.18 32.24 < 45.00 13 Nitrite as NO2 mg/lit 2.23 1.95 2.82 0.97 1.09 1.31 1.96 1.54 NS 14 Nitrogen as N mg/lit 23.54 20.29 27.22 7.34 9.89 13.66 21.64 16.29 NS 15 Phosphorous as mg/lit 5.73 3.41 6.91 0.63 0.87 1.05 2.55 1.92 NS PO4 16 Potassium as K mg/lit 73.30 60.76 71.51 16.97 20.53 28.65 43.84 37.94 NS 17 Sodium as Na mg/lit 55.89 43.21 52.30 12.80 17.11 21.36 35.71 25.88 NS 18 Calcium as Ca mg/lit 78.82 72.95 85.09 29.30 34.14 39.22 65.75 58.02 < 75.00 91

No Parameter Unit Location Limits SW 1 SW 2 SW3 SW 4 SW 5 SW 6 SW 7 SW 8 IS Kada Kadam- Alega Khorod Alegao Wadga Mergal Ravangao 10500:2 mwasti wasti on i n on wadi n 012 (Nala ) (Nala 2) (Nala (River (River Dareka (WSW (SSW Confl UP) Mid) r (River Pond) Pond) uence) DW) 19 Magnesium as mg/lit 19.69 17.43 21.34 7.59 9.38 10.73 15.65 13.56 < 30.00 Mg 20 Total Hardness mg/lit 278.17 254.19 300.65 104.52 124.00 142.26 228.85 200.92 < 200.00 as CaCO3 21 Carbonates as mg/lit 18.35 16.95 26.59 2.39 3.92 7.95 14.12 11.04 NS CO32- 22 Bicarbonates as mg/lit 148.08 135.41 154.70 38.70 41.03 52.69 69.13 59.78 NS HCO3 23 Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 67.80 62.29 76.87 23.22 25.71 31.08 55.88 46.85 < 250.00 24 Sulphates as mg/lit 30.01 27.08 33.08 14.23 17.78 20.41 22.92 18.36 < 200.00 SO4 25 Sulphide as H2S mg/lit 0.03 0.01 0.05 BDL BDL BDL 0.01 BDL < 0.05 26 Fluorides as F- mg/lit 0.61 0.52 0.65 0.08 0.11 0.12 0.35 0.26 < 1.00 27 Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.17 0.13 0.20 0.03 0.09 0.11 0.17 0.13 < 0.30 28 Aluminum as Al mg/lit BDL BDL 0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.03 29 Barium as Ba mg/lit 0.20 0.18 0.23 0.01 0.03 0.05 0.15 0.12 <0.70 30 Boron as B mg/lit 0.32 0.23 0.35 0.03 0.05 0.09 0.16 0.14 < 0.50 31 Copper as Cu mg/lit 0.01 BDL 0.02 BDL BDL BDL 0.01 BDL < 0.05 32 Selenium as Se mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 33 Zinc as Zn mg/lit 3.39 2.24 3.47 0.53 0.67 0.72 1.11 0.80 <5.00 34 Cadmium as Cd mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.003 35 Lead as Pb mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 36 Mercury as Hg mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.001 37 Nickel as Ni mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01 < 0.02 38 Arsenic as mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.01 39 Chromium as Cr mg/lit BDL BDL 0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.05 40 Total Coli form No./100 564 424 584 84 124 148 246 202 Absent ml 41 Fecal Coli form No./100 232 192 226 24 32 60 132 106 Absent ml Note: NS- Not Specified

3.9.4.2 Observation or Interpretation: The water at all sites is found to be neutral in nature. At all sites, water samples showed presence to total coliforms and fecal coliforms which are exceeding permissible limits. This indicates that the water is biologically unpotable.

Figure 3.26Google image showing Surface water Monitoring Locations

Figure 3.27Surface Water Analysis

Figure 3.28 Surface Water Analysis

Figure 3.29 Surface Water Analysis

Figure 3.30 Surface Water Analysis

3.9.4.3 Ground Water

Eight locations for ground water samples were selected which are listed below. Analysis results for the ground water samples are given in following Table. Copies of actual reports are presented at Annexure-V.

Table 3.15 Ground water

No Parameter Unit Location Limits IS GW 1 GW 2 GW 3 GW 4 10500: Kada Kada Kada Kada GW 5 GW 6 GW 7 GW 8 2012 mwast mwast mwast mwast Borib Khoro Khoro Khoro i i i i el di di di (DW) (DW) (DW) (DW) (DW) (DW) (DW) (DW) 1 Color Hazen 1.10 0.75 0.70 1.10 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.65 5.00 2 -- Agree Agree Agree Agree Agree Agree Agree Agree Agreeabl Odor able able able able able able able able e 3 pH -- 7.61 8.11 7.72 7.69 7.60 7.78 8.22 7.21 6.5-8.5 4 Conductivity µS/cm 584.06 389.86 409.33 554.84 436.21 374.24 341.30 323.59 NS 5 TDS mg/lit 391.33 261.21 274.26 371.75 292.27 250.75 228.68 216.81 < 500.00 6 Turbidity NTU 0.30 0.18 0.14 0.31 0.12 0.13 0.18 0.11 < 1.00 7 TSS mg/lit 20.33 14.54 13.65 21.83 11.78 12.80 14.09 10.90 NS 8 COD mg/lit 39.99 26.41 29.48 37.67 32.29 22.78 19.57 17.25 NS 9 BOD 3 mg/lit 15.02 10.25 11.75 14.32 12.61 9.66 7.20 6.89 NS 10 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit 0.07 0.24 0.05 0.03 0.19 0.04 0.06 0.03 < 0.50 11 Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 30.40 17.98 21.67 19.81 23.21 15.71 18.74 10.62 < 45.00 12 Nitrite as NO2 mg/lit 0.27 0.79 0.09 0.10 0.51 0.14 1.36 0.15 NS 13 Nitrogen as N mg/lit 14.87 9.09 6.98 12.18 11.68 10.20 5.33 8.52 NS 14 Phosphorous as PO4 mg/lit 1.15 0.72 0.57 1.61 0.26 0.39 1.25 0.43 NS 15 Potassium as K mg/lit 32.83 18.63 20.04 36.61 23.76 19.20 22.58 19.88 NS 16 Sodium as Na mg/lit 28.33 14.89 12.60 24.31 15.56 8.13 11.64 6.82 NS 17 Calcium as Ca mg/lit 40.29 29.17 32.36 47.74 31.42 30.13 31.48 35.92 <75.00 18 Magnesium as Mg mg/lit 14.09 6.95 5.53 12.09 9.51 7.88 10.49 8.92 < 30.00 19 Total Hardness as mg/lit < 200.00 158.78 101.56 103.68 169.16 117.73 107.79 121.92 126.55 CaCO3 2- 20 Carbonates as CO3 mg/lit 0.71 0.52 0.12 0.69 0.25 0.41 0.58 0.43 NS 21 Bicarbonates as HCO3 mg/lit 126.50 97.12 110.66 115.11 102.70 84.35 58.69 67.42 NS 22 Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 58.99 45.66 36.50 67.24 55.09 46.78 41.76 36.17 < 250.00 23 Sulphates as SO4 mg/lit 39.31 17.35 25.12 33.43 16.32 25.65 22.78 19.93 < 200.00 24 Sulphide as H2S mg/lit 0.01 0.01 BDL 0.01 BDL 0.01 BDL 0.01 < 0.05 25 Fluorides as F- mg/lit 0.24 0.13 0.19 0.28 0.07 0.15 0.20 0.11 < 1.00 26 Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.16 0.10 0.07 0.13 0.05 0.08 0.11 0.06 < 0.30 27 Aluminum as Al mg/lit 0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.03 28 Barium as Ba mg/lit 0.22 0.17 0.11 0.25 0.13 0.10 0.07 0.05 <0.70 29 Boron as B mg/lit 0.14 0.08 0.05 0.13 0.07 0.05 0.10 0.06 < 0.50 30 Copper as Cu mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.05 31 Selenium as Se mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 32 Zinc as Zn mg/lit 2.74 1.61 1.55 2.62 1.49 1.35 1.46 1.28 <5.00 33 Cadmium as Cd mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.003 34 Lead as Pb mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01 35 Mercury as Hg mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.001 36 Nickel as Ni mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.02 37 Arsenic as mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.01 38 Chromium as Cr mg/lit 0.01 BDL BDL 0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.05 39 Total Coli form No./100 ml 66 56 44 60 68 60 74 54 Absent 40 Fecal Coli form No./100 ml 24 28 20 18 22 20 16 22 Absent Note: NS- Not Specified

3.9.4.4 Observation or Interpretation

The above results reveal that some parameters in analysed samples are above desirable limits but well within permissible limits prescribed by IS10500-2012. 96

Figure 3.31Google image showing Ground water Monitoring Locations

Figure 3.32 Ground Water Analysis

Figure 3.33 Ground Water Analysis

Figure 3.34 Ground Water Analysis

Figure 3.35 Ground Water Analysis

Figure 3.36 Ground Water Analysis

3.10 NOISE LEVEL SURVEY

3.10.1 Introduction

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is that sound which is composed of many frequency components of various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and universally accepted scale is the ‘A’ weighted scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 HZ. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear. The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:

 Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as the one, which is of continuously varying loudness.  The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.  The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines the loudness and period of exposure.

The Environmental Impact of noise can have several effects varying from noise Induced hearing loss to annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. The environmental impact assessment of noise from the industrial activity, vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking

100

into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses and annoyance and general community responses.

The study area of 10 Km radius with reference to the DSPL industry site was covered for noise environment. The four zones viz. residential, commercial, industrial and silent zones have been considered for noise monitoring. Some of the major arterial roads were covered to assess the noise due to traffic. Noise monitoring was undertaken for 24 hours at each location. The purpose of noise pollution impact assessment in the study area is to assess impact of total noise generated by industries and vehicular traffic on the human settlements within 10 Km radius. The main objectives of the studies conducted were -

 Assessment of background noise levels  Identification and monitoring the major noise sources of the existing activity  Impact of noise on the workers as well as on general population.

The assignment of noise was done by Functional Area Expert of EEIPL for NV - Mr. Vinay Kumar Kurakula in the month pre monsoon period.

3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations

A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. Noise generating sources have been identified with respect to the activities, viz. industrial noise and ambient noise due to industries and traffic, which have impact on sensitive areas. The noise sampling locations have been indicated below.

3.10.3 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations

The noise survey involved determination of noise levels, in decibels, at following 8locations in the study area. Noise levels were recorded once in a month for24-hour period at each village. Refer Annexure-VI for copies of actual reports.

Table3.16Noise Sampling Locations

Station Name of the Distance from Direction from Code Sampling Point Site, Km Site N1 Site - - N2 Dhumalvasti 0.8 NE N3 Alegaon 2.7 NE N4 Kadamvasti 1.6 NE N5 Boribel 3.0 SE N6 Wagdara 3.6 SW N7 Mhayanarwadi 3.7 NE N8 Khorwadi 3.6 NW

101

Figure 3.37Google Image Showing Noise Monitoring Locations

A noise rating developed by EPA for specification of community noise from all the sources is the day-night sound level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24-hour equivalent sound level except that during the night-time period, which extends from 10 PM to 6 AM, a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing 24 hour average. This night time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night, when people usually sleep, is judged more annoying than the same noise during the daytime. For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the certain noise levels exceeding during the time interval. The notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels is described below:

L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 percent of the time L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 percent of the time, and L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 percent of the time Lday is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 AM to 10 PM). Lnight is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during night (10 PM to 6 AM).

Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq):

The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level that is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time. This is calculated from the following equation: 2 (L10-L90) Leq=L50+ ------60 102

Ldn: The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is all Day-Nights Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except during night time period (10 PM to 6 AM) where a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average. The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq’s, by the equation.

Ldn=10 log {1/24[15(10 Ld/10) +9 (10(Ln+10)/10)]}

Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the daytime (6 AM to 10 PM) and Ln is the equivalent sound level during the night-time (10 PM to 6 AM).

3.10.3.1 Method of Monitoring

A detailed noise level survey was undertaken to study the levels of noise, as the high noise levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and the associated environment. The noise level monitoring was carried out through MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory-M/s. Green Enviro Safe Engineers 7 Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Pune - that has also received NABL as well as ISO 9001: 2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001: 2007 accreditations.

3.10.3.2 Standards for Noise Levels

MoEFCC has notified ambient air quality standards in respect of noise vide Gazette notification Dated 14th February 2000. It is based on the ‘A’ weighted equivalent noise level (Leq). The standards are given in following table

Table 3.17Ambient Noise Level Standards

Area Limits in dB(A) Leq Category Code Day Time Night Time A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40 Ref: Gazette of India 14th Feb 2000.

Standards for Occupational Noise (U.S.A)

Industrialized countries have specified limits for occupational noise exposure. The permissible noise exposure limit for industrial workers is primarily concerned with the harmful aspect of noise and its objective is to protect the hearing of majority of working people. The American Conference Government of Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), USA has prescribed the following permissible noise exposure limits for industrial workers.

Table3.18Standards for Occupational Exposure

Exposure Time in Hour/day 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 1/16 1/32 Limit in dB(A) 090 093 096 099 102 105 108 111 114

Exposure to continuous or intermittent noise louder than 115 dB (A) should not be permitted. Exposure to pulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB (A).

103

OSHA Standards

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) have also prescribed the following allowable limits to noise exposure for industrial workers.

Table 3.19OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure

Duration per day (in hours) 8 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 0.5 0.25 Sound level in dB(A) 85 87 90 92 95 97 100 105 110

3.10.4 Presentation of Results

The ambient noise levels measured are presented in Table 3.20. The table indicates equivalent noise levels viz. L10, L50, L90, Lday, Lnight and Ldn at different places located within the study area. Similarly, these values viz. Leq, Lday, Lnight and Ldn are compared with the limits.

Table 3.20Ambient Noise Levels

Average Noise Level in dB(A) Sr. No. Location L10 L50 L90 Leq(day) Leq(night) Ldn 1 N1 60.1 65.4 67.6 71.3 61.6 71.4 2 N2 45.1 46.0 48.1 51.5 40.9 51.3 3 N3 44.5 45.9 48.1 51.5 40.6 51.2 4 N4 44.8 45.9 47.1 51.3 40.7 51.1 5 N5 45.4 46.5 47.5 51.4 41.7 51.5 6 N6 45.1 46.7 47.8 51.2 42.5 51.7 7 N7 45.2 46.7 48.4 51.7 42.1 51.9 8 N8 44.9 46.8 47.7 51.6 42.3 51.9

3.10.4.1 Observations or Interpretation

The noise levels in the study area are within the permissible limits. The equivalent noise levels during day time in residential area as well as rural area are observed to be within the permissible limits. The equivalent value observed during night time is well below the permissible standards . 3.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE

3.11.1 Introduction

The study of socio-economic component of environment incorporates various facets, viz. demographic structure, availability of basic amenities such as housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation, communication and power supply, prevailing diseases in the region as well as features such as places of tourist attraction and monuments of archaeological importance. The study of these parameters helps in identifying predicting and evaluating the likely impacts due to project activity in the surrounding region. The study area for the project has been considered 10 km peripheral from DSPL, Pune district of Maharashtra state from the project boundary.

Sugar is one of the main requirements in Indian food. Its demand for making sweets and other uses are increasing day by day. Sugarcane being a seasonal crop its production is directly depending on the irrigation potential, rainfall etc., also by and large alternate years. 104

The Maharashtra state is experiencing increase in sugarcane production; thereby the demand for sugar gets affected. This mismatch can be eliminated by introducing alternate product mix in the processing of sugarcane. Therefore, it is required to capitalize on the sugarcane boom season and to produce sugar for the lean seasons. The molasses and bagasse are the by- products, which can be used as raw material for production of bio-fuel and bio-energy. This activity saves the forex and protects the environment. Moreover, now a day the sugarcane is being replaced as “Energy cane”.

Agricultural technology for sugarcane production in terms of high yielding sugarcane crop and high sugar content in the sugarcane has made India self-sufficient in sugarcane production. India is well conversant in sugar manufacturing technology and competent in the production of RS/ENA/Ethanol for the Indian and the external markets.

There is availability of excess sugarcane and there is potential to harness additional sugarcane by encouraging the formers to adopt the latest agriculture techniques for which the company is giving necessary financial and technical support to the farmers. This will not only improve the economic position of the farmers around but also improve the economic performance of the industry; which in turn helps the State by higher sugar production; distillery will also produce Ethanol for blending it with petrol. Thereby, it will contribute to the revenue of the central and state exchequer. Ethanol for blending with petrol will reduce the import of crude and also reduce vehicular pollution at large. Hence, the project was thought of to fetch the need of the nation.

Hence, the use of bio waste in the production process of sugar can be better used for the environmental benefits. The cane producers will simultaneously benefit economically. This is a welcome approach of the GOI, though late.

3.11.2 The Project

The present proposal is for the expansion of sugar, cogeneration and establishment of a new distillery in Daund, district Pune. This is serving as a powerful media for augmenting the socio-economic prosperity of the farmers in the region. Now, the industry is proposed to expand sugarcane crushing capacity from 6,000 to 7,500 TCD and Molasses based Distillery from 90 to 120 KLPD. Under the distillery expansion project; products like RS/ ENA /Ethanol are proposed to be manufactured.

3.11.3 Need of The Project

Sugar factories cannot survive on a single product i.e. sugar. It is essential to develop an affiliated complex so as to utilize the valuable by-products profitably. Bagasse based cogeneration of steam and electricity has been practiced since long time in sugar mills. Molasses is also another important by-product of the sugar industry. The profits earned by conversion of molasses into alcohol are much higher than that of sale of molasses alone. Further, there is a good demand for alcohol in the country as well as abroad.

production of Ethanol from Molasses is one of the cheapest solutions of this fuel supply. The government is therefore willing to manufacture Ethanol which can be mixed with gasoline in fixed proportions and substituting Petrol and Diesel considering the sugar industry as a primary source for this form of supplemental fuel production.

The NITI Ayog and the Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas has released the document National Policy on Biofuels 2018, which proposed blend targets of E20 and B5 be met by 2030. The new ethanol-blending program (EBP) stipulates procurement of ethanol produced directly from B-Heavy Molasses, Sugarcane Juice, and damaged Food Grains such as wheat and broken rice. Damaged food grains are allowed when they are unfit for human consumption and under surplus conditions.

The Expert Committee on Ethanol Blending 2021 says that, “Ethanol blending offers significant advantages such as increase in Research Octane Number (RON) of the blend, fuel embedded oxygen and higher flame speed. These properties of ethanol help in complete combustion and reduce vehicular emissions such as hydrocarbon, carbon monoxide and particulate matter. The calorific value of ethanol is around 2/3rd of gasoline. … However, ethanol has a higher octane number and thus the engine can be operated with a high compression ratio without knocking. This increases the efficiency of the engine considerably. This combined with optimal spark timing negates the fuel economy debit due to low calorific value of ethanol. Hence, ethanol is considered as an efficient fuel provided suitable modifications are made in the vehicle” (GOI, 2021, pp 17). 3.11.4 Employment Generation

The expansion project of DSPL would improve socio-economic status of people in the study area in terms of local employment and self-employment. Proposed activity could provide employment opportunities to the skilled and semi-skilled local populace, especially in small- scale business and other related services. The proposed plant will employ 42 skilled and unskilled labourers. Besides, the input and the output sector in the farm economy will further creates indirect employment to around 1500 persons by way of transport, fertilizers, institutional linkages and revenue to the Govt.

After expansion sugarcane requirement will grow by 2,70,000 and total by 13,50,000 MT/Season. The additional cane cultivation will increase. It may require cultivating sugarcane in 400 to 450 acres of land area. Similarly, the molasses, as a raw material /chemical consumption will also increase. Additional sugarcane area may pump farm income by 67.5 crores. Production of bagasse and press mud will be the additional rewards to the factory; yeast sludge will grow; bottom crate ash will grow; dry fly ash will increase and ETP sludge will also increase. This is used as compost in green belt.

ENA is used in the production of alcoholic beverages such as whisky, vodka, gin, cane, liqueurs, and alcoholic fruit beverages and aperitifs. It also serves as an essential ingredient in the manufacturing of several cosmetics and personal care products, such as perfume, toiletries, cologne, hair spray, air fresheners, detergents, etc. It is used in the production of some lacquers, paints and ink for the printing industry, besides being used in pharmaceutical products in products such as antiseptics, drug, syrups, medicated sprays, etc. The market for ENA in India has reached a value of Rs 90.4 Billion in 2020. As per forecast of experts, the market is likely to continue its strong growth during 2021-2026.

106

Ethanol is produced from the proposed project. It has a demand for blending in petrol/diesel after making anhydrous alcohol from the conventional rectified spirit. The government have set a target of reaching 10% ethanol-blending by 2022 (10% of ethanol mixed with 90% of petrol) - and 20% by 2030. Ethanol will be supplied to oil companies for blending with fossil fuel as per Ethanol blending Programmer. Moreover, the electricity produced from existing co-gen plant shall be taken to switch yard from where it would be used for industrial needs in industrial complex.

3.11.5 Convenience and Connectivity

The locational convenience has been looked in while expanding the capacities. The basic facilities like; 1. Availability of all basic facilities like water, electricity, man power, raw material such as sugar cane, molasses etc., 2. Rail and road links to prominent market places so that procurement of raw material as well as marketing of finished product was easier and economical, 3. Availability of good communication facilities and 4. No rehabilitation and resettlement required. 5. No national park or wildlife habitats were located in immediate vicinity of the project site.

The site is linked by national and state highways, rail services, nearby airport at Pune, schools, colleges, hospitals and other socio-economic infrastructure is available.

3.11.6 Social Screening

The corresponding sections deals with the socio-economic survey report from the families affected by expansion of the DSPL project. It helps in planning for mitigation measures against any adverse impacts. Participatory experience provides the real facts and the figures about the project impact on the area in general and the livelihood in particular. The project plan and the project site have been carefully studied. The aspects and the segments of the impacts on various sections have been identified. The SE survey thus is proposed to;  Identify all structures within the impact zone identify all families within the impact zone  Provide some identification token for having covered under the survey  Identify family members by age, education and skill levels  Assess type and extent of loss to each family  Categorize families as per the type and extent of loss  Identify and quantify loss of infrastructure

The area within the radius of 10 KM from the project has been earmarked. It covers 32 villages. However, we selected 8 villages, which are near to the DSPL unit by around 5 km for the field work. The socio - economic study of the project affected households covered; demography details, operational holding, cropping pattern, employment status and migration pattern, household income. The SIA includes the steps in Social Screening by observation, review of literature and baseline socio-economic survey through a structured questionnaire. Consultations with the affected group, beneficiaries group are made. This expertise will help the local area for recognizing the local problems.

107

3.11.7 Sampling At the first instance, the sampling of villages has been made within the radius of 10 km from the site. There are 32 villages within the radius of 10 km. however, we selected the villages within the radius of five km. it covers eight villages. The demographic features and the socio- economic assets owned by the families were gathered from the secondary sources of data. The family survey was not conducted due to Covid 19. There was a ban on such surveys. The collected data information is processed and tabulated as per the social and economic parameters identified for measuring the impact of the project on the households.

Table 3.21 List of Villages in 10 Km

Sr.No Village Distance from site (KMs) Direction 1 Malwadi 4.71 W 2 Mergalwadi 6.09 SW 3 Devalgaon 6.08 NE 4 Kalewadi 5.95 SE 5 Aalegaon 2.68 N 6 Kadamwasti 2.51 S 7 Khorodi 3.45 NW 8 Shipalkarwadi 9.32 NW 9 Ajanuj 7.74 N 10 Angare 4.23 N 11 Arvi 5.04 NE 12 Kautha 6.34 NW 13 Wadgaon Darekar 7.24 NE 14 SakhariPunarwasan 9.43 NE 15 Gar 7.12 NW 16 Nimgaon Khalu 8.70 NW 17 Daund 6.86 NW 18 Masanarwadi 3.81 NW 19 Gopalwadi 8.42 NW 20 Pandharewadi 9.66 SW 21 Maladpatas 5.69 SW 22 MaladGaon 7.48 SW 23 Kauthadi 8.99 SW 24 Ravangaon 7.74 S 25 Gadewadi 5.22 SE 26 Lonarwadi 8.61 SE 27 Boribel 2.69 SE 28 HinganiBerdi 8.53 E 29 Shirapur 9.51 NE 30 Dhumalwasti 9.85 NW 31 Bhongale Mala 9.38 NW 32 Maladpatas 5.68 SW The socio-economic study of the expansion project has set some objectives. We evaluated the parameters of socio-economic condition of the population around the industrial site. An analysis of the identified socio attributes like, demographic distribution, availability of public utilities, socio-economic livelihood etc. has been done. The social and economic impact on the general livelihood of the population after the industrial project was identified. The positive and negative points are spotted and the remedial measures are recommended with a fair consultation to the unit. 108

3.11.8 Sources of information

As per the scope of the study, the information on socio-economic aspects has been gathered and compiled from several secondary sources. The study area covers some villages from Junnar and Daund talukas of Pune district and a village from Shrigonda taluka of Ahmednagar district. The data from these taluka offices, Collectorates of Pune and Ahmednagar districts, District Agriculture Department, District Irrigation Department, Central Ground Water Board, Department of Mines and Geology etc. were collected. The demographic data has mainly been compiled from the ‘Pune and Ahmednagar District Census Handbook and the Socio-Economic Report on Pune and Ahmednagar Districts, as these documents are comprehensive and authentic. The relevant project report and other relevant documents, census data, land records and maps, project designs/maps, literature on the project area and its people were also well recognised and understood in respect of the project expansion and the extension.

3.11.9 Agriculture sector

Sugarcane is water loving crop and 2 percent area consumes almost 40 percent of irrigation. Hence, State has taken policy decision to bring complete sugarcane area under micro irrigation in 5 years. Judicious use of water also helps to improve soil conditions. Integrated nutrient management (INM) along with trash management programme is promoted. Daund taluka has the most agricultural production of sugarcane. Consequently, the soil salinity in the taluka area is more than 20,000 hectares. This needs to ameliorate. The percentage of Gross Irrigated Area to Gross Cultivated Area is around 33.7 in Junnar taluka and 42.6 in Daund taluka. The Pune district has 12 major, 8 medium and 274 minor irrigation projects (completed and under construction). Taluka Haveli and Velhe have least number of irrigation projects, whereas maximum number of irrigation projects is in Taluka Baramati, Junnar, Khed, Mulshi and Shirur. The sugar factories in the locality have to take care of the soil health. Rational use of water is to be followed. The Daund taluka has 130 to 70mm rainfall during monsoon (see Table 3.22). Table 3.22 Rainfall in Daund Taluka

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 3 0.9 1 9 20.7 81.5 60.2 46.7 130.7 71.3 29.1 7.4 The river Bhima is likely to cause flooding in Shirur, Daund, Indapur and Haveli talukas. The crop intensity in the taluka remained around 131.2 percent. The percentage of net irrigated area to net cropped area in Indapur, Baramati, Junner, Shirur and Daund is 34 percent, 28 percent, 31 percent, 24 percent, 25 percent, respectively. The percentage of irrigated area in the rest of the talukas is much lower than district average. The gross irrigated area of the Pune district is 3.13 lakh hectares. The per capita income in Pune district is 1.7 times the state average. The sector wise distribution of income indicates that out of the total district income, only 5.15 percent comes from the primary sector. The secondary sector contributed 39.54 percent to district income and in case of tertiary sector it was 55.31 percent. The overall picture leads us to conclude that a major share of income is derived from Pune city from the secondary and tertiary sector. This also possibly explains the high per capita income in the district which is above state average. The area under Micro Irrigation Plan in Daund taluka was 387.69 hectares in 2012-13 and 495 in 2016-17.The irrigated land in study region is more than 50 percent. Out of this, maximum area is irrigated by canal in Daund tehsil. This is followed by irrigation with the help of tanks and wells and to some extent with the help of bore wells.

109

Table 3.23 Sample Villages Surveyed

Sample Villages No. Items Malwadi Aalegaon Kadamwasti Khorodi Angare Arvi Masanarwadi Boribel Tal.: Shrigonda, Tal.: Junnar, Dist.: Ahmednagar Dist.: Pune 1 No of Households 120 130 447 629 209 539 392 570 2 Total Population Person 564 548 2,178 3,547 1,024 2,346 2,096 2,518 3 Total Population Male 299 283 1,139 1,802 556 1,149 1,101 1,338 4 Total Population Female 265 265 1,039 1,745 468 1,197 995 1,180 5 Population in the age group 0-6 Person 75 64 285 607 125 239 247 259 6 Population in the age group 0-6 Male 38 37 158 306 72 111 138 143 7 Population in the age group 0-6 Female 37 27 127 301 53 128 109 116 8 Scheduled Castes population Person 0 80 457 454 133 214 531 700 9 Scheduled Castes population Male 0 46 237 237 60 104 270 365 10 Scheduled Castes population Female 0 34 220 217 73 110 261 335 11 Scheduled Tribes population Person 17 20 24 168 58 56 115 37 12 Scheduled Tribes population Male 8 8 15 79 32 30 55 24 13 Scheduled Tribes population Female 9 12 9 89 26 26 60 13 14 Literates Population Person 76.07 % 79.13 % 82.46 % 64.18 % 77.98 % 88.66 % 75.50 % 82.78 % 15 Literates Population Male 81.61 % 82.93 % 86.65 % 70.72 % 82.44 % 94.12 % 83.28 % 89.71 % 16 Literates Population Female 69.74 % 75.21 % 77.96 % 57.41 % 72.77 % 83.35 % 67.04 % 75.00 % 17 Total Worker Population Person 335 280 968 1,718 684 1,341 947 1,265 18 Total Worker Population Male 171 167 629 996 360 722 590 707 19 Total Worker Population Female 164 113 339 722 324 619 357 558 20 Main Working Population Person 244 276 830 1473 659 1316 878 1179 21 Agricultural land area of the village (Ha) 421 320 431.21 1815.16 423 574.73 403 3116 22 Main Cultivator Population Person 155 NA 417 803 351 593 410 611 23 Main Agricultural Labourers Population 29 NA 246 256 279 477 116 358 Person 24 Marginal Worker Population Person 91 4 138 245 25 25 69 86 25 Marginal Worker Population Male 12 4 91 90 10 7 30 35 26 Marginal Worker Population Female 79 0 47 155 15 18 39 51 Source: 1. https://www.census2011.co.in/data/subdistrict/4195-daund-pune-maharashtra.html 2. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/2726_PART_B_DCHB_%20AHMADNAGAR.pdf

110

Figure 3.38Male Female Population in Sample Villages

2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 Total Population Male 800 Total Population Female 600 400 200 0 12345678

Note: 1 to 7 indicates the villages, 1. Malewadi, 2. Aalegaon, 3. Kadamwasti, 4. Khorodi, 5. Angare, 6. Arvi, 7. Masanarwadi, 8. Boribel

Figure3.39Male Female Literacy Rate in the Sample Villages

100% 90% 80% 70% 60% Literates Population Female 50% 40% Literates Population Male 30% 20% 10% 0% 12345678

Note: 1 to 7 indicates the villages, 1. Malewadi, 2. Aalegaon, 3. Kadamwasti, 4. Khorodi, 5. Angare, 6. Arvi, 7. Masanarwadi, 8. Boribel

111

Figure 3.40 Number of Cultivators and Agricultural Workers in Sample Villages

1200

1000 Main Agricultural 800 Labourers Population Person 600 29 NA Main Cultivator 400 Population Person 155 NA 200

0 123456

Note: 1 to 7 indicates the villages, 1. Malewadi, 2. Aalegaon, 3. Kadamwasti, 4. Khorodi, 5. Angare, 6. Arvi, 7. Masanarwadi, 8. Boribel

Figure 3.41 Ratio of Marginal Workers to Total Working population

8 7 6 5 Marginal Worker Population Person 4 Main Working 3 Population Person 2 1

0 500 1000 1500 2000

Note: 1 to 7 indicates the villages, 1. Malewadi, 2. Aalegaon, 3. Kadamwasti, 4. Khorodi, 5. Angare, 6. Arvi, 7. Masanarwadi, 8. Boribel

The corresponding tables give the information about the socio-economic provisioning supplemented to the village and urban households through Govt Departments in the three selected taluka areas i.e. Daund, Junnar and Shrigonda.

Following are some of the highlights of the household’s access to the assets hold by the families; 1. The coverage of tap water from treated source in three talukas as referred above is less (by around 20 to 34 percentages). 2. The people in rural area were using the water from uncovered wells. 3. Electricity has yet not reached the rural area by about 20%. 4. The number of households with no lightening is around 1%.

112

5. In most of the rural area there is no latrine system developed. More than 60% of households were using the open areas. 6. The night soil removed by human labour is totally eliminated in all talukas of the study areas. 7. The use of septic tank is being seen in the study areas by around 30 to 40%. 8. More than 50% of households were not in access of drainage system. 9. More than 20% households does not have kitchen. 10. Fire wood is still the main fuel in most of the families. 11. More than 70% households were using the banking services in the study area. 12. The mobile services were being used by more than 60% of households. 13. Two wheelers are used by more than 30% of the households. 14. More than 75% of households were using TVs in their houses.

Table 3.24 Number and Percentage of Household by main Source of Drinking Water in the Study Area – 2011

Talukas Total Tap Tap Covered Un- Hand Tube Spring River/ Tank/ Other / water water well covered pump well/ canal pond/ Sources Rural from from well borehole lake / treated untreated Urban source source Daund Total 26,818 11,499 1,144 13,650 10,188 10,018 162 360 354 808 Taluka (35.76%) (15.33%) (1.53%) (18.2%) (13.58%) (13.36%) (0.22%) (0.48%) (0.47%) (1.08%) Rural 15,711 11,242 1,120 13,645 10,063 9,869 153 356 349 691 (24.86%) (17.79%) (1.77%) (21.59%) (15.92%) (15.62%) (0.24%) (0.56%) (0.55%) (1.09%) Urban 11,107 257 24 5 125 149 9 4 5 117 (94.11%) (2.18%) (0.2%) (0.04%) (1.06%) (1.26%) (0.08%) (0.03%) (0.04%) (0.99%) Junnar Total 31,745 7,244 2,282 24,372 6,814 8,343 398 485 351 572 Taluka (38.43%) (8.77%) (2.76%) (29.5%) (8.25%) (10.1%) (0.48%) (0.59%) (0.42%) (0.69%) Rural 26,299 7,165 2,274 24,338 6,813 8,326 394 482 350 566 (34.15%) (9.3%) (2.95%) (31.6%) (8.85%) (10.81%) (0.51%) (0.63%) (0.45%) (0.73%) Urban 5,446 79 8 34 1 17 4 3 1 6 (97.27%) (1.41%) (0.14%) (0.61%) (0.02%) (0.3%) (0.07%) (0.05%) (0.02%) (0.11%) Shrigonda Total 12,743 6,430 1,404 19,011 9,023 10,842 137 379 181 829 taluka (20.9%) (10.54%) (2.3%) (31.18%) (14.8%) (17.78%) (0.22%) (0.62%) (0.3%) (1.36%) Rural 10,134 6,285 1,336 17,933 8,496 9,394 135 369 173 714 (18.44%) (11.43%) (2.43%) (32.62%) (15.46%) (17.09%) (0.25%) (0.67%) (0.31%) (1.3%) Urban 2,609 145 68 1,078 527 1,448 2 10 8 115 (43.41%) (2.41%) (1.13%) (17.94%) (8.77%) (24.09%) (0.03%) (0.17%) (0.13%) (1.91%) Source: 1. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/DCHB/2725_PART_B_DCHB_%20PUNE.pdf 2. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/2726_PART_B_DCHB_%20AHMADNAGAR.pdf

113

Table 3.25 Number and Percentage of Households by main Source of Lighting in the Study Area - 2011

Talukas Total / Rural / Urban Electricity Kerosene Solar Other oil Any other No lighting Daund Total 61,277 (81.7%) 12,320 (16.43%) 82 (0.11%) 130 (0.17%) 137 (0.18%) 1,055 (1.41%) Taluka Rural 49,989 (79.1%) 11,864 (18.77%) 72 (0.11%) 123 (0.19%) 132 (0.21%) 1,019 (1.61%) Urban 11,288 (95.64%) 456 (3.86%) 10 (0.08%) Junnar Total 68,737 (83.21%) 12,602 (15.26%) 92 (0.11%) 149 (0.18%) 147 (0.18%) 879 (1.06%) Taluka Rural 63,351 (82.27%) 12,403 (16.11%) 87 (0.11%) 147 (0.19%) 144 (0.19%) 875 (1.14%) Urban 5,386 (96.2%) 199 (3.55%) 5 (0.09%) 2 (0.04%) 3 (0.05%) 4 (0.07%) Shrigonda Total 41,958 (68.81%) 17,372 (28.49%) 113 (0.19%) 205 (0.34%) 179 (0.29%) 1,152 (1.89%) taluka Rural 36,812 (66.97%) 16,607 (30.21%) 109 (0.2%) 197 (0.36%) 170 (0.31%) 1,074 (1.95%) Urban 5,146 (85.62%) 765 (12.73%) 4 (0.07%) 8 (0.13%) 9 (0.15%) 78 (1.3%)

Source: compiled from, 1.https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/DCHB/2725_PART_B_DCHB_%20PUNE.pdf 2.https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/2726_PART_B_DCHB_%20AHMADNAGAR.pdf

Table 3.26 Number and Percentage of Households by type of Latrine Facility in the Study Area – 2011

Talukas Total / Piped Septic Other With Without Night soil Night soil Night soil Public Open Rural / sewer tank system slab/Ventilated slab/open disposed into removed serviced by Latrine Urban system improved pit pit open drain by human animals Daund Total 3,443 24,643 1,062 6,637 (8.85%) 317 (0.42 166 (0.22%) %) 0 (0%) 108 (0.14%) 6,148 32,477 Taluka (4.59%) (32.86%) (1.42%) (8.2%) (43.3%) Rural 1,296 19,700 922 6,049 (9.57%) 209 48 (0.08%) 0 (0%) 42 (0.07%) 3,197 31,736 (2.05%) (31.17%) (1.46%) (0.33%) (5.06%) (50.22%) Urban 2,147 4,943 140 588 (4.98%) 108 118 (1%) 0 (0%) 66 (0.56%) 2,951 741 (18.19%) (41.88%) (1.19%) (0.92%) (25%) (6.28%) Junnar Total 3,915 33,967 1,278 17,239 (20.87%) 105 141 (0.17%) 0 (0%) 47 (0.06%) 6,964 18,950 Taluka (4.74%) (41.12%) (1.55%) (0.13%) (8.43%) (22.94%) Rural 2,699 31,096 1,273 17,088 (22.19%) 104 119 (0.15%) 0 (0%) 47 (0.06%) 5,767 18,814 (3.5%) (40.38%) (1.65%) (0.14%) (7.49%) (24.43%) Urban 1,216 2,871 5 (0.09%) 151 (2.7%) 1 (0.02%) 22 (0.39%) 0 (0%) 0 (0%) 1,197 136 (21.72%) (51.28%) (21.38%) (2.43%) Shrigonda Total 943 12,786 686 7,032 (11.53%) 174 85 (0.14%) 0 (0%) 109 (0.18%) 1,677 37,487 taluka (1.55%) (20.97%) (1.12%) (0.29%) (2.75%) (61.48%)

114

Table 3.27 Number and Percentage of Households by type of Drainage connectivity for Waste Water Outlet in the Study Area - 2011

Talukas Total/Rural/Urban Closed drainage Open drainage No drainage Daund Total 12,040 (16.05%) 17,861 (23.81%) 45,100 (60.13%) Taluka Rural 6,986 (11.05%) 12,621 (19.97%) 43,592 (68.98%) Urban 5,054 (42.82%) 5,240 (44.4%) 1,508 (12.78%) Junnar Total 22,078 (26.73%) 17,136 (20.74%) 43,392 (52.53%) Taluka Rural 17,538 (22.77%) 16,481 (21.4%) 42,988 (55.82%) Urban 4,540 (81.09%) 655 (11.7%) 404 (7.22%) Shrigonda Total 4,483 (7.35%) 9,457 (15.51%) 47,039 (77.14%) taluka Rural 2,767 (5.03%) 8,259 (15.02%) 43,943 (79.94%) Urban 1,716 (28.55%) 1,198 (19.93%) 3,096 (51.51%) Source: compiled from, 1. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/DCHB/2725_PART_B_DCHB_%20PUNE.pdf 2. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/2726_PART_B_DCHB_%20AHMADNAGAR.pdf

Table 3.28 Number and Percentage of Households by Availability of Kitchen Facility in the Study Area – 2011

Talukas Total/Rural/Urban Cooking inside house Cooking outside house No Cooking Has Kitchen Does not have Has Kitchen Does not have Kitchen Kitchen Daund Total 41,595 (55.46%) 16,081 (21.44%) 8,724 (11.63%) 8,087 (10.78%) 514 (0.69%) Taluka Rural 31,885 (50.45%) 14,418 (22.81%) 8,663 (13.71%) 7,838 (12.4%) 395 (0.63%) Urban 9,710 (82.27%) 1,663 (14.09%) 61 (0.52%) 249 (2.11%) 119 (1.01%) Junnar Total 61,672 (74.66%) 17,048 (20.64%) 1,027 (1.24%) 2,107 (2.55%) 752 (0.91%) Taluka Rural 56,935 (73.93%) 16,318 (21.19%) 1,010 (1.31%) 2,064 (2.68%) 680 (0.88%) 115

Talukas Total/Rural/Urban Cooking inside house Cooking outside house No Cooking Has Kitchen Does not have Has Kitchen Does not have Kitchen Kitchen Urban 4,737 (84.6%) 730 (13.04%) 17 (0.3%) 43 (0.77%) 72 (1.29%) Shrigonda Total 27,061 (44.38%) 15,316 (25.12%) 10,833 (17.77%) 7,335 (12.03%) 434 (0.71%) taluka Rural 22,928 (41.71%) 14,269 (25.96%) 10,365 (18.86%) 7,026 (12.78%) 381 (0.69%) Urban 4,133 (68.77%) 1,047 (17.42%) 468 (7.79%) 309 (5.14%) 53 (0.88%) Source: compiled from, 1. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/DCHB/2725_PART_B_DCHB_%20PUNE.pdf 2. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/2726_PART_B_DCHB_%20AHMADNAGAR.pdf

Table 3.29 Number and Percentage of Households by type of fuel used for Cooking in the Study Area – 2011

Talukas Total / Rural / Firewood Crop Cow Coal/ Kerosene LPG/ Electricity Bio-gas Any No Urban residue dung lignite/ PNG other cooking cake charcoal Daund Total 39,119 981 444 147 4,848 28,604 47 (0.06%) 251 46 514 Taluka (52.16%) (1.31%) (0.59%) (0.2%) (6.46%) (38.14%) (0.33%) (0.06%) (0.69%) Rural 37,708 913 424 130 2,994 20,322 46 (0.07%) 230 37 395 (59.67%) (1.44%) (0.67%) (0.21%) (4.74%) (32.16%) (0.36%) (0.06%) (0.63%) Urban 1,411 68 20 17 1,854 8,282 1 (0.01%) 21 9 119 (11.96%) (0.58%) (0.17%) (0.14%) (15.71%) (70.17%) (0.18%) (0.08%) (1.01%) Junnar Total 40,943 765 267 78 2,239 36,538 43 (0.05%) 897 84 752 Taluka (49.56%) (0.93%) (0.32%) (0.09%) (2.71%) (44.23%) (1.09%) (0.1%) (0.91%) Rural 40,505 738 260 68 1,798 31,940 42 (0.05%) 894 82 680 (52.6%) (0.96%) (0.34%) (0.09%) (2.33%) (41.48%) (1.16%) (0.11%) (0.88%) Urban 438 27 7 10 441 4,598 1 (0.02%) 3 2 72 (7.82%) (0.48%) (0.13%) (0.18%) (7.88%) (82.12%) (0.05%) (0.04%) (1.29%) Shrigonda Total 39,010 1,034 464 106 1,735 17,722 33 (0.05%) 381 60 434 taluka (63.97%) (1.7%) (0.76%) (0.17%) (2.85%) (29.06%) (0.62%) (0.1%) (0.71%) Rural 37,355 962 435 92 1,262 14,033 33 (0.06%) 366 50 381 (67.96%) (1.75%) (0.79%) (0.17%) (2.3%) (25.53%) (0.67%) (0.09%) (0.69%) Urban 1,655 72 29 14 473 3,689 0 (0%) 15 10 53 (27.54%) (1.2%) (0.48%) (0.23%) (7.87%) (61.38%) (0.25%) (0.17%) (0.88%)

Source: compiled from, 1. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/DCHB/2725_PART_B_DCHB_%20PUNE.pdf 2. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/2726_PART_B_DCHB_%20AHMADNAGAR.pdf 116

Table 3.30 Number and % of Households availing Banking services and number of Households having each of the specified assets in in the Study Area – 2011

Talukas Total/R Total Number and percentage of households ural/Ur number of Radio/ Television Compute Computer Land Mobile Both Bicycle Scooter/ Car/ None of ban households Transisto r/ laptop / laptop line Land line Motor Jeep/ the availing r With Without Telepho and Cycle/ Van specified banking Internet Internet ne Mobile Moped asset services Telephone Daund Total 57,417 11,158 44,573 1,282 4,137 2,466 54,956 2,325 35,448 31,783 4,027 8,714 Taluka (76.55%) (14.88%) (59.43%) (1.71%) (5.52%) (3.29%) (73.27%) (3.1%) (47.26%) (42.38%) (5.37%) (11.62%) Rural 48,467 8,982 34,901 716 2,852 1,752 46,269 1,566 29,879 26,855 3,506 7,925 (76.69%) (14.21%) (55.22%) (1.13%) (4.51%) (2.77%) (73.21%) (2.48%) (47.28%) (42.49%) (5.55%) (12.54%) Urban 8,950 2,176 9,672 566 1,285 714 8,687 759 5,569 4,928 521 789 (75.83%) (18.44%) (81.95%) (4.8%) (10.89%) (6.05%) (73.61%) (6.43%) (47.19%) (41.76%) (4.41%) (6.69%) Junnar Total 61,750 9,891 44,612 1,572 5,053 3,531 53,754 2,640 32,949 27,138 4,066 14,991 Taluka (74.75%) (11.97%) (54.01%) (1.9%) (6.12%) (4.27%) (65.07%) (3.2%) (39.89%) (32.85%) (4.92%) (18.15%) Rural 57,573 9,042 40,447 1,356 4,410 3,261 49,645 2,274 31,193 25,044 3,612 14,489 (74.76%) (11.74%) (52.52%) (1.76%) (5.73%) (4.23%) (64.47%) (2.95%) (40.51%) (32.52%) (4.69%) (18.82%) Urban 4,177 (74.6%) 849 4,165 216 643 270 4,109 366 1,756 2,094 454 502 (15.16%) (74.39%) (3.86%) (11.48%) (4.82%) (73.39%) (6.54%) (31.36%) (37.4%) (8.11%) (8.97%) Shrigond Total 45,331 9,525 28,323 750 2,690 2,859 3,466 28,931 24,650 2,667 9,245 38,418 a taluka (74.34%) (15.62%) (46.45%) (1.23%) (4.41%) (4.69%) (5.68%) (47.44%) (40.42%) (4.37%) (15.16% (63%) ) Rural 40,915 8,510 24,209 509 2,221 2,437 34,358 2,963 26,122 21,673 2,256 8,747 (74.43%) (15.48%) (44.04%) (0.93%) (4.04%) (4.43%) (62.5%) (5.39%) (47.52%) (39.43%) (4.1%) (15.91%) Urban 4,416 1,015 4,114 241 469 422 4,060 503 2,809 2,977 411 498 (73.48%) (16.89%) (68.45%) (4.01%) (7.8%) (7.02%) (67.55%) (8.37%) (46.74%) (49.53%) (6.84%) (8.29%) Source: compiled from, 1. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/DCHB/2725_PART_B_DCHB_%20PUNE.pdf 2. https://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/2726_PART_B_DCHB_%20AHMADNAGAR.pdf

117

3.11.10 Social Infrastructure Around The Project

The DSPL is committed to serve its stakeholders sincerely. Its vision and mission indicates the collective and confident wellbeing of the farmers and the workers in particular and socio- economic upliftment of the society in general. The DSPL stands with the collective efforts and confidence of the farmers, workers, vendors and mainly the valued shareholders who have helped in growing ever during the industry down turn. The project has given special consideration to its shareholder, farmers and social obligations. The DSPL is geared up to think beyond the crystal. The project provides energy to the energy starred nation by making best use of its by-product called Bagasse; which is converted to power and another bi-product called Molasses; which is translated to ethanol.

The project maximizes and makes best use of agro-industrial base by helping the farmers who happens to be the backbone of the nation. The project increases the value of shareholders’ investments with a continuous improvement in financial performance and by adding value to our by-products. The DSPL is planning to bring down cost of conversion by adopting economies of scale strategy in its capacity of sugar production, cogeneration and ethanol by adding additional equipments to the existing unit. The DSPL plans to grow with the farmers of the region. The company intends to grow and let the farmers of the region grow along with the company.

The social infrastructure facilities such as schools, hospitals, community halls, markets, colleges, and religious important places are located within 10 km radius from the site. The infrastructural facilities such as roads, electricity, water sources etc., already exist. Due to expansion there will be no additional demand on the physical infrastructure. The social infrastructure like; hospitals transportation etc., are already available and there will not be any additional demand due to the project expansion. Basic amenities/facilities such as road, power supply, communication, water supply, medical and health checkup facilities, schools and colleges are available within the vicinity of the industry. Workers and staff of the facility are planned to be provided with the necessary personal protective equipment and periodical medical checkups, which is to be conducted for ensuring welfare of all the employees. The promoters have already established certain infrastructures like hospitals, schools and transport facilities etc., for the localities. These facilities are further strengthened by the DSPL depending on the need and demand. Social infrastructure facilities such as schools, hospitals, community halls, markets, colleges, and religious important places are located with 10 km radius from the site.

The operational area is covered with social infrastructure and supportive services for the benefit of the general public. Hence, there is no problem of transport to reach the factory site. Available amenities are as under; - Bus station and rail services for the factory workers, residents and general public available. - Medical facilities for the public and workers in medical centres near to the site. Pune, Ahmednagar and Solapur are the main centres of all medical services, which are nearer to the factory site. - Petrol bunk and other petroleum products on the highways just a few kilometers from the project site. - Roads are linked to state and national highways. 118

The district administration provides drinking water for public from the nearby dams. - The schools, colleges and other educational institutions as well as post, banks, hospitals, police stations, film theaters, and markets are located at the nearby places.

3.11.11 Cultural Resilience

The cultural vulnerability is observed in most of the modern societies. With growth of economic provisioning the vulnerability goes up. But the villages covered under survey protect the resilience level at the higher level averaged at 1. Even after the growth it has been maintained by the villages. Every village is having a temple. Rituals are regularly conducted in such villages. People worship the God and Goddesses. The socio-cultural vulnerability index is very less averaged at 1 in the villages. The cultural resilience is least vulnerable or increasing resilience in the study area (see fig below).

Fig No 3.42 Cultural Resilience

Cultural resilience: least vulnerable or increasing resilience

The cultural resilience can be identical through; - Renovation of the village temples - Celebration of festivals and rituals - Adoption of the cultural traditions - Weekly marketing, fair, jatra-yatra in the villages - Gender balancing attitudes - Sanskarkedras, Balwadis, Anganwadis - NGOs, Youth clubs and Groups for social transformation and service to the society. - Collecting actions and co-operation.

3.11.12General Impact of The Project

Proposed project can help to increase the socio-economic status of the local people. This industry can provide RS/Ethanol and co-gen facilities, which will earn and save foreign exchange and save some costs on electricity in blending in petrol. Project will create direct employment opportunities and indirect employment opportunities in the area. Indirect employment can be developed in the farm and off farm activities. Revenue expenditure in the area will create purchasing power of the consumers, which intend to invest in consumer goods sector. Small micro enterprises will be grown in the factory area.

119

The project requires educated and skilled staff at expanded sugar factory as well as cogeneration unit. The indirect employment is anticipated to be plenty, since the project is going to produce surplus power. This power may be used to run various businesses and agricultural activities.

The sugar industry must think beyond just producing sugar. The sugar processing can further produce electricity, bio-fuels for transportation and oils to replace traditional plastics. Sugarcane may not remain crop for producing sugar. It can be replaced by ENERGY CANE soon. In this perspective the production of bio-fuel, bio-plastic and bio-energy would be an economic opportunity to the present sugar factory in future.

The DSPL is located in nearby semi-urban area. Its management thought that it would be advantageous to improve the living conditions of people in and around the plant site by adding expanding the crushing capacity and the other by product processing unit in the sugar mill area. The rural-urban migration can be reduced through this project. The rate of migration in drought area remains high. The drought area is least bothered of the migration. The project further reduces the migration since it provides direct and indirect employment opportunities in the region.

The infrastructural development obviously helps to grow the transport modes and means in the region. The business avenues in the villages can grow with the project. Small enterprising activities in the villages will grow due to the project in the area. Self and wage employment provides an opportunity to implement the inclusive grow model. Inclusiveness also increases with project, which brings out the elimination of the poverty in the region. People will not feel excluded. The rate of return on such incidences remains higher than the development of the developed one.

Based on the growing demand in the state, the proximity of the project location to market is an advantage with respect to reduction in freight to sugar to these markets and in nearby towns.

Around the villages and in the area allotted by Government of Maharashtra, there is potential to harness additional sugarcane by encouraging the farmers to adopt the latest agriculture techniques; for which the company is giving necessary financial and technical support to the farmers. As sugarcane is a commercial crop the farmers can be benefitted and their economic condition will be improved.

The present project will also contribute the revenue of the central and state exchequer by means of payment of various taxes applicable to the similar types industries. In overall the project is beneficial to the local people.

As far as expansion of distillery is concerned the production of Ethanol will support the Govt. of India vision to increase in blending petrol with Ethanol by 20% by 2030 to reduce emission and to improve air quality will be met.

3.11.13Financial and Social Benefits

Based on the growing demand in the state, the proximity of the project location to market is an advantage with respect to reduction in freight to sugar to these markets and in nearby towns. Around Alegaon village and in the area allotted by Government of Maharashtra, there

120

is potential to harness additional sugarcane by encouraging the farmers to adopt the latest agriculture techniques for which the company is giving necessary financial and technical support to the farmers. As sugarcane is a commercial crop, the farmers will be benefitted and their economic condition will be improved. The local skilled and semi-skilled workers will get the employment benefit and other than direct employment so any indirect employment opportunity will be available for the local people. The present project will also contribute the revenue of the central and state exchequer by means of payment of various taxes applicable to the similar types industries.

As far as new distillery is concerned the production of Ethanol will support the Govt. of India vision to increase in blending petrol with Ethanol by 20% to reduce emission and to improve air quality will be met. The project is beneficial to the local people.

3.11.14Expected Cane Availability for Next Five Years

The DSPL has adequate existing infrastructure on the factory owned premises. There are no project affected persons of any kind. Hence, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan is not required. The proposed sugar factory is justified as there is adequate availability of sugarcane in the command area of the factory. The modernization and expansion of sugar factory capacity is contemplated for timely crushing of sugarcane. The distillery would improve the financial condition of the factory so that remunerative prices can be given to shareholders which are mainly marginal formers. The DSPL should try to improve the cane yield and increase sugarcane area. The DSPL should also prepare a plan of action in this respect.

About 400-450 acres of land will be brought under sugarcane crop. Consequently, around one crore of fertilizer input, on and off farm employment to more than 1000 agricultural workers will be employed. More than 40 crores of money will be pumped in the economy.

3.11.15Developmental Impact

Any industrial activity has a pros and cons of the developmental impact. The matter however, lies in managing the mitigation of the hazards and wastes. The livelihood of the public should not be disturbed due to the industrial set up.

1. Increase in land under sugarcane and land under irrigation through state Govt efforts. 2. There will an ample liquidity created through expansion. The expansion will require 1500 MT of sugarcane daily for 180 days, which will cost to Rs 67 crore directly pumped in the rural economy. The farmers will get an opportunity to produce 2,70,000 MT of sugarcane in a season. Availability of bagasse and molasses will generate bio-fuel and bio-energy. By utilizing the available resource i.e. bagasse, the sugar factory will generate more revenue. This will help in gaining the financial stability, which otherwise solely depends upon sugar prices and rainfall. In other words, the financial stability will assure the local cane growers for fair prices to their crops. The surplus power generated in the unit will be supplied to the purchaser and thereby it will help to reduce the burning problem of load shedding 3. Anticipated social and economic changes due to proposed sugar and distillery unit. 4. Allied employment opportunities such as small shops, tea-coffee stalls, restaurants, mess, etc. will get more business and it is anticipated that it will indirectly support more

121

than 250 families during the season. More than 3000 harvest and transport workers migrate temporarily during the sugar season. 5. Considering the long term benefits to the locals and no issues of rehabilitation, restoration involved with the project, it is anticipated that project will have positive impact on socio-economic environment. 6. The support services for the economic expansion like sanitation facilities, shopping centers, solar lighting, community development, construct school building, primary health centers etc. will grow with wide range of quality improvements in the standard of living. 7. Due to the establishment of the proposed plant, there will be development of communication facilities in the area. The plant office and workers rest shelters will be equipped with sufficient infrastructural facilities including drinking water, toilets, sanitation facilities, health centre, etc. 8. The national and the state levels benefits will be decentralized through power generation, reduction in T & D loss, reduced emissions, and reduction in the imports of petroleum products, increased tax revenues and reduction in the transportation cost. The project will have excellent multiplier effect and will become truly a win-win situation for all the stakeholders and for local people. 9. No acquisition of land and other assets results in loss of shelter, farm land and work place. 10. No businesses need to be relocated leading to unemployment. 11. No loss of cultural properties 12. Employment opportunities to landless/wage employers. 13. Access to infrastructure impacts various facets of life. 14. Access to common properties impacts livelihood. 15. Timely crushing of cane will help to plan for the next reasonable cropping pattern. 16. Sugarcane price will be remunerative. 17. Economic transaction will increase. 18. Farmers expect better prices for their produce. 19. Transport and communication will also increase with potential indirect employment opportunities. 20. Micro enterprises will increase. 21. Economic incentives will go up. 22. Standard of living will go up. 23. The local wage rates will go up 24. Various schemes can be introduced through Govt and the sugar factory.

3.11.16Environmental Benefits

- Migration will be stopped. - The use of fertilizers will increase, which will further pave the way to increase productivity of crops. - Use of bio and micro-fertilizers is a welcome approach of the farmers. - Drainage facilities have reduced the soil salinity in the sugarcane area. - The by-products of the sugar factories are processed, which stands an additional income to the factory and farmers by minimising the pollution. - Efforts are being sought to reduce the pollution of the sugar factory.

122

3.11.17Economic Benefits

The general infrastructure in the region and roads grows with the industrial expansion. Its rate of returns to the society is higher. Infrastructural development further provides general incentives for growth of the region. It has a long term impact on the region. Business and other social facilities have the least scope to develop due to the crushing expansion. Economic provisioning will grow. Other sources of income will increase simultaneously. Turnover of money in the villages will go up many folds. Small investments will grow. The cultural and economic resilience tends to grow.

3.11.18General Facilities

The general infrastructure in the region and roads grows with the industrial expansion. Its rate of returns to the society is higher. They provide general incentives for growth of the region. It has a long term impact on the region. The schooling facility is one of the requisites of the region. People know that it will grow for their kids. Around families need the standardized schooling facility. Those in access of the schools need not worry about this facility. Their percentage is high, which is indicator of the growth attainment level in the villages.

People also know that the medical and health facilities also go with installation of the project. Those in access need not worry about the facility. More than 90% people were having this facility in the Pune, Ahmednagar and Solapur city hospitals. Both urban areas are having varieties of multi-specialty hospitals.

Infrastructural development obviously helps to grow the transport modes and means in the region. The business avenues in the villages will grow with the project. Small enterprising activities in the villages will grow due to the project in the area. Self and wage employment provides an opportunity to implement the inclusive grow model. Inclusiveness also increases with project, which brings out the elimination of the poverty in the region. People will not feel excluded. The rate of return on such incidences remains higher than the development of the developed one.

3.11.19Expectations from The Factory

The growth needs to be adjusted with the hazards. Various tools and techniques can be employed to reduce or to minimize the hazards. People have positive expectations from the project. All farmers were demanding the remunerative price for their sugarcane crop.

People were in urge of road development, medical aids, education and safe drinking water facilities in the villages, which the project enterprises are interested to fetch needs through Govt Departments.

The tradeoff between advantages and the disadvantages have to be obtained through proper policy initiatives and its implementations. The villagers have predicted that the growing business avenues in the villages will stimulate the growth process. The wage and self- employment are an immense opportunity to the villagers to grow their standard of living. When money enters in to the village economy, ultimately the standard of living increases with provision of various business avenues in the villages.

What can be grown in the villages, mostly hoteling, milk and poultry activities, shops and

123

retailing. An urge of development, the villagers deserve, depends on their short and long term needs of the villagers. They need good roads, employment, educational needs and drinking water.

3.11.20Mitigation of Hazards

Any industry creates some pollution and waste, which needs to be minimized through remedial systems. Our field survey indicates that no families know that the pollution increases through industrial enterprises. However, the factory proposes to reduce the pollution through alternative measures. Villagers also know the recycling of the waste water mainly for agricultural purpose. Air pollution can also increase with the industrial project. But there are various measures to reduce it. People do not know about the modern tools and techniques of mitigation of hazards. People’s ability to accept the project is strong. Minor hazards are proposed to be reduced with effective remedy from the Govt Departments, which does not create any displacement, hence, no problem of rehabilitation occurs.

Some mitigation measures are planned by the unit.

 The provisions of Motor Vehicles Act and other related legislation’s and regulations are strictly enforced.  Adequate Highway and traffic Aid post will be created.  Trauma Care Centres shall be established at the distance of every 100 km’s on the National and State Highways.  Speed monitoring equipment and computerization of movement of vehicles with adequate checkpoints on the National Highway will be introduced.  Fixation of timings to the passenger vehicles to avoid traffic jams.  Identify and designate routes and fixing the time for transportation of hazardous chemicals and other materials.  Prohibit the parking of vehicles on National Highway and State Highway.  Excavation on roads will be protected well particularly during the night with barricades fluorescent signs and red lights.  PWD and National Highway department should concentrate on removal of bottlenecks on National and State Highway.  Efforts will be made to provide road dividers on National and State Highway on priority basis.  Arrangements will be made for adequate embankments/reflector/proper signs on curves.  Arrangements will be made information signs boards giving the location of the nearest village Police Station, Hospital, Ghats Traffic Position, Petrol pump, etc. at every traffic aid post.  All two-wheeler riders including pillion riders must always wear the right kind of helmet.  Overtaking in vehicles is regulated.  Frequently accidents occurring spots will be identified and precautionary measures will be taken. Lanes will be marked for pedestrians/Cyclists.  Since accidents generally result in injuries, burns or loss of life providing emergency medical facilities is of utmost importance. Relief teams comprising medical personnel and transport authorities have to be rushed to the spot, provide first aid and shifting the injured to the nearest hospital.  Upon arrival at the accident spot the team should immediately provide first aid to the victims and look for persons trapped inside the vehicle. Assistance of the local police 124

should be sought to disperse any crowds that may hinder the effective relief measures. If the magnitude of the accident is high help of local NGOs and volunteers may be taken.  In case of major building collapse the major role is to be played by the Fire Department with the assistance of the Police and Health Authorities.  Shifting of victims to the nearby hospital should be done after providing necessary first aid. Necessary equipment to remove debris should be kept readily available to save victims who may be buried inside. Volunteers and NGOs must be trained properly to handle such cases so that emergency relief is carried out smoothly.  Besides, the Pune and Ahmednagar District Disaster Management Plan 2019-20 has perfectly planned to face any disaster in the district.  Fire disasters occur mainly due to carelessness or mischief by miscreants. Preventive measures such as avoiding storage of large quantities of combustible materials in one place, firefighting equipment in petrol filling stations, textile, plastic, paper and wood industries should be insisted upon during inspection by the concerned authorities.  Personnel of the fire brigade are well equipped to handle any fire hazards and regular drills and training sessions are held.

3.11.21Conclusions

The DSPL has a positive response from the public. The willingness to pay and the willingness to accept the project have a positive outcome. The ratio between this is around 2:1. It means the benefits are two times greater than the loss. The losses due to the polluting agents can be diluted through various methods. The social and cultural vulnerability index responds a very less and level of resilience is at the higher side.

However, the management of the company can think of adopting “Japanese art of management” (Richard Pascale and Antony Athos, 1981 and Tom Peter and Robert Waterman, 1978), which makes the strategic approach towards excellence in company’s management. MC-Kinsey’s Seven “S” model of management covering the hard “S” (Strategy, Structure and System) and soft “S” (Style, Staff, Skill and Shared Values) will guide the company’s management to bring excellence.

3.12 ECOLOGY

This EB report of expansion of its existing Sugar Factory from 6000 TCD to 7500 TCD & Molasses based Distillery from 90 KLPD to 120 KLPD of Daund Sugars Private Limited, (DSPL), At: Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra is prepared by in- house FAE of EEIPL Sulakshna Ayarekar and Anup Gargate as a team member (EB).

3.12.1 Study Area

Study area (10 Km radius) from project site at Alegaon falls in Daund tehsil of Pune district. There are total of 38 villages in the study area out of which 11 villages fall in 5 km radius and 27 villages fall between 5 to 10 km radius. The climate of the region is generally dry weather except during the monsoon. The cold season last from December to middle of February, followed by hot season which lasts till May end. June to September is the south-west monsoon season while October to November is retreating monsoon season. The summer is from middle of February to end May and is a period of increasing temperatures where the maximum temperature may go up to 40 to 45OC. December being the coldest month, with minimum of 23OC. The soil is generally shallow and light in color and not retentive of

125

moisture. Moreover, some parts are stony, however, fertile black soil of sufficient depth is found. Geomorphology and climatic conditions support diverse habitats in region.

3.12.2 Methodology Out of total 38 villages within 10 km radius, 9 villages were selected for the study purpose, i.e. 5 villages within 5 km radius and 4 villages from 5 & 10km radius. (Table 3.31).

Table 3.31Names of the study villages of the EB survey and their distance from project site

Sr. No. Name of Study Village Sr. No. Name of Study Village In radius 0 to 5 Km In radius 5 to 10 Km 1 Dhumalvasti 6 Mergalwadi 2 Boribel 7 Ravangaon 3 Khorwadi 8 Daund 4 Aalegaon 9 Kalewadi 5 Malewadi

For the EB study Topo sheet (surveyed in 1967-68 and updated during 2005-06), IRS LISS IV satellite imagery and LULC maps based on them are used. Similarly relevant data from District Census (2011), Pune District Gazetteer and relevant literature were referred. In Ecology study ground truthing was done during field visits by confirming the LULC maps to learn major macro and micro habitats in the study area. In major terrestrial habitats hill, grassland, scrub, and in wetland habitats streams, rivers and tanks were identified in the vicinity of the study villages.

In biodiversity field study random sampling method for flora and opportunistic sighting method for fauna (Larsen and Viana, 2016) were followed. In general, visual observation and estimation method was used for qualitative study of the biota. Birds and fish were studied being good indicators of local environmental change. Flora, mainly major tree species, was focused for their identification and species abundance. Binoculars of makes Nikon (12X50- 5.2O) and Olympus (7X35-7O) make were used for bird observation by referring field guides by Salim Ali (1996) and Grimmet et al. (2005) and for freshwater fishes by Ranjit Daniels (2002).Photo documentation was done for habitats and biodiversity records using Canon Power-shot (S X 30 IS HD 35X,14 Megapixels). The data thus generated was used to estimate diversity and status of species.

A structured close ended interview schedule in Marathi, comprising of 21 ecology- biodiversity related questions, was administered to 29 local respondents from 9 villages. The method was adopted in order to get perception mainly of the local elders about the past and present environmental status, and changes in local ecology and biodiversity. During field study direct and indirect environmental impacts of human activities on ecology and biodiversity are photo documented. Due to time constraint, the field study reflected only winter season data, limited to observations during day time and at selected study sites only. Review of available literature was done to understand ecology and biodiversity in the study area.

126

3.12.3 Ecology

3.12.3.1 Field Observations

Terrain of the area in the 10 Km radius from project site is generally flat with some undulating patches of small hillocks. Most of the part of natural terrestrial ecosystems is comprised of pockets of barren land and fallow land with patches of woodland and dominated by scanty scrub, grasslands whereas, manmade ecosystems composed of cropland, horticulture and human habitations. During summer major part of study area represents mosaic of barren, fallow land and open scrubs and natural dry grasslands with some agriculture habitats.

Major aquatic habitats in the region are includes River Bhima, marshy areas, small nalas and stretches of some major streams and the three water tanks near villages Mergalwadi, Ravangaon and Pandharewadi. All are situated in a distance of 5 to 10 km radius from the project site. As the study was carried out in winter season these water bodies found mostly or partially full as most of them are rain fed and functional in monsoon and post monsoon season. The River Bhima is comparatively full and is a major source of water in the area. These major water bodies, some small tanks and the streams from their catchment area forms a good seasonal network of wetland habitats and supported good avian diversity, especially the migratory species.

3.12.3.2 Questionnaire Survey

Asper the perception of majority of the elderly respondents in multiple questions, it is revealed that the natural vegetation cover in past, was barren lands with scrub patches (75%), grasslands (70%), agricultural land (69%) and fallow land (50%) which is now on decline. Some respondents (34%) opined the same declining trend in case of scrubby woodlands. Nearly half (47%) of the respondents believed that the area under agriculture is decreasing in the last decade. Few respondents (24%) reported presence of plateau areas in the region. In case of wetland habitats, the diverse water sources such as River Bhima, seasonal streams, irrigation canal, village tanks and ponds, wells, and tube wells forms a good network in the study area.

Nearly 36% of the respondents reported water quality degradation of the wetlands i.e. rivers, streams, tanks and ponds in the region. Almost 25% of the respondents reported pollution of wetlands while around 57% of them believe that most of the natural waterholes in the region are rapidly decreasing. According to the respondents, urbanization (67%) and industrialization (58%) are the two major reasons for degradation of environmental status of the natural habitats in the region. This is followed by domestic sewage (56%), pollution from industries (45%), trees cutting (31%), grass burning (28%), agricultural expansion (25%), increase in weed (11%) and forest fire (9%). As per the respondents the existing land-use is increasingly dominated by agriculture, urbanization, and industries having negative impact on the natural environment in the area.

3.12.4 Biodiversity

3.12.4.1 Field Observations

In case of biodiversity, ‘Birds’ being considered as good indicator of local habitat health and biodiversity, the study was mainly restricted to observation of avifauna from the study area.

127

A total of 24 bird species belonging to 10 orders, 20 families and 22 genera were recorded during the brief field survey. Out of these 13 species were common resident, 8 species were not common resident, 2 species were common winter visitor and 1 species was not common winter visitor. Considering relatively small study area, short study period that too in summer season, and brief opportunistic observations this is indicator of moderately good environmental quality. This is attributed to the mosaic of natural and manmade habitats in the area. Moreover, sightings of Wooly-Necked Stork (Ciconiaepiscopus),Painted stork (Mycterialeucocephala) and River tern (Sterna aurantia) species in the study area were encouraging as according to IUCN (2018), status of first bird species is Vulnerable while last two are becoming Near Threatened globally. With regard to Feeding Guilds 6 bird species are dependent on multiple sources for feeding while remaining 17 are dependent on single source. Out of these single source species 7 species were Piscivorous, 6 were Insectivorous, 3 species were Omnivorous, 1 Carnivorous and 1 was Granivorous. The list of observed birds is given in Table 3.32.

3.12.4.2 Questionnaire Survey

It was revealed from the questionnaire survey on biodiversity that presently the major crop grown in the area is sugarcane &common vegetables followed by bajra, jowar, wheat, chilli, and groundnut along with rice. In horticulture major species cultivated are mango, coconut, sapodilla, custard apple, and guava. The common local trees, as reported by the respondents are Banyan, Peepal, Umbar, Tamarind, Gulmohar, Drumstick, Babul, Neem, Palash, Karanj, Apta, Arjuna, Karwand, Jamun and Mango. Eucalyptus and Teak are planted by private as well as by the government as social forestry plantations. These tree species were recorded during field study as well.

Major wildlife in the area, according to respondents, is Indian Hare, Wild boar, Indian Fox, Indian Wolf, Spotted Deer, Barking Deer, Porcupine, Pangolin, Common Mongoose, Bonnet Macaque, Common Langur, Three-striped Palm Squirrel and Indian Fruit Bat. A large majority (82%) confirmed occurrence of many common birds table 3.32 which include Indian peafowl, Indian Myna, House Sparrow, Common Crow, Black Kite, Rose-ringed Parakeet, Spotted Owlet, Common Quail, Francolin, Egrets and some raptors. According to local seniors lately both the vultures (white backed and Egyptian) which were once common in the region, have totally disappeared. Similarly, number of raptors like eagles, buzzards and falcons has drastically gone down. In reptiles, presence of Indian Rat Snake, Spectacled Cobra, Common Indian Krait, Russel’s viper, saw scaled viper, Indian Python, Green Wine Snake, Indian marsh crocodile, Garden lizard, soft shell turtle and Indian monitor lizard were reported in the region. As expected, there was hardly any information about invertebrate diversity. However, many respondents mentioned presence of spiders, diverse types of butterflies, scorpions and crabs in their locality, however they could not name them. Similarly, in case of amphibians, the respondents replied for the presence of common frog and toads only. Conversely, a majority (93%) of the locals complained about crop damage by wildlife such as Wild Boar, Bonnet Macaque, Langur, Indian Hare, Field Rat, Indian Fox, Peacock, Rosy Sterling and Sparrows.

Most of the respondents (67%), especially the seniors, reported biodiversity decline in the area in the recent past. This change was attributed to factors such as urbanizations (65%), Industrialization (50%), tree cutting (30%), agriculture expansion (14%), increased weed growth in wild habitats (9%) and hunting and poaching (7%). Refer table 3.33 for list of fauna reported by the respondents from the study area. Most of the respondents (63%) 128

reported that local farmers burn the sugarcane residue in their fields for reasons such as weed control (50%), farm clearing and trash removal (34%), to control rodent population (16%) and to increase soil fertility (9%). Most respondents also believed that trash if retained in the field increases rat population which attracts snakes in the field. However, they did not realize huge air pollution caused by this burning, and damage inflicted to trees and vegetation on farm bunds and accidental burning of overhead electric wires. Most of the respondents (73%) suggested tree plantation as a solution for better environmental conditions in the area, while some have also recommended maintaining quality of water bodies, retaining water in these water bodies all along the year, preserving trees around the agriculture bunds and maintaining gardens in human settlements.

3.12.4.3 Environmental Impact of Proposed Project on Ecology and Biodiversity in the Region

The possible environmental impacts of the proposed industrial expansion activity were considered for worst case scenario such as direct discharge of untreated waste water and spent wash into nearby water bodies and River Bhima. The location of the factory site is surrounded by agricultural plots and fallow and barren patches with two streams. Drainage map reveals that these two streams originating near project site passes through nearby villages and reaches river Bhima about 2 km north of the project site. The factory site is surrounded by agriculture fields and human settlements. Discharge of untreated wastewater and effluent from the industry in surrounding area can cause adverse environmental impact on terrestrial and aquatic habitats and dependent biodiversity and ground water resources. Therefore, any possibility of land and water contamination by the industry, affecting local ecology, biodiversity, neighboring cropland and local habitation should be prevented.

In case of air pollution, at times the industry is likely to contribute in SPM pollution load in the nearby area. In these circumstances there could be possible negative impacts particularly on avifauna, surrounding crops and local population. The mandatory Green Belt (GB) needs to be developed along the entire project plot periphery to restrict air pollution as per the TOR and according to the CPCB norms at the earliest. The pollution control measures as per EMP should strictly be implemented by the industry. It is to be ensured that hazardous effluents and wastes do not escape into neighboring habitats i.e. agriculture fields, horticulture, and surrounding natural habitats through the streams, even if they may be seasonal, and ground water.

3.12.4.4 Green Belt

3.12.4.4.1 Observations and Recommendations:

As per the standard TOR norms 33% of the total plot area should be under green belt. Mainly large type trees @ 1500/ha should be planted in the green belt, preferably all along the periphery of the total industrial plot, for environmental protection purpose. The total plot area is 101 ha, thus 33% i.e. 33.7 ha area should be developed as green belt with 50,550 large woody trees. The field visit to the project site revealed that the industry has mixed vegetation cover as green belt with clusters of few trees, dwarf ornamental bushes in between, few shrubs with some open spaces for green belt development. Therefore total 50,550 trees need to be planted to comply with the ToR. Also details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. Green belt shall be around the project’s total plot periphery

129

and the scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated as mentioned in ToR.

As per the CPCB, (2000) guidelines the industry should plant trees of recommended species for environmental protection and as mitigation measure from diverse pollutants, to safeguard the health of workers, neighboring population and biodiversity in general. No fruit bearing trees are desirable on industry premise to avoid possible harmful chemical contamination, bioaccumulation and bio magnification of hazardous chemicals in fruits and vegetables. The saplings of the new trees to be chosen from the list recommended for green belt development by MoEFCC, and according to the local climatic conditions. Preferably indigenous broadleaves tree species to be planted, for pollution control and not merely for aesthetic purpose, in mixed tree species plantation. Tree saplings should be over three-year-old, robust and around 5 feet in height for speedy growth and better survival. Proper irrigation, protection and maintenance of these trees need to be ensured.

3.12.4.5 CER Activity

3.12.4.5.1 Observations and Recommendations

Time bound activities for protection and conservation of the natural habitats in the vicinity, with joint participation of locals and industry, need to be undertaken on priority. The three villages in the study area namely 1) Aalegaon, 2) Mergalwadi and 3) Kadamvasti, being still rich in ecology and biodiversity, are recommended for CER activity for conservation and preservation of existing ecology. Depending on local conditions activities, such as 1. Plantation of local tree species, 2. Removal of weeds and exotics, 3. Solid waste and sewage management, 4. Water and soil conservation, and 5. Environment awareness campaign should be undertaken involving locals, particularly youth and women self-help groups. In addition to proactively controlling negative impacts of industrial pollution on the ecology, above initiatives would help improve health of the villagers, most of who are employed in the industry. This will also motivate the locals and industry employees alike to protect ecology and biodiversity in and around their own villages.

Proposed CER activities in Ecology and Biodiversity protection and conservation by the old and reputed industry like Daund Sugars need to be different than routinely carried out ritual activities. These should be need based, time bound and result oriented for protection of local environment. Thrust of these CER activities should primarily be focused on eco-friendly, self-reliant and sustainable development of the villages around the industry. This can be achieved by adopting alternative green technologies in the villages such as block tree plantation at community level, rainwater harvesting, solar lighting, organic farming and others. These CER activities need to be innovative and should become a role model to other industries.

Table 3.32List of Birds observed during field survey

No Order Family Scientific Name Common Name Status Feeding IUCN guild Status 1 Passeriformes Dicruridae Dicrurus adsimilis Black Drongo CR I LC 2 Charadriiformes Recurvirostridae Himantopus himantopus Black winged stilt CR I LC 3 Charadriiformes Scolopacidae Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper CW C/I LC 4 Piciformes Capitonidae Megalaimahaemacephala Coppersmith Barbet CR F/I LC 5 Columbiformes Columbidae Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian collared dove NR G/I LC

130

No Order Family Scientific Name Common Name Status Feeding IUCN guild Status 6 Ciconiiformes Threskiornithidae Platalealeucorodia Eurasian spoonbill NR P LC 7 Charadriiformes Tringinae Tringa ochropus Green sandpiper CW C LC 8 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Ardea cinerea Grey heron NW P LC 9 Passeriformes Corvidae Corvus spendense House crow CR O LC 10 Pelecaniformes Phalacrocoracdiae Phalacrocorax fuscicollis Indian cormorant NR P LC 11 Passeriformes Muscicapidae Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin CR I LC 12 Columbiformes Columbidae Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing dove CR G LC 13 Pelecaniformes Phalacrocoracdiae Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant CR P LC 14 Galliformes Phasianidae Francolinus pictus Painted francolin CR G/I LC 15 Ciconiiformes Ciconiidae Mycterialeucocephala Painted stork NR P NT 16 Passeriformes Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul CR O LC 17 Charadriiformes Charadriinae Vanellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing CR I LC 18 Charadriiformes Laridae Sterna aurantia River tern NR I NT 19 Columbiformes Columbidae Columba livia Rock pigeon CR O LC 20 Passeriformes Alaudidae Ammomanesphoenicura Rufous-tailed lark NR I LC 21 Cuculiformes Cuculida Centropus sinensis Southern Coucal CR I/F/G LC 22 Anseriformes Anatidae Anus poecilorhyncha Spot-billed Duck NR P LC 23 Coraciiformes Alcedinidae Halcyon smyrensis White Breasted Kingfisher CR I/P LC 24 Ciconiiformes Ciconiidae Ciconiaepiscopus Wooly-Necked Stork NR P VU Feeding Guild: C-Carnivore; F-Frugivore; G-Granivore; I-Insectivore; N-Nectarivore; O-Omnivore; P-Piscivore Status: R-Resident; RM-Resident Migrant; M- Migrant ,IUCN Category: LC-Least Concern, NR-Near Threatened, V-Vulnerable

Table 3.33List of Fauna Commonly Reported by the Respondents during Survey

No. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status WPA 1972 Mammals 1. Axis axis Spotted Deer LC Sch III 2. Lepus nigricollis Indian hare LC Sch IV 3. Sus scrofacristatus Wild boar LC Sch III 4. Funambulus palmarum Three striped palm squirrel LC NL 5. Muntiacus muntjak Barking deer LC Sch III 6. Macaca radiata Bonnet macaque LC Sch II 7. Presbytis entellus Common langur LC Sch II 8. Hystrix indica Indian Porcupine LC Sch IV 9. Manis crassicaudata Indian Pangolin EN Sch I 10. Pteropus giganteus Indian fruit bat LC Sch IV 11. Herpestes edwardsi Common mongoose LC Sch II 12. Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox LC Sch II 13. Canis lupus Indian wolf LC Sch I Reptiles 14. Najanaja Spectacled cobra NL Sch II 15. Ptyas mucosa Indian rat snake NL Sch IV 16. Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian krait NL Sch II 17. Daboia russelii Russell’s viper NL Sch II 18. Echiscarinatus Saw scaled viper NL NL 19. Python molurus Indian Python VU Sch II 20. Crocodyluspalustris Indian Marsh Crocodile VU Sch I 21. Chamaeleozeylanicus Indian Chameleon LC Sch II 22. Varanus bengalensis Indian monitor lizard LC Sch I 131

No. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status WPA 1972 23. Calotes versicolor Garden lizard NL Sch IV 24. Lissemyspunctata Indian flap-shell turtle LC Sch I 25. Hemidactylus frenatus Common house gecko NL Sch IV Amphibians 26. Hoplobatracustigerinus Indian Bull Frog LC Sch IV Birds 27. Pavocristatus Indian peafowl LC Sch I 28. Acridotherestristis Common myna LC Sch IV 29. Passer domesticus House sparrow LC Sch IV 30. Corvusspendens House crow LC Sch V 31. Milvus migrans Black kite LC Sch I 32. Psittaculakrameri Rose-ringed parakeet LC Sch IV 33. Athene brama Spotted owlet LC NL 34. Coturnix coturnix Common quail LC NL 35. Francolinussps. Francolin LC Sch IV LC: Least Concern, NT: Near Threatened, VU: Vulnerable, EN: Endangered, NL: Not listed

132

PLATE - I HABITAT IN THE STUDY AREA OF DAUND SUGARS PRIVATE LIMITED, AT: GAT NO. 99, ALEGAON, TAL.: DAUND, DIST.: PUNE, MAHARASHTRA

A. Sugarcane - Major Cashcrop B. Social Forestry & Fallow Land C. Open Scrub on Small Hillock

D. Bhima River - Main Water Sourch of Area E. Mutha Right Bank Canal F. Village tank at Mergalwadi PLATE - II BIODIVERSITY IN THE STUDY AREA OF DAUND SUGARS PRIVATE LIMITED, AT: GAT NO. 99, ALEGAON, TAL.: DAUND, DIST.: PUNE, MAHARASHTRA

A. Flock of Painted Storks, B. Black Winged Stilt (Himantopus himantopus ) C. Blue Tiger Butterfly (Tirumala limniace ) Wooly-Necked Storks & Egrests

D. Dominant vegetation of Prosopis E. Rohu Fish (Labio Species ) F. Tilap Fish (Tilapia Species )

Chapter 4 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters due to the expansion of the proposed Sugar Factory & Distillery project is an important aspect to be studied. This chapter incorporates both, qualitative and quantitative descriptions of various Environmental Impacts due to proposed expansion of existing Sugar Factory & Distillery by DSPL. Various scientific techniques are available to predict and evaluate the impact of the developmental activities of the proposed project on the physical, ecological and socio – economic environments. Predictions are superimposed over the base line status (pre-project) of environmental quality to obtain the final (Post- project) environmental condition.

‘Environmental Impact’ can be defined as any alteration of the environmental conditions or creation of a new set of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set of actions under consideration. Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either Primary or Secondary. Primary Impacts are those which are attributed directly to the project. On the other hand, secondary impacts are those which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investments and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed action. Proposed project may influence environments of the area in two phases as under -

 Construction Phase: During the construction period, the impact may be temporary.  Operation Phase: Operational phase impact may have long term effects

4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction phase impacts on the environment can be considered short term. Activities during erection of the plant and civil structures may affect the environment of area surrounding the site. Impacts as well as mitigation measures for the same are described in Table 4.1. Further in Table 4.2, measures have been stated towards disposal of wastes generated during construction operations.

Table 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase

No Env. Aspects Parameter Causes Impacts Types Mitigation Measures / Remarks 1 Air Dust (SPM) Vehicular  Respiratory problems Minor  SO2 and NOX at single SO2 Vehicular – coughing, painful (Negative location will not increase as NOx movement breathing; irritation in Impact) vehicular movement and eyes. machines will be mobile.  High SO2 and NOX -  Control of dust emissions by lung disorders, sprinkling water on open wheezing and spaces, kuccha roads, heaps shortness of breath. of earthen filling  Obstruction in  Provision of PPEs to photosynthesis and workers evapo-transpiration  Augmentation of GB after due to deposition of commencement of activity. dust on surface of leaves thereby reducing crop yield. 2 Water Deterioration  Water for Industrial premise at Minor  Proper and adequate of Water construction DSPL has already been (Negative segregation of construction quantity, & domestic well developed. Hence, Impact) area and appropriate

135

No Env. Aspects Parameter Causes Impacts Types Mitigation Measures / Remarks quality and activities construction to be taken drainages, to minimize aesthetics of  Surface under proposed runoff water body. runoff, expansion &  Cutting and filling work will seepage. establishment project be avoided during rainy  Domestic shall have no season. effluent. significant impact on  Stone pitching on the slopes  Spill from water environment. and construction of concrete fuel, oil & Some minor impacts drains for storm water to other could be contamination minimize soil erosion. chemicals. of nearby water body  Strengthening the existing  Leachates green belt. 3 Noise Noise  Construction  It is not a continuous Minor  Proposed project of Sugar Nuisance and equipment source and hence do (Negative Factory, Co-generation plant Disturbance like dozers, not pose a health risk Impact) and Distillery will be scrapers, or damage. expanded in existing sugar concrete  Adversely affects factory. There will be mixers, quality of life of minimum construction work. cranes, occupants and nearby  Provision of proper acoustic pumps, residents. enclosure for noise compressors,  Constant exposure to generating and vibrating pneumatic high noise levels machinery. tools, saws, results in damage of  Protective equipment’s such vibrators etc. ear drums and loss of as ear plugs, earmuffs etc.  Continuous hearing. for workers will be provided. and  Increased BP levels,  Onsite workers must not be intermediate cardio-vascular exposed, for more than 8 source. disease and stress hours, to high noise related heart problems. generating sources. 4 Soil and Land Soil Quality  Spill from  Affects the soil, micro Minor  Proper maintenance of use and fuel, oil and as well as macro flora. (Negative vehicles as well as machinery Topography other Thereby, disturbing the Impact) used during construction to chemicals. nutritive composition of avoid oil, fuel leakages.  Substratum soil.  Disposal of waste to excavated  Positive benefits in the authorized recyclers and during form of land levelling resellers. construction and tree plantation in of the plant vicinity and foundations. other premises.  Improper  Bad aesthetics due to storage of littering. solid waste 5 Biodiversity Terrestrial as  Dust emissions  No any major impacts Minor  Noise generating and and Habitat well as aquatic  Noise envisaged but some (Negative vibrating machinery would be Flora, Fauna generation minor impacts may be Impact) provided with proper acoustic and Avifauna.  Influx of onsite observed. enclosure workers  Retarded growth and  Water sprinkling arrangement  Flood lights, productivity of the shall be provided to curb dust high masts etc. plants. emissions during construction activities.  Workers staying onsite shall be supplied with fuel source such as LPG, Kerosene etc. for cooking. Moreover, proper care shall be taken so that the surrounding ecological area is duly conserved.

136

No Env. Aspects Parameter Causes Impacts Types Mitigation Measures / Remarks 6 Risk, Hazard Accidental risk  Lifting of  Physical problems viz. Minor  Use of advanced technology and and Hazard heavy tools Carpal tunnel (Negative and sophisticated machinery Occupational and tackles, syndrome, tendonitis, Impact) during construction health & construction back pain, muscle  Maximum Employment of Safety equipment soreness and nerve young and adequately trained  Repetitive damage reduction in persons (above 18 years) motion, hearing efficiency of  Providing various PPEs like awkward workers dust masks, safety glasses, postures and  Shortness of breath helmets, gum boots, ear plugs vibrations following physical and ear muffs etc. to the  High noise exertion, severe cough workers. generating and chest pains  Proper earthling for electrical machinery  Fatigue and loss of supply,  Continuous appetite  Separation of deep exposure to  Eye irritation and eye excavations and marking of dust sight problems dangerous areas with  Welding of  Electrical shock barricading etc. metal parts  Spread of various  24 X 7 medical aid with  Cabling of diseases trained doctors and ambulance electrical facility work.  Training to the workers from  Unhygienic view points of safety, health conditions and hygiene. resulting from day-to-day activities of workers living in the industrial area. 7 Socio- Social & Expansion of  Primary and secondary Major There will be positive impact Economic Economic Sugar Factory employment (Positive to the residents nearby status and Co- generation Impact) industry in the form of job generation opportunities and good Plant and employment generation Establishment potential. of Distillery

Table 4.2 Disposal of Waste Generation during Construction Phase

No Type of Waste Disposal 1 Metal scrap Sold to scrap dealers for reprocessing. 2 Wooden scrap Utilized by local labours as fuel for domestic operations. 3 Broken bricks, stones and Used as filler material in plinth, low lying areas etc. cement concrete wastes 4 Paint cans, brushes and other Sold to re-cyclers, authorized re-processers. plastic waste materials.

4.3 OPERATION PHASE

Operational phase activities may have impacts - minor or major, positive or negative on environmental disciplines such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro meteorology, land use, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics and noise environment. Description of various attributes and effects on same has been presented in following paragraphs.

137

Figure 4.1 Impact Identification from Process Flow Chart

Legends: SHW – Solid Hazardous Waste, EB- Ecological Biodiversity, RH- Risk & Hazards

Table 4.3 Identification of Impacts due to Operation Phase

No. Env. Activities Impact Type of Impact Remarks Aspects Identification 1 Air Boiler house, Cane Generation of stack Major Impacts due to existing (AP & AQ) yard, Cane emissions (Quantifiable) boiler operations may weighment, Milling (particulates, SOx & not have significant section, Lime slurry NOx), fugitive dust, impact on air preparation, bagasse particles, environment due to Centrifuge, Sugar lime dust, fine sugar provision of APC bagging house, fuel dust & water mist, Equipment. Impact on storage yard & bagasse dust, odour existing ambient Pressmud yard, Ash nuisance. concentrations is storage yard, described below at Molasses storage tank. Section 4.3.1 of this Chapter. 2 Water Milling section, Juice If spillage of juice, Major Impacts due to (WP) storage, Juice syrup, washings etc. (Quantifiable) operation activities are clarification, Juice accidently significant. concentration section, discharged into Quantification of Vacuum pan, water body, it may accidental discharge Crystallizer and cause impact on into nearby water body Centrifuge water quality. & nalla is given below Effluent Treatment Discharge of at Section 4.3.3 of this Plant (ETP) untreated effluent. Chapter. 3 Noise Boiler operations Due to cane Minor The impacts due to (NV) (Fuel burning, steam transportation (Non- operation activities are

138

No. Env. Activities Impact Type of Impact Remarks Aspects Identification vent off), Cane yard, activities, milling Quantifiable) negligible i.e. Cane weighment, operations, insignificant. Milling section, Sugar conveyors, trolleys, bagging house sugar bag packing machines, boiler operations, high pressure steam injection & high speed turbine rotary motions etc. 4 Solid & Cane yard, Milling Solid waste such as Minor The impacts due to Hazardous section, Vacuum bagasse, bagassilo, (Non- operation activities are Waste filtration, Bagasse ash, pressmud, trash, Quantifiable) negligible i.e. (SHW) yard (conveyance; dung, lubricant insignificant. SHW handling; transport & spills. generated would be storage), Pressmud properly handled and yard & Ash yard. disposed off. Effluent Treatment Non-scientific Plant (ETP) disposal of sludge, its littering and odour nuisance 5 Soil Boiler Operations Generation of ash, Minor The impacts due to (SC) (Fuel burning yeast sludge, (Non- operation activities are operations), Ash spillage of juice/ Quantifiable) negligible i.e. storage yard, Juice syrup, molasses. insignificant. storage, Juice concentration section, Vacuum pan, Crystallizer, Centrifuge, Molasses storage tank. Effluent Treatment Discharge of plant (ETP) untreated / partially treated effluent on land/ nearby farm 6 Risk & Bagasse conveyance, Fire in bagasse yard, Major Worst-case scenarios Hazard handling, transport Accidental spillage predicting the impacts and storage yard, of molasses, due to hazardous raw Molasses storage Leakage of SO2. materials or chemicals tanks, Sulphur storage are presented in & Sulphur di-oxide Chapter 7. generation plant. 7 Ecology & Co-Generation Ash & dust Major Impacts due to Biodiversity Boilers, ETP emissions, spillage (Non- operation activities are of effluents from Quantifiable) negligible i.e. ETP. insignificant

4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality

A) Emissions from Fuel Burning

Major sources of air pollution will be boilers as well as vehicles used for transportation There will not be any new boiler under expansion of Sugar Factory and Distillery. After expansion of Sugar Factory, existing 100 TPH boiler will with full efficiency. Also, biogas plant will be scrapped after expansion & hence biogas will be replaced by additional 282 MT/D bagasse. Hence total bagasse requirement for existing 100 TPH boiler will be 1200 MT/D. After expansion of Distillery, existing 40 TPH boiler will be operated with full

139

efficiency. Hence the total fuel requirement will be Spentwash (230 MT/D) + Bagasse (250 MT/D) / Coal (100 MT/D). Stack emissions from boiler shall be in the form of particulate matter, SO2, CO, NOX. In addition, vehicular exhaust may also contribute to air pollution through release of SO2, CO, NOX

4.3.1.1 Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modelling

In order to study movement of particulate matter release into atmosphere from the source, Air Dispersion Model - AERMOD developed by the US Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) is used. Software helps in knowing details of particulate dispersed in down wind direction and finally reaching the ground at farther distance from the source, Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) mainly depend upon the strength of emission source & micrometeorology of the study area. AERMOD software is used for understanding the increase in baseline concentrations for additional fuel burnt in existing 100 TPH & 40 TPH boiler under expansion project of DSPL Site specific meteorological and AAQM data were collected for one season January-February-March 2021.Predominant wind direction are tabulated in following table –

Table 4.4 Predominant Wind Directions

Predominant Wind Nearest Habitation No. Season Time (Hrs.) Direction Downwind 08:30 1. Pre-monsoon W Kalewadi 17:30 2. 08:30 Monsoon W Kalewadi 17:30 3. 08:30 Kalewadi Post-monsoon W 17:30 4. 08:30 Winter E Malewadi 17:30

th 24 hourly 98 percentile concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx in ambient air, recorded during field study conducted for season January-February-March 2021are considered as baseline values. They represent impact due to operations of existing activities on this region. The impact due to operations of existing nearby industries on this region is represented by 98percentile concentrations of above mentioned parameters at this location, which are considered as ‘Baseline Concentrations’ to determine the impact of activities in DSPL on ambient air quality. The baseline concentrations are summarized in the following table

Table 4.5 Baseline Concentrations at Site

Parameter 98 Percentile NAAQS Remark Concentration 3 3 PM10 63.83g/m 100 g/m 3 3 PM2.5 23.50g/m 60 g/m The baseline concentrations for all 3 3 SO2 17.80g/m 80 g/m parameters monitored are well within 3 3 NOX 23.81g/m 80 g/m the limits. CO 0.900mg/m3 4 mg/m3

140

Figure 4.2 Wind rose for the Month January-February-March 2021

Note: Output of GLC run for various scenarios in respect of activities to be undertaken under DSPL project is presented in following tables.

141

A) Predictions for Emissions from stack (Scenario- during operation of APC for Distillery boiler)

3 Figure 4.3 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max. Conc. in μg/m )

3 Maximum concentration of PM10 is 0.167 μg/M towards East direction at 1.02 Km from site

Table 4.6 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 values

No Location Direc Distance 98 Percentile Incremen Total PM10 % Remark Impact tion (Km) baseline tal PM10 Predictive Incremen PM10 Conc. (g/m3) GLC tal (g/m3) (g/m3) A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x 100 1. Industrial ------63.83 0.030 63.86 0.047 Total PM10 Insigni Site Predictive ficant 2. Malewadi W 4.71 64.45 0.012 64.462 0.02 GLC 3. Mergalwadi SW 6.09 64.51 0.012 64.522 0.02 lower than 4. Devalgaon NE 6.08 64.35 0.030 64.38 0.05 standard 5. Kalewadi SE 5.95 62.80 0.030 62.83 0.05 100 g/M3 6. Aalegaon N 2.68 64.25 0.040 64.29 0.06 7. Kadamwasti S 2.51 64.07 0.030 64.1 0.05 8. Khorodi NW 3.45 63.99 0.030 64.02 0.05

142

3 Figure 4.4 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m )

3 Maximum concentration of PM2.5 is 0.049 μg/M towards East direction at 1.06 Km from site Table 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values

No Location Dire Dista 98 Increme Total % Remark Impact . ction nce Percentile ntal PM2.5 Increme (Km) baseline PM2.5(g Predictive ntal 3 PM2.5 /m ) GLC Conc. (g/m3) (g/m3) G=(E/D) A B C D E F=D+E x100 Industrial ------23.50 0.007 23.507 0.030 Total PM2.5 Insignifica 1. Site Prédictive nt 2. Malewadi W 4.71 25.02 0.008 25.028 0.03 GLC 3. Mergalwadi SW 6.09 24.76 0.008 24.768 0.03 is lower 4. Devalgaon NE 6.08 23.36 0.010 23.37 0.04 than 5. Kalewadi SE 5.95 22.71 0.008 22.718 0.04 standard of

6. Aalegaon N 2.68 23.61 0.010 23.62 0.04 60 g/M3 7. Kadamwasti S 2.51 23.81 0.008 23.818 0.03 8. Khorodi NW 3.45 22.80 0.010 22.81 0.04

143

3 Figure 4.5 Isopleths of SO2 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m )

3 Note: Maximum Concentration of SO2 is 2.22 μg/M at 0.99 Km on East side of project site

Table 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2Values

No Location Direc Distance 98 Incremen Total % Remark Impact tion (Km) Percentile tal SO2 SO2 Incremental from baseline GLC Predictiv 3 centre SO2Conc. (g/m ) e GLC of Site (g/m3) (g/m3) A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100 1 Industrial Site ------17.80 0.40 18.2 2.25 Total Insignifi 2 Malewadi W 4.71 19.67 0.30 19.97 1.53 SO2 cant 3 Mergalwadi SW 6.09 19.90 0.40 20.3 2.01 Predicti 4 Devalgaon NE 6.08 19.18 0.50 19.68 2.61 ve GLC 5 Kalewadi SE 5.95 18.53 0.40 18.93 2.16 is lower 6 Aalegaon N 2.68 19.65 0.60 20.25 3.05 than 7 Kadamwasti S 2.51 19.34 0.40 19.74 2.07 prescrib Khorodi NW 3.45 20.89 0.40 21.29 1.91 ed standard 8 80 g/m3

144

3 Figure 4.6 Isopleths of NOX (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m )

Note: Maximum Concentration of NOx is 0.175 μg/M3 at 0.96 Km on East Side of project site Table 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in NOX Values

No Location Directio Distance 98 Incremental Total % Remark Impact n (Km) Percent NOX GLC NOX Incremental from ile (g/m3) Predictive centre NOX GLC of Site baseline (g/m3) Conc. (g/m3) B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x10 A 0 1 Industrial ------23.81 0.040 23.85 0.168 Site Total NOX 2 Malewadi W 4.71 25.02 0.030 25.05 0.12 Predictive 3 Mergalwadi SW 6.09 23.71 0.030 23.74 0.13 GLC is lower Insignific 4 Devalgaon NE 6.08 23.62 0.040 23.66 0.17 than ant 5 Kalewadi SE 5.95 21.66 0.030 21.69 0.14 prescribed 6 Aalegaon N 2.68 24.57 0.050 24.62 0.20 standard 7 Kadamwasti S 2.51 22.60 0.030 22.63 0.13 80 g/m3 8 Khorodi NW 3.45 24.52 0.030 24.55 0.12

From Table 4.6, Table 4.7, Table 4.8, Table 4.9 (operation of APC equipment), it is seen that– 1. Incremental increase in PM10concentrationsat the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 0.018% to 0.06% with the lowest concentration of 62.83 g/m3 at Kalewadi, the highest concentration of 64.52 g/m3 at Mergalwadi; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 100g/m3.

145

2. Incremental increase in PM2.5 concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 0.029% to 0.043% with the lowest concentration of 22.71g/m3 at Kalewadi, the highest concentration of 25.02 g/m3 at Malewadi; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 60 g/m3. 3. Incremental increase in SO2concentrations at 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 1.52% to 3.05% with the lowest concentration of 18.2 g/m3 at Site, the highest concentration of 21.29 g/m3 at Khorodi; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 80 g/m3. 4. Incremental increase in NOx concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 0.11% to 0.20% with the lowest concentration of 21.69g/m3 at Kalewadi, the highest concentration of 25.05g/m3 at Malewadi; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 80 g/m3.

From the above observations, it could be concluded that the impact on air quality at the 8 monitoring stations due to the boilers (stack emissions) with air pollution control equipment in operation is non-significant.

B) Predictions for emissions from stack in worse case (Scenario- during non-operation of APC ) 3 Figure 4.7 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m )

3 Maximum concentration of PM10 is 9.78 μg/M towards East direction at 1.02 Km from site

146

Table 4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 values

No Location Directio Distanc 98 Increme Total PM10 % Remark Impact . n e (Km) Percentile ntal Predictive Incremental from baseline PM10GL GLC 3 centre PM10 C (g/m ) of Site Conc. (g/m3) (g/m3) A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x10 0 1 Industrial ------63.83 0.90 64.73 1.410 Total Insignif Site PM10 icant 2 Malewadi W 4.71 64.45 1.0 65.45 1.55 Predictive 3 Mergalwadi SW 6.09 64.51 1.0 65.51 1.55 GLC 4 Devalgaon NE 6.08 64.35 2.0 66.35 3.11 is lower 5 Kalewadi SE 5.95 62.80 1.0 63.8 1.59 than 6 Aalegaon N 2.68 64.25 2.0 66.25 3.11 prescribed 7 Kadamwasti S 2.51 64.07 2.0 66.07 3.12 standard  8 Khorodi NW 3.45 63.99 2.0 65.99 3.13 100 g/m3

3 Figure 4.8 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/m )

3 Maximum concentration of PM2.5 is 2.43μg/m towards East direction at 1.05 Km from site

147

Table 4.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values for Non-Operation of APC

No. Location Direction Distance 98 Incrementa Total PM2.5 % Remark Impa (Km) Percentile l PM2.5 Predictive Incremental ct from the baseline GLC GLC centre of PM2.5 Conc. (g/m3) (g/m3) site (g/m3) A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x10 0 1 Industrial ------23.50 0.30 23.8 1.277 Total Insi Site PM2.5 gnifi 2 Malewadi W 4.71 25.02 0.40 25.42 1.60 Predicti cant 3 Mergalwadi SW 6.09 24.76 0.40 25.16 1.62 ve 4 Devalgaon NE 6.08 23.36 0.50 23.86 2.14 GLC 5 Kalewadi SE 5.95 22.71 0.40 23.11 1.76 is lower 6 Aalegaon N 2.68 23.61 0.60 24.21 2.54 than 7 Kadamwasti S 2.51 23.81 0.40 24.21 1.68 prescri 8 Khorodi NW 3.45 22.80 0.50 23.3 2.19 bed From Table 4.10 and Table 4.11(non-operational conditions of APC equipment), it is seen that –

1. Incremental increase in PM10 concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 1.41% to 3.12% with the lowest concentration of 63.8g/m3 at Kalewadi, the highest concentration of 66.35g/m3 at Devalgaon; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 100g/m3. 2. Incremental increase in PM2.5 concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 1.27% to 2.54% with the lowest concentration of 23.11g/m3 at Kalewadi, the highest concentration of 25.42g/m3 at Malewadi; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 60 g/m3.

From the above observations, it could be concluded that the impact on air 8 monitoring stations due to the boilers (stack emissions) with air pollution control equipment not in operation is non-significant.

 Analysis & Interpretation of GLC

Figure 4.9 Incremental PM10 Incremental PM₁₀

120 3 ) 100(g/m ) 3 100

g/m 80  60 40 20 0 Concentration(

Locations

Baseline Concentration DSPL Predictive with APC DSPL Predictive without APC

148

Baseline Conc. of PM10 is observed as Min. 62.80g/m3 (Kalewadi) to Max. 64.51g/m3 (Mergalwadi). Among all AAQM stations, the PM10 baseline conc. is slight max. at Mergalwadi. This may be because of poorly surfaced roads and vehicular transportation. The Max. Incremental value for PM10 with APC is observed as 0.04g/m3at Aalegaon without APC is observed as 2g/m3at Devalgaon, Aalegaon, Kadamwasti & Khorodi.

Figure 4.10 Incremental PM2.5

Incremental PM₂.₅

70 60 g/m3 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Concentration(ug/Mᶟ)

Locations

Baseline Concentration DSPL Predivtive with APC DSPL Predictive without APC

Baseline Conc. of PM2.5 is observed as Min.22.71 g/m3 (Kalewadi) to Max.25.02g/m3 (Amode). Somewhat higher Conc. Pattern is observed at Industrial Site (25.02g/m3).This may be because of poorly surfaced roads and vehicular transportation. The Max. Incremental value for PM2.5 with APC is observed as 0.6 g/m3at Aalegaon without APC is observed as 1 g/m3 at Kadamwasti and Khorodi. Figure 4.11 Incremental SO2

Incremental SO₂ 90 80 g/m3 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Concentration(µg/Mᶟ)

Locations

Baseline Concentration DSPLPredictive

Baseline Conc. of SO2is observed as Min. 17.80g/m3 (Site) to Max. 20.89g/m3 (Khorodi). The reason for more SO2 Conc. is due to fuel burning in boilers and transportation. The Max. incremental value for SO2 is observed as 0.6g/m3at Aalegaon.

149

Figure 4.12 Incremental NOx

Incremental NOx 90 80 g/m3 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Concentartion(µg/Mᶟ)

Locations

Baseline Concentration DSPL Predictive

Baseline Conc. of NOx Conc. is observed between Min.21.66g/m3 (Kalewadi) to Max.25.02g/m3 (Malewadi). The Max. Incremental value for NOx is observed as 0.05g/m3 at Aalegaon.

B) Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emission under activities of DSPL shall be mainly the dust emissions. These will impact the working environment of the workers and will also settle on plants in the industrial premises. Consequence of this shall be respiratory disorders, aggravated coughing and difficult or painful breathing among the workers and reduced photosynthesis activity which shall impact the plant life. Also, inappropriate and non-scientific storage as well as longer holding periods of raw spentwash in the respective tanks and yeast sludge from fermenters shall lead to formation of aerobic-anaerobic conditions in the tank body thereby resulting in to uncontrolled release of gases comprising prominently of methane, hydrogen sulphide, sulphur dioxide and carbon di-oxide. The hydrogen sulphide imparts foul odour in the premises whereas SO2 lead to corrosive atmosphere. Moreover, inflammation of eyes, throat and respiratory track irritation are prominent effects observed in case of human being residing nearby the spentwash tank premises. Efficient and quick utilization of spentwash from the tanks and its incineration shall avoid holding up of same for longer periods and prevent formation of above mentioned gaseous emissions.

C) Process Emissions

CO2 can be generated from fermenters under distillery project. When let out in atmosphere could have undesirable effects in the surrounding ambience. Since CO2 has been labelled as one of the major gases responsible for green-house effect, its release in atmosphere has to be curbed as far as possible.

D) Odour Pollution

Odour can result from number of sources and operations in distillery. The same may include molasses handling and storage, Fermentors, effluent storage; treatment & disposal, effluent carrying drains, sludge storage areas etc. Under DSPL distillery, every care shall be taken to avoid odour generation from above sources and actions so that eventual nuisance from same

150

shall be abated. Especially, distillery fermentation section, distillation section for spentwash generation, spentwash handling; storage shall be provided prompt and proper attention. Aerobic pathways of degradation resulting due to excessively longer storage of spentwash, yeast sludge and similar putrescible materials shall give rise to foul smells as a result of generation of gases like hydrogen sulphide, sulphur di-oxide etc. These gases have very irritating effect on human beings and animals that come in their contact resulting in to coughing, sneezing, inflammation of upper respiratory track, irritation of eyes, sensation of nausea and vomiting. Unsanitary conditions responsible for odour trouble could give rise to other nuisance like fly and insect infestation.

4.3.1.2 Mitigation Measures

A) Emissions from Fuel Burning

1. Installation of ESP as APC Equipment to new boiler. 2. It is proposed to install temperature, CO, CO2 and SO2 sensors for monitoring respective parameters of the exhaust gases under installation of online monitoring system. 3. Regular self-monitoring of AAQ and work zone air quality to be done by industry through approved labs to check and control dust levels / concentrations at certain places so that same could be kept always below the stipulated norms. 4. Efficiencies of dust control equipment in the industry such as ESP shall be monitored regularly (at least once a month) under performance evaluation. 5. Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with all necessary sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB. 6. APC equipment would be interlocked with process as per guidelines of CPCB. 7. Continuous Online Monitoring System for monitoring of SPM, Temp., SO2, CO, CO2 etc. in stack emissions. 8. IP cameras installed, maintained and data collected shall be formulated to CPCB server.

B) Fugitive Emissions arrangements, monitoring of proper working of pollution control equipment, proper handling; storage and disposal of dust collected, use of PPE’s for staff and workers, augmentation of green belt with adequate density and provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premise (tarred and concrete).

To control the fugitive emissions from all vulnerable sources water sprinkling system will be made to curb the emissions during movement of vehicles.

9. Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to remove and control dust from work zone areas. Provision of appropriate APC equipment to collect and remove dust from work zone including their monitoring routinely. 10. PPE such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided to the workers. 11. All internal roads, yards and open storage areas are provided with well compacted and constructed surface layering. At certain locations linings of tar or RCC also provided. 12. To control the fugitive emissions from all vulnerable sources water sprinkling system is being provided to curb the emissions during movement of vehicles.

C) Process Emissions

To marginally minimize effects of CO2, this will be generated from fermenters. Same would be collected, purified, compressed and filled in cylinders and sold for production of

151

beverages or other secondary purposes. Thus, no any problem to the surrounding area would be created due to the Air Pollution aspect

D) Odour Pollution

There will be different odour prone areas in the DSPL industry. Measures shall be adopted under the unit for controlling like proper housekeeping, sludge management, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling, prompt &pressmud will be sold.

Closed pipeline shall be provided for carrying spentwash under distillery. Hence, odour nuisance due to spentwash storage will get minimized.

4.3.2 Impact on Climate

Impact on the climatic conditions, due to the proposed project are not envisaged especially as emissions of flue gases with very high temperatures, to the atmosphere, are not expected.

4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources

4.3.3.1 Surface Water (Quality and Quantity)

Total water requirement for Sugar Factory expansion & existing Co-gen Plant will be 4267 M3/D. Out of total water requirement, 110 M3/D will be Fresh Water from New Mutha Right Bank Canal, 3639 M3/D will be Cane Condensate, & 518 will be treated effluent from STP & ETP. Thus the Sugar Factory will be ZLD. More details about water budget are presented at Chapter 2 under Section 2.7.1. Total Water requirement after Distillery expansion project would be 1279 M3/D. Out of total water requirement About 1015 M3/D will be CUP treated water and 264 M3/D will be Fresh water from New Mutha Right Bank Canal.

As far as treated effluent disposal is concerned, Total trade effluent generated from existing sugar factory is 380 CMD. Same is treated in existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) having capacity 750 M3/D provided on site comprising of primary, secondary & tertiary unit operations. Presently, treated effluent from sugar factory ETP is used for development of green belt and irrigation purpose. After expansion activity, treated effluent from Sugar Factory & Co-gen Pant @450 CMD will be reused for green belt in own factory premises.

Effluent generated after Distillery expansion, total raw spentwash to be generated @ 960 M3/D, would be concentrate in Multiple effect evaporator (MEE) and the conc. spentwash @ 192 MT/D (1.6 KL/KL of alcohol) would be blended with bagasse or coal and burnt in existing incineration boiler. Other effluents viz. spent lees @ 172 M3/D, MEE condensate @ 778 M3/D and other effluents @ 96 M3/D will be treated in existing CPU under distillery unit will be upgraded under expansion. Refer figure 2.11 for the same. Treated water from CPU to the tune of 1015 will be reused in process and boiler makeup, thereby achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).

If the above mentioned effluents are let out in the environment, without any treatment it may have impacts on surface water quality as well as on soil quality. If the untreated effluent enters any surface water body; there could be number of adverse effects. First of all, suspended particles in it increase turbidity which can reduce amount of light penetrating the water thereby disrupting growth of photosynthetic plants and activities of micro-organisms especially phytoplankton’s and zooplanktons. This could have subsequent adverse effects on rest of the aquatic community that depend on these components of the food chain. The suspended particulates when get settled at bottom of the water body add to undesirable

152

sediments. Further, due to organic matter in the effluent, dissolved oxygen level in receiving water body gets depleted immediately as a result of intense oxidation of the organics by aerobic microbes. Moreover, nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewaters act as nutrients that help aggravating problems of 'Eutrophication' in the water bodies. Uncontrolled growth of aquatic weeds and eruption of algal blooms seriously affect the quality of water and aesthetics. The channels of streams and waterways may get blocked and algal dominance could reduce dissolved oxygen levels during night times as a result of respiration; an action exactly opposite to photosynthesis that releases oxygen by taking up CO2 during day time. Excessive presence of CO2 in the waters may lead to fall in pH as a result of formation of weak acids and this again could have prominent impact on pH sensitive reactions in the water body and benthic deposits. Serious fish kill can happen due to depletion of DO levels in addition to effluent induced toxicity in the receiving waters. Some of the toxins in industrial wastewaters may have mild effects on the human health whereas the other ones can be fatal. If heavy metals, pesticides and other toxins as well as chemicals appear in the water in excessive concentrations than the permitted ones and if such waters are consumed by human beings or animals, diseases and disorders like skin irritation, blistering, immunity suppression, reproductive failure or acute poisoning can take place.

When untreated effluents are discharged on lands, the soils could get adverse impact through number of actions and effects. Most immediate is the pH disturbance as a result of excessive acidic or alkaline effluent discharges on the land. Severe acidity kills the plants and active useful flora in soils. On the other hand, at higher pH; nitrogen locked in soils gets converted in to ammonia which escapes to the atmosphere thereby creating serious deficiency of this vital nutrient in the soil. Thus, soils become less fertile and non-productive eventually. High TDS lead to soil salinity problems and its conductivity is increased which adversely affects growth of crops and plants with eventual drop in the overall yield. Soil porosity may get hampered. Microbes in soil oxidise organic matter in the wastes. While utilizing carbon from the organics during their metabolism; they (the microorganisms) take up nitrogen from the soil which is an essential thing for cell growth. This action could deplete the nitrogen contents and is referred to as 'nitrogen robbing'. This eventuality reduces nutritive value of soil and its fertility. Also, problems with seed germination could come up if C/N ratio, pH and porosity of soils are affected adversely. Different Scenarios Considered for Water Pollution due to Discharge of Effluent in nearby Water Body is presented in following tables.

Table 4.12 Quantification of Pollutants Load (Effluent from Sugar Factory)

Raw Effluent Treated Effluent MPCB Flow rate – 450 CMD Flow rate – 440 CMD Standards Parameters Conc. of Quantity of Conc. of Quantity of (mg/lit Pollutants (mg/lit Pollutants Pollutants (mg/lit Pollutants except except pH) (Kg/Lit) except pH) (Kg/Lit) pH) pH 4 to 5 - 7 to 8 - 7 - 8 COD 2,500 1125 165 72.6 250 BOD 1,250 562.5 45 19.8 100 TDS 1,600 720 1,000 400 2100

153

Table 4.13 Quantification of Pollutants’ Load (Distillery Spentwash)

Parameters Raw Spentwash Concentrated Spentwash Flow – 960 CMD (After MEE); Flow – 192 CMD Conc. of Quantity of Conc. of Quantity of Pollutants Pollutants Pollutants Pollutants (Kg/Lit) (mg/lit except pH) (Kg/Lit) (mg/lit except pH) pH 3.9-4.5 - 4.0-5.0 - BOD 70,000 67200 357500 68640 COD 130,000 124800 637500 122400 TDS 87,500 84000 445000 85440

Table 4.14 Quantification of Pollutants Load (Effluent from Distillery) (Spent lees, Cooling Blow Downs & MEE Condensate)

Raw Effluent Treated Effluent MPCB Flow rate – 1036 CMD Flow rate – 1015 CMD Standards Parameters Conc. of Quantity of Conc. of Quantity of (mg/lit Pollutants (mg/lit Pollutants Pollutants (mg/lit Pollutants except pH) except pH) (Kg/Lit) except pH) (Kg/Lit) pH 5 to 6 - 7 to 8 - 7 - 8 COD 3,000 3105 200 203 250 BOD 1,800 1863 80 81.2 100 TDS 1,000 1035 1970 1999.55 2100

4.3.3.2 Calculations for Quantification of Impact on Surface Water Body

Bhima river is flowing at 2 Km from project site. Accidental discharge of untreated trade effluent from DSPL finds its way to nalla in industrial vicinity on north direction as per the drainage pattern of premises & this nalla meets Bhima river on North direction at 2.0 Km.

A) Quantification of Pollutants' Load (Sugar Factory Effluent)

Table 4.15 Accidental Discharge of Sugar factory Effluent into Nallah

No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs Cf= (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs) / (Qi+QS) 1 BOD 1500 18.8 23.46 1800 70353.0 38.68 2 COD 3000 18.8 63.91 1800 171288.0 94.18 3 TDS 1000 18.8 587.71 1800 1076628.0 591.96 Ci - Conc. of untreated effluent in the stream, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cs- Baseline Conc. of pollutant in the stream (Nallah), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf - Conc. of pollutant in the stream (Nallah), downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l 3 Qi - untreated effluent discharge rate, M /hr. 3 Qs - Nallah flow rate, M /hr

Table 4.16 Discharge of Contaminated Nallah in to Bhima River

No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cf= (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs) / Cs*Qs (Qi+QS) 1 BOD 38.68 1800 5.71 367200 2166339.7 5.87 2 COD 94.18 1800 13.02 367200 4950466.1 13.42 3 TDS 591.96 1800 174.46 367200 65127240.7 176.50 Ci - Conc. of contaminated stream (Nallah), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l

154

Cs - Baseline Conc. of pollutant in Bhima River, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf - Conc. of pollutant in Bhima River, downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Qi - Nallah discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- River flow rate, M3/hr.

B) Quantification of Pollutants' Load (Untreated Effluent from Distillery CPU)

Table 4.17 Accidental Discharge of Raw spentwash into Nalla

Cf= (Ci*Qi + No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs CS*Qs)/(Qi+QS) 1 BOD 80000 40 23.46 1800 3242228.0 1762.08 2 COD 140000 40 63.91 1800 5715038.0 3106.00 3 TDS 85000 40 587.71 1800 4457878.0 2422.76 Ci–Conc. of raw spentwash in the stream, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cs- Baseline Conc. of pollutant in the stream (Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf – Conc. of pollutant in the stream (Nalla), downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l 3 Qi - Raw spentwash discharge rate, M /hr. 3 Qs- Nalla flow rate, M /hr

Table 4.18 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla in to Bhima River

No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs Cf= (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs)/(Qi+QS) 1 BOD 1762.08 1800 5.71 367200 3171744.783 14.28 2 COD 3106.00 1800 13.02 367200 5590798.043 28.11 3 TDS 2422.76 1800 174.46 367200 4360967.609 185.43 Ci–Conc. of contaminated stream (Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cs – Baseline Conc. of pollutant in Bhima River, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf – Conc. of pollutant in Bhima River, downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Qi - Nallah discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- Nalla flow rate, M3/hr.

Table 4.19 Inland Surface Water Standards (CPCB)

Inland surface Water Standards (mg/l) Parameter A B BOD 2 3 COD -- -- TDS 2100 500 A - Inland Surface Water Standards for irrigation purpose B - Inland Surface Water Standards for drinking purpose C) Interpretations & Conclusion

Impacts were considered for worst case scenario (direct discharge of untreated wastewater into nearby nalla and river Bhima as the factory site is surrounded by agricultural farms and human settlements. Nalla flowing near factory site and probably carry leachate, sewage and industrial effluents through agriculture belt and human settlements during operations. If not controlled, the proposed project may further aggravate pollution in the area. Discharge of the untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area can also cause significant environmental impact on the aquatic habitats and further affecting dependent biodiversity.

 When untreated effluent from existing sugar factory plant finds a way to nalla, it is observed that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of nalla water shall become 38.68, 94.18 & 591.96 mg/lit resp. otherwise are 23.46, 63.91 & 587.71mg/lit.

155

 When this polluted nalla water joins Bhima River, it is predicted that on downstream of point of discharge; the BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become 5.87, 13.42 & 176.50 mg/lit.; otherwise are 5.71, 13.02 & 174.46 mg/lit.  When untreated effluent from distillery CPU finds a way to nalla, it is observed that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of nalla water shall become 1762.08, 3106.00 & 2422.46 mg/lit resp. otherwise are 23.46, 6.91 & 587.71mg/lit.  When this polluted nalla water joins Bhima River, it is predicted that on downstream of point of discharge; the BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become 14.28, 28.11 & 185.43 mg/lit.; otherwise are 5.71, 13.02 & 174.46 mg/lit.  The increase in concentrations of above parameters shall exert negative impact on the aquatic biota and fresh water ecosystem. First of all, suspended particles increase turbidity which reduces light penetration thereby disrupting growth of photosynthetic plants and disturb the food chain. Nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewaters act as nutrients that help aggravating problems of 'Eutrophication' and algal dominance, organic matter in the effluent could reduce dissolved oxygen levels and cause fish kill due to depletion of DO levels, excessive presence of CO2 through respiration process in eutrophied water may lead to fall in pH which results in formation of weak acids and affects the pH sensitive reactions in the water body and benthic deposits, increase in ground water TDS levels could lead to salinity problems of soils, gastro enteric disorders, problems of urine stone etc. in humans, corrosion, pitting and similar problems with metallic objects due to salt deposition and scaling. Thus, Impact is significant if raw spentwash and untreated effluent is discharged in to nalla and river.  Non-point runoff of agro-chemicals used in the predominant sugarcane belt, washing of clothes and vehicles, dumping of solid wastes, and discharge of untreated domestic sewage from villages is polluting the water bodies in the area thus affecting littoral biota and dependent biodiversity.

4.3.3.3 Ground Water (Quality & Quantity)

1. Impact on hydrogeology

The assessment of possible impact on hydrogeology of the area has two aspects namely, the availability and quality of groundwater. Such an assessment requires consideration of water requirement of the project and proposed plans of disposal of effluents in the light of existing hydrogeological set-up of the area.

2. Impact on groundwater resources

The water requirement for existing and proposed expansion of sugar factory and Molasses based Distillery in their existing premises at Alegaon, shall be met with fresh water from New Mutha right bank Canal, supplemented by cane condensate water and treated water from ETP and CPU. There is no proposal for use of ground water for the project. Therefore, no adverse impact on groundwater resources of the area is foreseen.

3. Impact on quality of groundwater

The industrial effluents, solid wastes and hazardous wastes can have adverse impact on quality of groundwater in the area around the project site. The proposed method of disposal of these materials leaves lesser chances of such impacts. However, in case of accidental failure of such disposal measures the possibility of adverse impact cannot be ruled out.

4. Impacts on geology of the area

Geologically, the project site and its area of influence is situated in basaltic terrain of Deccan Volcanic Province. Basalt is a hard, crystalline rock that serves as a good foundation stone as

156

well as building stone for civil structures. The project work does not involve any major excavations, blasting, loading and unloading of rock materials that can affect stability of natural landforms or geological set-up of the area.

Geological monuments or features of local, regional or national importance are not present in the area of influence of the project. Therefore, impact on geology of the area is not foreseen in relation to this project. However, the project infrastructure and the staff on duty in the premises can be adversely affected by probable seismic activity in the light of recent earthquakes in adjacent areas.

4.3.3.4 Mitigation Measures

A) Surface Water

1. Construction of 2 KT weirs in the nalla stretch from Industry to Bhima river & putting baffles in KT weir to control discharge subsequent to ingress of raw spentwash & untreated effluent in to the nalla so as to carry out flow obstruction. 2. Stopping / arresting untreated effluent entry to nalla by diverting flow through leaking pipe. Lifting the stored volume upstream the KT weir by portable pumps & sending it back to tank or discharging same on nearby farm land for irrigation. 3. Pumping of contaminated discharge from nallah from first weir to tank & action of flushing & dilution to subsequent weirs. 4. Faster communication to people residing along the nalla about ingress of effluents in the streams followed by an appeal for not consuming the water for domestic purposes. 5. Online effluent monitoring system will be installed at inlet and outlet of effluent treatment facility for measurement of parameters like flow, pH, BOD, COD, TDS etc. 6. Harvested rainwater will be partly used for gardening (green belt) and partly for domestic purposes like toilet flushing, washing etc. thereby reducing the fresh water demand towards said activities. 7. Concepts of advanced mechanization and automation would be introduced in ETP so as to optimize power & chemical consumption as well as to minimize chances of reduced efficiencies due to human errors and non-efficient operation and maintenance practices. 8. Industry will not discharge any untreated / treated effluent in to any nearby surface water body.

B) Ground Water

1. The recharge of ground water in study area is happening through rainfall, seepage from irrigation tanks and ponds in the study area. Rain water from roof top and surface harvesting is collected into recharging pits on site. RWH and its recharge into the ground is a very important aspect which creates positive impact on the ground water table. 2. Total quantity of domestic effluent, after proper treatment, would be used for gardening on own land / irrigation in nearby farms. 3. No ground water from any bore well / open well shall be used in manufacturing processes and operations in the industry. 4. Sugar factory and co-generation plant effluents shall be treated in existing ETP. And used for gardening as well for irrigation in nearby farmland.

a. Mitigation measures on Hydrogeology a. Leakages of leachate from molasses storage tanks, spent wash lagoons and their infiltration into soil should be altogether prevented to avoid contamination of groundwater.

157

b. Hazardous waste from sugar factory like spent oil, periodic waste water from cleaning and that from the distillery should be properly disposed of to protect the water and soil environment in the area. c. Water quality in wells in the area around the Project Site especially in ‘NE’ direction and closer to ETP discharge water storage, Spent wash tanks and composting yard should be monitored periodically to check for contamination as discussed in impacts above. d. Quality of water discharged from STP and ETP should be monitored regularly and the policy of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) of process effluent to be properly adhered to. e. Rainwater harvesting measures to be implemented to replenish the groundwater resources. This will be helpful in reducing and removing the possible contamination mentioned in the impacts.

b. Mitigation Measures on Geology a. Adverse impacts due to this project on geology of the area are not foreseen. b. The project infrastructure can be adversely affected by probable seismic activity. Daund lies very close to the seismically active zone around Koyna Dam, about 130 km southeast of the Daund City. The Pune District is situated in Seismic Zone 3. Therefore, appropriate care should be taken to make the infrastructure earthquake-proof and safeguard the staff on duty in the premises. c. Information on seismicity in the area should be updated regularly.

4.3.4 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes

 Solid wastes to be generated from the DSPL project complex if stored in haphazard and uncontrolled manner on site shall lead to littering and suspension of the particles in air due to strong wind currents causing problems of air pollution and aesthetics.  Improper utilization / disposal of ash would harm soil quality and fertility of the agriculture fields.  If the boiler ash is not scientifically maintained (as per CPCB guidelines) then runoff, overflows, leakages and seepages from same may lead to soil, surface water & ground water contamination.  ETP sludge shall contain settled biological flocks from secondary treatment units (aeration tanks / reactors). As such they can undergo anaerobic decomposition resulting in to odour problem if not handled, stored and disposed of properly.  Hazardous waste if gets spilled or littered in environment, can contaminate environment and result in to undesirable aesthetics also. Used oils especially the ones aimed for lubricating, after draining from engines; gearboxes; hydraulic systems; turbines and air compressors shall not be suitable for use as – (1) oil may be contaminated with wear debris, (2) lubricating base oil gets deteriorated and degraded to acids, (3) additives may decompose into other chemical species, (4) the oils may get mixed with process fluids, degreasers and solvents thereby changing nature and properties completely. Used oil contains wear metals such as iron, tin and copper as well as lead and zinc. Many organic molecules arise from the breakdown of additives and base oils. Molecule potentially the most harmful is the Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbon (PAH). Spent oil on spillage tends to accumulate in the environment, causing soil and water pollution. Oil decomposes very slowly. It reduces the oxygen supply to the micro-organisms that break the oil down into non-hazardous compounds. Toxic gases and harmful metallic dust particles are produced by the ordinary combustion of used oil. The high concentration of metal ions, lead, zinc, chromium and copper in used oil can be toxic to ecological systems and to human health if they are emitted from the exhaust stack of uncontrolled burners and furnaces. Some of the additives (zincdialkyl–dithio-phosphates, molybdenum disulphide, other organo-

158

metallic compounds etc.) used in lubricants can contaminate the environment severely. Certain compounds in used oils like PAH can be very dangerous to human and animal health being carcinogenic and mutagenic. Lubricating oil is transformed by the high temperatures and stress of an engine's operation. This results in oxidation, nitration, cracking of polymers and decomposition of organ- metallic compounds. Other contaminants also accumulate in oil during use - fuel, antifreeze/coolant, water, wear metals, metal oxides and combustion products.

4.3.4.1 Mitigation Measures

1. Bagasse ash shall be collected and stored separately. Ash quantity shall be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical systems followed by storage in silos. Ash shall be sprinkled / sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all the above processes. 2. Bagasse ash shall be given to brick manufacturers free of cost. 3. ETP sludge shall will be used as manure. 4. Used oil shall be mixed properly with bagasse and burnt in boiler. 5. Waste minimization techniques, as shown in following Table, are being followed at the Industry. Same practice shall be continued.

Table 4.20 Waste Minimization Techniques

No. Station Pollutants Management Cost Nature Type Measure 1 Cane Yard Solid Cane trash & Collect as early as possible Used as fuel to boiler Low dung 2 Bagasse Solid Bagasse Collect at the end of the Used as fuel to boiler Low Yard season 3 Milling Liquid Oil & grease Collect in trays which can Can be sold as low Low Section be easily lifted & stored in grade lubricants or drum burnt in boilers after mixing with Bagasse Liquid Floor Adopt dry cleaning, give ------Low washings proper slope to floors, improve collection system etc. Liquid Leakages & Use mechanical seals for Collect leakages Low spillovers all pump glands & alarms &spillages in a pit and for overflow recycle into process Liquid Cooling waters Collect de super heater & Recycle Low mill bearing cooling water 4 Cane Solid Bagasse Use closed transfer system Cover the drains so High Carrier that Bagasse do not enter into the drains 5 Lime Semisol Lime solution Provide proper slope to the Allow it to mix with Low Station id drain the effluent 6 Clarificatio Liquid Leakages from Provide mechanical seals Recycle the cooling Low n & pumps, glands Waters Vacuum & pipes Filters overflow 7 Boiler Liquid Boiler blow Maintain boiler condition Use it for irrigation Low House Down & also feed water quality along with other Gaseous Adjust air fuel ratio for effluents Stack emissions efficient combustion. Fly ash can be used as High

159

No. Station Pollutants Management Cost Nature Type Measure Check the air pollution soil conditioner/ brick control equipment manufacturing performance 8 Crystallizer Liquid Leakages from Provide Mechanical seals Recycle the cooling Low & Pan pumps, wherever it is appropriate Waters Boiling Spillovers Recycle all cooling Waters Avoid overloading the Equipment Collect spillages & recycle in process 9 Evaporator Liquid Sugar Provide additional external Recycle the water if High & Juice entrainment catchers for the last body there is no Heating evaporators & all vacuum entrainment and in pans Pump gland shall be case there is provided with mechanical entrainment use it for seals to prevent leakages irrigation 10 Cleanings Liquid High BOD & Provide standby units to Controlled loading in High of Vessels, COD, have continuous operations ETP from a storage Boilers chemicals as Store the effluent in a Tank etc., & Sulphamic holding tank to avoid Segregate laboratory Laboratory Acid, lead shock loads on ETP effluents and join to Washings storage tank 11 Pressmud Solid Soil conditioner Immediate disposal Sold to outside Low parties. 12 Molasses Semisol By-product Use only steel tanks Provide mixing & High id cooling arrangements 13 *Fugitive Gaseous Sugar Dust SO2 Dust collectors Scrubbers Recycle High Emission 14 Vibrating Noise Sound Use silencer pads & closed Provide earplugs & Low & Heavy rooms earmuffs to workers Machinery & also change the work environment frequently 15 ETP Sludge Primary & H.W. as per notification of Used as manure Med secondary sludge 2010 ium 16 Bagasse Solid Dust & Fire Provide proper Ventilation Store it far away from Low for storage and also stand the industry posts in case of fire 17 Odour Gaseous ETP, Molasses Proper House Keeping, Sludge management Low tank, stale cane in biological ETP Stale cane, bad Better cane management units, Steaming of mill sanitation, to avoid staling of sugar major pipe lines, Bacterial growth Regular use of in Bleaching powder in interconnecting the drains, pipes & Efficient handling, unattended prompt & proper drains disposal of Pressmud *The fugitive emissions are mainly sugar dust emanating from sugar graders. The SO2 emissions are from Sulphur Burner.

160

4.3.5 Impact on Soil and Agriculture

Impact on soil characteristics shall be usually attributable to deposition of air pollutants from fuel burning operations in co-gen plant, wastewater discharges and solid and hazardous waste disposal. Particulate matter and other pollutants emitted into ambient air (especially in very high concentrations due to improper working of APC equipment) may result in deposition of same on soil and nearby agriculture fields. This can result into alteration of properties of soil and its composition. As such crops and plants grown in such soils may become unable to adapt to soil changes and thus the productivity gets reduced. Also, the contaminants from effluents and solid as well as hazardous wastes could have similar effects on soil through uncontrolled and consistent applications or accidental discharges. Due to this, soil fertility slowly diminishes making it saline and non-suitable for agricultural or and any other vegetation to survive. Moreover, the microbes in soil like fungi and bacteria which can have profound effects on its microbiology and biochemistry may also receive adverse impacts due to pollutants and contaminates through effects like toxicity. Certain alterations in soils' nature may result into physical and structural changes like variation in bonding properties of soils, cohesiveness, permeability, porosity, plasticity etc. This can result in to undesirable effects like excessive erosion, seepages, infiltration. Further, death of many useful organisms in the soil (e.g. earthworms) can create troubles w.r.t. soils' fertility and productivity. As already stated in earlier section, if raw effluent is discharged on land, acidic or alkaline pH, high TDS concentrations and organic matter contents could have detrimental effects like loss of nitrogen, increase in conductivity and salinity, reduced porosity etc. There is no cumulative impact on soils within buffer zone which also is evident from soil analysis of soil samples from within 10 km buffer. a. Air Emissions

The steam required for the proposed expansion of Sugar Factory and Distillery operation shall be taken from boiler of 100 TPH & 40 TPH existing boiler. The boiler shall be provided with Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) as air pollution control equipment (APC) followed by adequate stack height of 70 M & 82 M. b. Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emission under existing and proposed project activities of DSPL shall be mainly from sources - Cane yard, Bagasse yard, Lime slurry preparation section, Centrifuge, Sugar bagging section & Ash Yard. These will impact the working environment of the workers and will also settle on plants in the industrial premises. Consequence of this shall be respiratory disorders, aggravated coughing and difficult or painful breathing among the workers and reduced photosynthesis activity which shall impact the plant life. Efficient and quick utilization of molasses from the tanks and its proper disposal shall avoid formation of above mentioned gaseous emissions. c. Wastewater Generation

Domestic Effluent-

Total domestic effluent generated from proposed project would be treated in existing STP.

Industrial Effluent-

Effluent generated from proposed Distillery project activities would be in the form of Cooling Makeup, Boiler Makeup, DM Backwash, Lab & Washing, & Ash Quenching etc. Effluent generated from Sugar Factory and Co-gen plant will be treated in ETP and Recycle

161

for Green Belt to Achieve ZLD. Effluent generated from proposed distillery activities would be in the form of spent wash, spent less & other effluents namely – boiler & cooling blow downs, effluents from washings etc. Raw spent wash would be concentrated in MEE followed by incineration in boiler along with coal/ bagasse. Spent less, MEE condensate and other effluents would be treat in proposed CPU. Treated water from CPU shall be reused for industrial operations, thereby achieving ZLD of process effluent.

If due to accident or negligence or purposely the untreated discharge is done in the nearby agriculture area there is a chance of soil contamination of agriculture area (soils) in about 5 km from the project site. Over a period of time and may affect physical, chemical and micro biological properties of soil. If so, constant monitoring by way of soil analysis is suggested.

d. Solid and hazardous waste

Solid waste is categorized as Hazardous and Non- Hazardous waste. Solid waste is generated in the form of ETP Sludge and Boiler Ash. After expansion of Sugar Factory boiler ash 720 MT/M would be generated as solid waste, would be given to Brick manufacturer. Also ETP Sludge 13.5 MT/M is generated and it would be used as manure. After Distillery expansion boiler ash 1770 MT/M would be generated as solid waste, would be given to Brick manufacturers, yeast sludge -780 MT/M & CPU sludge -30 MT/M, shall be burnt in incineration No any Hazardous Waste generated from proposed distillery.

e. Cumulative impact

There is no cumulative impact on soils within buffer zone .which is also evident from the analysis of soil samples, collected within monitoring period.

4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures

 Ash shall be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical system followed by storage in separate silos. Ash shall be sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all above processes. Finally, it shall be forwarded to brick manufacturers for final disposal.  Sprinkling of water during unloading of coal in storage yard.  Construction of concert or tar roads to avoid fugitive dust emissions.  All belt conveyors, transfer points, hoods sealing with belt curtains & metal sheets  Dust collectors for hopper venting

4.3.6 Impact on Noise Levels

Criteria on which noise impacts are analyzed depend upon the people who are being affected. Workers could get annoyance and can lose concentration during operation. It can also cause disturbance during working. Broadly, there are two types’ viz. people who are working near the source and people who stay near the industry. People working near the source need risk criteria for hearing damage while the people who stay near the industry need annoyance and psychological damage as the criteria for noise level impact analysis. Overall there would not be any significant impact of noise from proposed industry on the surrounding areas. The noise impact would be limited to premises of sugar factory. It is quite obvious that the acceptable noise level for the latter case is less than the former case. So, the noise impact analysis can be of two types namely (1) Noise impact analysis on working environment; and (2) Noise impact analysis on community.

162

A) Noise Impact Analysis on Working Environment

For noise levels in the industrial unit, the potential noise generating sources are categorized under three major heads - noise from machinery, noise from sirens/work areas, and noise from transportation. Total noise generated by operations of all equipment in the premises of all units in the industrial plant (from similar experiences elsewhere) would be between 70 to 85 dB(A). Actual resultant noise levels outside the factory will be much lesser in the ambient air after considering attenuation. The proposed project would not have any high noise- generation source. Therefore, the impact of proposed project w.r.t. noise would be non- significant.

Noise levels in work environment are compared with the standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA), which in turn were enforced by Government of India through model rules framed under Factories’ Act. These standards were established with the emphasis on reducing hearing loss. It should be noted that each shift being of 8 hours duration, maximum permissible limits should not be exceeded. Maximum permissible limit of 115 dB (A) should not be exceeded even for a short duration. Adequate care shall be taken by providing earmuffs and separate rooms, as sitting place, for the operators/workers working on high noise generating machines. This will significantly reduce the exposure levels.

Table 4.21 Permissible Exposure in case of Continuous Noise

Sr. Total Time of Exposure Sound Remarks No (continuous or a number of Pressure short term exposures) per dB(A) Day, in Hours 1. 8.00 90 No exposures in excess of dB (A) are permitted. 2. 6.00 92 For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and the next higher or lower figure as indicated in column 2, the permissible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on a proportionate scale. 3. 4.00 95 4. 3.00 97 5. 2.00 100 6. 1.50 102 7. 1.00 105 8. 0.75 107 9. 0.50 110 10. 0.25 115

B) Noise Impact Analysis on Community

Noise pattern from the source is computed with the help of following formula.

Noise Level at distance r2= (Noise level at distance r1) -20 log (r2/r1)

The noise gets reduced considerably in the range of 20%-30% because of natural obstructions. Permissible noise levels, for different categories of area, as prescribed by MoEFCC are given in Table 4.22. Resultant noise levels at the receptor in different areas/zones are envisaged to be within permissible limits, as identified by MoEFCC. Thus, it can be stated that noise impact due to the proposed project could be significant on working

163

environment without control measures, while the noise impact on community would be negligible. Table 4.22 Sources of Noise Generation & Mitigation Measures

No. Source of Noise Activity Mitigation Measures 1. Transportation Vehicles Transportation vehicles  By adopting smooth roads and noise can be very annoying yard for transportation and and workers can get storage of waste. disturbance during working.  Plantation shall be done along the road so that noise can be Not of a continuous nature. reduced.  Already a green belt has been provided in and around the Industry. Same would be further augmented under proposed project. 2. Release of steam of boiler Sudden release of steam  Proper operation and from boiler can create an maintenance of boiler irritating noise and speech disturbance. Only occasional and for a small duration of time. 3. Fans & pumps and Continuous noise from  All the machinery including compressors pumps and compressors can pumps and compressors should effect ear of workers, they be lubricated and well-fixed to can loss hearing capacity. minimize noise. 4. Turbine rooms, Cane Minor noise generating  All preventive measures like crushing section and Mill source. regular operation & house, Distillation section maintenance of pumps, & Fermentation section Noise levels in these motors& compressors are sections are in range of 60 – carried out regularly & 65 dB(A). enclosures are provided to abate noise levels at source.  PPEs to workers. 5. DG Set Noise from DG sets create  Enclosed in separate canopy. annoyance and disturb concentration of workers. 6. Vibrations Vibration can cause damage  Proper foundation provided for to property and human all the machines and equipment. health. Table 4.23 Standards of Ambient Noise Levels

Sr. Category of Area Limits in dB (A), Leq No. Day time (6 AM to 10 PM) Night time (10 PM to 6 AM) 1. Industrial area 75 70 2. Commercial area 65 55 3. Residential area 55 45 4. Silence zone (Hospitals, 50 40 Educational Institutes & Courts)

4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures

Noise monitoring will be done regularly in noise prone areas and within the industry where workers will get exposed. Heavy duty muffler systems will be employed for high noise

164

generating equipment. Proper oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for machineries and equipment to reduce the noise generation. PPE devices such as ear muffs, ear plugs, masks will be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise prone zones. For control of noise at source, steps will be taken like - enclosing machine, reducing vibrations in components by replacing metal parts with sound absorbing materials, isolating the work place containing noisy equipment’s, reducing height of fall bins, reinforcing sheet metal constructions by packets, reduce speed of conveyor belts, covering walls/ ceilings with sound absorbing materials, using sound absorbing screens, building sound proof control areas/ rest rooms etc. In short; insulation, isolation, separation techniques shall be implemented. Under proposed expansion, green belt will be properly augmented which will play a vital role in noise attenuation thereby reducing noise intensity from the industry to surroundings. During each shift of 8 hours duration, maximum permissible limits of 115 dB (A) will never be exceeded, in the work zone, even for a short duration.

4.3.7 Impact of Vibration

Vibration is not expected during industrial operations of DSPL. There would not be any vibration impact due to the proposed unit operations.

4.3.8 Impact on Land Use

Vegetation and drainage of any region are related to each other and reflect inter-locking or inter - connectivity between the same. Healthy vegetation shows well developed drainage pattern. Under DSPL case, the first major land use is crop land that cover about 53.88% area within the study area.

 Impact on water bodies: The Drainage map of land use study shows that at the proposed site there are no water bodies or drainages near the plant.  Impact due to emission form the proposed unit: There could be impact on the nearby crop land and habitation due to the emission from the proposed project site. The impact could be due to falling of dust and particulate matter from the chimney. The impact due to emissions on the crop land could be on the crops within 5 km from the plant. Approximate estimate based on the Air Quality Modelling shows that about 5% of crop land within the 5 km radius may get impact due to emissions  Impact on Eco-sensitive areas, wild life and bird sanctuary: The study shows that the proposed site do not fall near to any wild life/ bird sanctuary, However, there could be impact on nearby forest where there can be threat to the animals/ birds living in forest.

4.3.8.1 Mitigation Measures

 The treated or untreated effluent from the ETP of proposed plant should NOT be let into the nearby streams or on open land.  Appropriate mitigations measures (Air pollutions control equipment) should be provided by plant management to reduce the impact due to emissions.  Care should be taken by plant management, to reduce the emissions and also regarding discharge of effluent.

4.3.9 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity

Discharge of the untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area can also cause significant environmental impact on the aquatic habitats and affect dependent biodiversity. In case of air pollution, the industry is going to contribute in SPM pollution load in the nearby area. This may have negative impact particularly on avifauna, surrounding crop yields and

165

local population. The details in respect of impacts on ecology and biodiversity are described in Chapter 3 at Section 3.12.

4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures

1. As per the Green belt norms of CPCB, MoEF&CC (2000) In Green belt in industrial projects, trees of the recommended local species, need to be planted all along the periphery of the entire industrial plot for environmental projection purpose @ not less than 1500 trees per ha in rows to restrict types of pollutions. 2. In addition to proactively controlling negative impacts of industrial pollution on local ecology, above initiatives would help improve villager’s health, many of who are employed in this industry. This will also motivate the locals and the industry employees alike to protect ecology in and around their own villages.

4.3.10 Impact due to Industrial Operations Involving Risk and Hazard

In an integrated complex, there are number of areas where various operations and actions performed could lead to consequences involving risks & hazards. This section should receive careful consideration in identifying the particular impacts which may be due to number of reasons like – 1. Handling and storage of raw materials, by-products, products etc. 2. Primary and secondary manufacturing operations and running of equipment like boiler, turbine, fans, centrifuge etc.

Identification of impacts in above areas and actions as well as mitigation measures towards same have been elaborated separately under Chapter – 7 on ‘Additional Studies’ where the section of ‘Risk Assessment’ under sector of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery has been dealt with.

4.3.11 Impact on Socio Economic Status of Study Area

Positive – Direct- Permanent or temporary job in factory as a worker/ officer, supply vehicles for sugarcane transportation. Sugarcane plantation will be increase in the study area. Indirect – Hotel/Canteen for workers and outside visitors of industry, transportation which benefits drivers of private vehicles.

Negative – Withering of roads, Traffic problems due to sugarcane transportation, accidents can happen due to traffic problems, environmental pollution like Air, water, soil and noise its affect on land, water bodies, agriculture, human health and animal health.

4.3.12 Impact on Historical Places

There is no any historical places in study area of DSPL.

4.4 Evaluation of Impact

Evaluations of impacts on the environmental parameters due to the proposed project of DSPL will be an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of the impacts, Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) has been implemented. Description of same is presented in following paragraphs.

4.4.1 BATTELLE ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION SYSTEM (BEES)

Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters due to proposed distillery is an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of same, Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) is implemented. Description of BEES is as follows-

166

 Level I: Categories,  Level II: Components,  Level III: Parameters, and  Level IV: Measurements.

Each Category (Level I) is divided into several components, each Component (Level II) into several parameters, and each Parameter (Level III) into one or more measurements. The Environmental Evaluation System (EES) identifies a total of four (4) categories, twenty (20) components and eighty six (89) parameters.

BEES assessment for environmental impacts due to the proposed activities of DSPL is based on commensurate "environmental impact units (EIU)". Two EIU scores are produced, one 'with' and another 'without' the proposed project activities. The difference between the two scores is a measure of the environmental impact. The scores are based on magnitude and importance of specific impacts.

In addition to the EIU scores, the EES labels major adverse environmental impacts with a "red flag." These flags point to fragile elements of the environment, for which more detailed studies are warranted. Table 4.25 shows a complete list of categories, components, and parameters of the Battelle EES. Column 1 shows the four (4) categories, Column 2 shows the twenty (20) components, and Column 3 shows the eighty eight (89) parameters.

The EES methodology is based on assigning importance unit to each of the parameters. Collectively, these "importance units" are referred to as "parameter importance units" or PIUs. Parameters have been assigned important weights by an interdisciplinary team of experts based on the ranked-pair wise comparison techniques. A total of 1000 PIUs are distributed among the 86 parameters based on value judgments. The individual PIUs are shown in Column 4 of Table 4.25, the summation component PIUs are shown in Column 5, and the summation category PIUs are shown in Column 6. Effectively, for each parameter i, its (PIU)i represents a weight wi

Each PIUi or wi requires a specific quantitative measurement. The methodology converts different measurements into common units by means of a scalar or "value function." A scalar has the specific measurement on x-axis and a common environmental quality scale or "value" on the y-axis. The latter varies in the range 0 ≤ Vi ≤ 1. A value of Vi = 0 indicates very poor quality, while Vi = 1 indicates very good quality.

Values of Vi = Vi, 0 are obtained for conditions 'without' the project, and Vi = Vi, 1 for conditions 'with' the project. The condition 'without' the project represents the current condition, while that 'with' the project represents the predicted future condition. The environmental impact EIis evaluated as follows:

EI = ∑ [ Vi,1wi ] - ∑ [ Vi,0wi ]for i = 1 to n, where n = number of parameters (88).

For EI> 0, the situation 'with' the project will better than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has positive environmental benefits. Conversely, for EI< 0, the situation 'with' the project is worse than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has negative environmental benefits, i.e. certain negative impacts. A large negative value of EI indicates the existence of substantial negative impacts.

167

The assigned weights or PIU's represent the relative importance of each parameter within the overall system. Once established, they should be kept constant; otherwise, the environmental impact assessment would be difficult to replicate. The potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (in percent)- ΔVi (%) = 100 (Vi,0 - Vi,1) / Vi, 0

These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi< 10%; a major red flag when ΔVi> 10%. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi< 30% whereas a major red flag when ΔVi ≥ 30%. The EES can be applied for the evaluation of project impacts, to select specific alternatives, or during the planning process to minimize potential adverse impacts of proposed projects. In the latter case, a feedback loop is used to continually modify the proposed project through successive iterations. Projects developed with the help of EES are expected not only to minimize environmental impacts, but also help improve selected portions of the environment

4.5 Environmental Impact Evaluation For DSPL

Environmental quality assessment for the proposed project of DSPL has been undertaken through evaluation of relevant environmental parameters. These parameters represent various components and categories of environment namely-

1. Biological Environment 2. Environmental Pollution

 Water  Air  Soil  Noise

3. Aesthetics 4. Human Interest Functional relationship (value functions) has been developed for each of the selected parameter, resulting in parameter measurement with environmental quality.

Allocation of PIUs, among the selected environmental parameters, represents a consequence of opinion of members of an interdisciplinary team of experts. Accordingly, the major environmental categories i.e. biological environment, environmental pollution, aesthetics and human interests are allocated 240, 402, 153 and 205 PIUs respectively, out of total of 1,000 units.

Exhaustive list of parameters and associated PIUs used for impact assessment of proposed Expansion of Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant & Establishment of Distillery of DSPL are presented. Though the BEES is considered to be the best available environmental evaluation technique, conflicting conclusions among decision makers could arise in the interpretation of evaluated results. Primary factors giving rise to such difference in opinion are at uncertainty and subjectivity in the allocation of PIUs to different environmental parameters and uncertainty caused by the aggregation of individual parameter scores to yield the final project score under different project impact scenarios. It is, therefore, necessary to take into account such variability and uncertainty while inferring the impact of a development project on the surrounding environment.

168

Table 4.24 Existing Environmental Status in Study Area

Compo No. Category Parameter Description nent 1 Terrestr Natural Natural vegetation in the study area comprises the ial Vegetation dominant local tree species: as reported by the respondents Environ are Banyan, Peepal, Umbar, Tamarind, Gulmohar, ment Drumstick, Babul, Neem, Palash, Karanj, Apta, Arjuna, Karwand, Jamun and Mango. Eucalyptus and Teak are planted by private as well as by the government as social forestry plantations. For more details refer Chapter 3, Section 3.12. Crops Crop diversity in the area is sugarcane & common vegetables followed by bajra, jowar, wheat, chilli, and groundnut along with rice. In horticulture major species cultivated are mango, coconut, sapodilla, custard apple, and guava Species Major wildlife in the area, according to field observations; Diversity 24 bird species belonging to 10 orders, 20 families and 22 genera were recorded during the brief field survey. Out of these 13 species were common resident, 8 species were not common resident, 2 species were common winter visitor and 1 species was not common winter visitor

Biological Biological Food Web Diverse kinds of habitats and dependent biodiversity is Environment Index present in the area resulting in high food web index. Rare & i) Plant Species: During field visits some dominant local Endangered wild trees, exotic trees were observed. Species ii) Animal Species: Endangered, one Vulnerable, 2 Near Threatened & rare species were observed during field survey. Pest No major pest or parasitic species were observed in study Species area. Aquatic Natural It includes no. of phytoplankton’s, zooplanktons & aquatic Environ Vegetation plant species are present in the water bodies of study area. ment Species Some common fish species & amphibian species were Diversity observed in the study area. Food Web The major aquatic habitats in the region are Bhima river at Index 2 Km in North direction. Two small streams flow near the project site. Few more in 5 km radius and all these streams

meet to Bhima river. 2 Water -- Major parameters, which represent the water environment; are BOD, TDS, COD and pH. Eight surface water bodies were monitored from the study area. The water quality is found to be good with exceeding coliforms at all locations. Refer Chapter 3; Section 3.7.4. Also, village domestic

wastewater was found to be entering in to the streams.

Soil Land Use Total land use under study area is 314 Sq. Km. It is mainly Pattern divided into 8 classes. The details of classification are

Pollution given in Chapter 3 (section 3.4.1)

Environmental Environmental Soil Soil chemistry is moderate to good for agriculture. As NPK Chemistry values of soils are inadequate at most of the places in study area, good crops cannot be grown without use of fertilizers. Soil Good to moderate soils on plain to gentle slopes subject to Erosion water erosion, as per land capability classification (USDA)

169

Compo No. Category Parameter Description nent Air -- Overall quality of the ambient air is good with less impact of factors such as transportation, industrialization, habituations, mining etc. in the study area. More details are presented in Chapter 3, Section 3.8. Noise -- Noise levels in the study area were found to be well within the limits of NAAQS. Especially, in the villages and their outskirts as well as near the roads passing through the study area; there was slight increase in the levels although they were in the limits. Vibrati -- No vibration and allied impact creating activities (mining, on heavy construction, infrastructure creation etc.) were noted in the study area. 3 Topogr Landscape Topography and landscape of the area is overall flat. aphical Green In the study area, overall good vegetation cover is observed Charact Cover with diverse plant species. er Visual Study area is in a remote region which is mostly Quality of undisturbed due to less anthropogenic activities. Quality of Air air in visual perspective was found good with clear visibility of about 1 Km or so in the afternoon during monitoring season. Visual Overall water quality in surface water bodies was found Aesthetics Aesthetics Quality of good. Water Sound No sound and allied impact creating activities were noted in the study area. Overall sound was found to be satisfactory with noise levels within the NAAQS norms. 4 Community In study area it was observed that; there is good community Health health. Employme Main workers are classified in four categories as nt cultivators, agricultural workers, household industry workers and other workers. As per 2011 Census. Economy In the study area, most respondents belonged to the lower middle class and upper middle class category (IT department, 2018). Transportat In the study area, there is S T bus stand and private vehicles ion & for the use of local transportation. Availability of good Communic communication facilities. ation Human Human Interest Interest Education The schools, colleges and other educational institutions as well as post, banks, hospitals, police stations, film theaters, and markets are located at the nearby places. Water Major supply of water supply in study area is Bhima river. Supply The water supply in the region is through dug wells, hand pumps, taps and other allied sources. Occupation There were few health care facilities available in the study al Health area. In some of the villages, Primary Health Sub-Centers were available. Hospitals and other better medical facilities were available in the range of 05-10 km at town/city place

170

Table 4.25 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to DSPL

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units V i,0 V i,1 ΔVi W (PIUs) Without With iΔVi Parameter Component Category Project Projec PI\Wi PIUs PIUs t 1 2 3 4 5 = 6 = 7 8 9= 10 = Sum of 4 Sum of 5 8-7 9X4 Species & 1. Terrestrial 14 240 0.5 0.5 0 0 Populations browsers & (Terrestrial grazers Flora, 2. Terrestrial crops 14 0.7 0.8 0.1 1.4 Terrestrial (Farm Land) Fauna, 3. Terrestrial natural 14 0.6 0.8 0.2 2.8 Aquatic Biota) vegetation. (Grass, Flowers, Trees &Shrubs.) 4. Terrestrial pest 14 0.6 0.6 0 0 species 5. Terrestrial 14 1.0 1.0 0 0 upland birds 6. Aquatic 14 0.7 0.7 0 0 commercial fisheries. 7. Aquatic natural 14 0.5 0.5 0 0 vegetation 8. Aquatic pest 14 0.6 0.6 0 0 species 9. Fish 14 0.6 0.6 0 0 10. Water fowl 14 140 0.7 0.7 0 0 Habitats & 11. Terrestrial food 08 0.8 0.8 0 0 Communities web index 12. Land use 15 0.6 0.6 0 0 13. Terrestrial rare 08 0.3 0.3 0 0 and endangered species. 14. Terrestrial 08 0.8 0.8 0 0 species diversity

Biological Environment (Ecology) 15. Aquatic food 10 0.7 0.7 0 0 web index 16. Aquatic rare 08 0.5 0.5 0 0 and endangered species 17. River 15 0.5 0.5 0 0 characteristics 18. Aquatic species 12 0.6 0.6 0 0 diversity 19. Habitat 08 0.7 0.7 0 0 Removal, Contamination of Habitat (Aquatic Biota) 20. Terrestrial 08 100 0.6 0.6 0 0 Fauna - Fragmentation of Terrestrial Habitat, Water 21. Basin 25 402 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.5 E ir m en nv on hydrologic loss

171

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units V i,0 V i,1 ΔVi W (PIUs) Without With iΔVi Parameter Component Category Project Projec PI\Wi PIUs PIUs t 1 2 3 4 5 = 6 = 7 8 9= 10 = Sum of 4 Sum of 5 8-7 9X4 (alteration of hydraulic regime, alteration of surface runoff, alteration of aquifers) 22. BOD(Water 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.8 Quality-WQ) 23. Dissolved 31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -3.1 Oxygen (WQ) 24. Fecal Coliforms 10 0.6 0.6 0 0 (WQ) 25. Inorganic 22 0.6 0.6 0 0 carbon(WQ) 26. Inorganic 25 0.6 0.6 0 0 nitrogen (WQ) 27. Inorganic 28 0.6 0.6 0 0 phosphate (WQ) 28. Pesticides (WQ) 10 0.3 0.3 0 0 29. pH (WQ) 22 1.0 1.0 0 0 30. Stream flow 28 0.8 0.8 0 0 variation (alteration of river, nalla, channel) 31. Temperature. 28 1.0 1.0 0 0 32. TDS(WQ) 28 0.8 0.8 0 0 33. Toxic 7 0.7 0.7 0 0 substances (WQ) 34. Turbidity (WQ) 20 312 0.6 0.6 0 0 Air 35. Carbon dioxide 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -1.0 Air Quality(AQ) 36. Hydrocarbons 5 0.8 0.8 0 0 (AQ) 37. Nitrogen 7 0.8 0.8 0 0 oxides(AQ) 38. Particulate 14 0.6 0.6 0 0 matter(AQ) 39. Photochemical 3 1.0 1.0 0 0 oxidants (AQ) 40. Sulfur dioxide 10 0.6 0.6 0 0 (AQ) 41. Other (Climate) 3 52 1.0 1.0 0 0 Land 42. Land use 8 0.6 0.8 0.2 1.6 (Soil) 43. Soil erosion 4 0.8 0.8 0 0 44. Soil 8 0.8 0.8 0 0 Contamination 45. Soil Quality 8 28 0.7 0.8 0.1 0.8 Noise 46. Noise 10 10 0.8 0.8 0 0 Land 47. Surface material 6 153 0.8 0.9 0.1 0.6 s s st he tic Ae Cu 48. Relief and 16 1.0 1.0 0 0

172

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units V i,0 V i,1 ΔVi W (PIUs) Without With iΔVi Parameter Component Category Project Projec PI\Wi PIUs PIUs t 1 2 3 4 5 = 6 = 7 8 9= 10 = Sum of 4 Sum of 5 8-7 9X4 topographic character 49. Width and 10 32 0.8 0.8 0 0 alignment Air 50. Odor and visual 3 0.7 0.5 -0.2 -0.6 51. Sounds 2 5 0.8 0.8 0 0 Water 52. Appearance 16 1.0 1.0 0 0 53. Land and water 16 1.0 1.0 0 0 interface 54. Odor and 10 0.8 0.8 0 0 floating materials 55. Water surface 10 1.0 1.0 0 0 area 56. Wooded and 10 62 0.8 0.8 0 0 geologic shoreline Biota 57. Animals- 5 1.0 1.0 0 0 domestic 58. Animals – wild 5 0.6 0.6 0 0 59. Diversity of 12 0.7 0.8 0.1 1.2 vegetation types 60. Variety within 8 30 0.8 0.9 0.1 0.8 vegetation types Manmade 61. Manmade 9 9 0.8 0.8 0 0 Objects objects Composition 62. Composite 10 0.7 0.7 0 0 effect 63. Unique 10 20 1.0 1.0 0 0 composition Educational / 64. Archaeological 6 205 1.0 1.0 0 0 Scientific 65. Training in new 7 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.7 Packages technologies & skill development 66. Ecological 12 0.8 0.9 0.1 1.2 Effects on crops,

Reduction of farm land 67. Geological 11 1.0 1.0 0 0 68. Hydrological 12 48 0.6 0.8 0.2 2.4 Historical 69. Architecture and 5 1.0 1.0 0 0 Packages styles Human Interest (Social, Cultural) (Infrastructure 70. Conflicts with 10 0.9 0.9 0 0 and services) projects of urban, commercial or industrial development 71. Events 10 1.0 1.0 0 0 Recreation 72. Persons 12 1.0 1.0 0 0

173

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units V i,0 V i,1 ΔVi W (PIUs) Without With iΔVi Parameter Component Category Project Projec PI\Wi PIUs PIUs t 1 2 3 4 5 = 6 = 7 8 9= 10 = Sum of 4 Sum of 5 8-7 9X4 73. Religions and 10 1.0 1.0 0 0 Cultures 74. Western frontier 8 55 1.0 1.0 0 0 Cultures 75. Indians 13 1.0 1.0 0 0 76. Other ethnic 5 1.0 1.0 0 0 groups 77. Religious 5 23 1.0 1.0 0 0 groups Mood/Atmosp 78. Awe-Inspiration 8 1.0 1.0 0 0 here 79. Isolation / 8 1.0 1.0 0 0 solitude 80. Mystery 4 1.0 1.0 0 0 81. Oneness with 8 28 1.0 1.0 0 0 nature Security and 82. Increase in 5 0.5 0.5 0 0 Safety crime and accidents caused Health 83. Temporary 5 0.7 0.7 0 0 acute and chronic Life Patterns 84. Employment 13 0.6 0.9 0.3 3.9 (Economy) opportunities (Creation of new economic activities. Generation of Temporary & Permanent Jobs) 85. Income for state 8 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.8 & private sector. 86. Saving for 5 0.6 0.6 0 0 consumers and private consumers Savings in foreign currency for the state. 87. Housing. 5 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.5 (Commercial value of properties, Electricity tariff) 88. Social 5 46 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.5 interactions (Conflict due to negotiations & / or compensation payments, Political conflicts, Demonstration and Social Conflicts. The Battelle EES Environmental Impact Analysis Cumulative Index Ei +9.2

174

Table 4.26 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas In BEES for DSPL

PIUs V i,0 V i,1 Red Parameters ΔVi ΔVi, r # W i Without Project With Project Flag 1 2 3 4 5 =4-3 6=5/3 X 100 7 21.Basin Hydrologic 25 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor Loss 22. BOD 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -17 Minor 23. DO 31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -13 Minor 33. Carbon Dioxide 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -13 Minor (CO2) 46.Odor& Visual 3 0.7 0.5 -0.2 -29 Minor

# - In the Battelle EES, the potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in adverse direction, as measured by the relation (negative values, in percent) - ΔVi, r = 100 [V i,1 - V i,0] / V i,0. These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi,r ≤ 10%, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi,r ≤ 30% or ΔVi ≤ 0.1, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r> 30% or ΔVi> 0.1. Table 4.27 Mitigation Measures

No. Parameters Mitigation Measures 1 Basin Hydrologic Mitigation Measures w.r.t water quality are described in section Loss 4.3.3.Also, water budget & water adequacy details are provided in chapter 2, section.2.7 2 BOD Mitigation Measures are described in section 4.3.3. Refer water monitoring reports in chapter 3 section 3.9 for exiting condition of water in study area 3 DO Mitigation Measures are described in section 4.3.3. Refer water monitoring reports in chapter 3 section 3.9 for exiting condition of water in study area 4 Carbon Dioxide Mitigation Measures are described in section 4.3.3. Refer water monitoring reports in chapter 3 section.3.9 for exiting condition of water in study area 5 Odour and visual Mitigation Measures are described in section 4.3.1

4.6 IMPACTS DUE TO DECOMMISSIONING ACTIVITY

Decommissioning Phase

"Decommissioning" is a procedure to make an equipment or manufacturing setup unfit for its reuse for its designed function. This could be done by cutting project components into small pieces, demolition of buildings, disconnecting circuits and removing of all infrastructures set up thereby making it unusable.

175

Table 4.28 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of DSPL

No. Env. Aspect Activities /Operation Impact Identification Measures 1. Land Use Dismantling and  The land will be barren -- decommissioning of and vacant after industrial set up. decommissioning  Existing project being agro-based, post decommissioning use would be residential or agriculture. 2. Air  Cutting, demolition  Fugitive dust during Water sprinkling to and dismantling demolition of building & suppress dust during operations. transportation. demolition work.  Transportation. 3. Water  Washing of  Washing discharges Washing discharges to manufacturing getting access into nearby ETP; treatment & equipment, mills, pans, nalla under uncontrolled disposal through same centrifuges, pipelines, operational conditions. outside industrial etc. during premises after detoxification achieving specified standards. Demolition of ETP will be last activity. 4. Solid  Cutting wastes, scrap,  Littering of wastes Solid wastes generated Waste & demolition wastes etc.  Bad aesthetics would be sold to Hazardous  Oils and lubricants authorized re-processor. Waste removed from Demolition waste to equipment landfills. 5. Noise  Cutting and drilling  Increase in noise levels  PPEs to manpower activities during during decommissioning. involved in decommissioning decommissioning and  Dismantling of heavy safety measures will machinery & be followed. equipment, fermenters, distillation column, turbines, boilers etc. 6. Risk &  Dismantling &  Accidents, spillage of  Use of PPEs, expert Hazard decommissioning of molasses, etc. & storage and experienced equipment’s tanks detoxification, supervision, due &buildings. storage tanks dismantling. follow up of safety norms & procedures.

176

Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 INTRODUCTION

While preparation of EIA report it is necessary that one should consider project alternatives and their relative potential impact on the environment. Selection of alternative is thus more critical in an industrial development where time, money, environment and natural resources are at stake. Hence, selection of alternative must be both - practical and rational, taking into consideration the constraint of the proposed project.

5.2 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES

Proposed expansion of Sugar Factory from 6,000 TCD to 7,500 TCD & Molasses based Distillery from 90 to 120 KLPD will be implemented in the existing 6,000 TCD Sugar Factory, 18 MW Co-gen Plant & 90 KLPD Distillery. Industry has sufficient space for expansion of Sugar Factory & Distillery and hence no any alternative site was considered for proposed project.

5.3 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES

5.3.1 Sugar Factory

The technological process of sugar manufacturing, involving the techniques of cane crushing and juice crystallization, has undergone radical change with developments in the field of science and technology. The techniques of cane crushing and juice crystallization used till date is of Indian origin and traditional in character. The same traditional technique is being practiced by DSPL, for manufacturing of sugar.

5.3.1.1 Improvement in Sugar Quality

Sugar quality was improved to suite international market by taking following extensive efforts by optimizing liming and sulphitation process

 Decreasing turbidity of clear juice  Improving clear juice colour from 13,000 to 7,000 IU  Making required modifications in equipments like juice sulphiter, clarifier & centrifugal machines  Developing new boiling methods  Avoiding colour formation during processing  Improvement at centrifugal section  Improving storage conditions to avoid colour formation

5.3.2 Distillery

5.3.2.1 Fermentation Process

Manufacture of alcohol basically involves fermentation of substrate containing sugar material such molasses. The fermentation processes are classified as batch and continuous.

Conventional fermentation process employed for production of Rectified Spirit involves the batch process with 3 to 5 fermenters in series. The fermentation is carried out with 15 to 20 % solid content in the solution. The process generates 12 to 15 liters of spent wash per liter of RS and 220-230 liter RS per ton of molasses. The process was subsequently improved by employing continuous fermentation with one or more fermenters in series and recycle of spent yeast. This has the advantage 250-270 litters RS production per ton of molasses and 8-

177

10 liter of spent wash generation per liter of RS Continuous fermentation has reduced fermentation period to less than 36 hours. The spent wash generation can be further reduced to 6 to 8 liter by incorporation of re-boilers in distillation columns

5.3.2.2 Distillation Process

Fermented wash is distilled through a number of distillation columns and the alcohol presenting it is separated. The distillation is carried out under vacuum and at different pressures. As such the process is named 'Multi-pressure Vacuum Distillation'. Due to this, steam and power consumption in the process have considerably reduced. Following are the advantages of Multi-pressure Vacuum Distillation -  Analyzer column operates under vacuum due to which formation of by-products such as acetal gets minimized thereby improving quality of finished product i.e. alcohol.  Analyzer column with Hyper – state trays ensure high turbulence on tray, this minimizes chances of scaling. Also, this special construction of trays and access to each tray helps in easier maintenance of column internals.  Pre-Rectification column ensures proper removal of Sulphur compounds / mercaptans for ensuring a good odour to alcohol. This column also reduces the load of lower boiling volatile compounds passing on to rectifier cum exhaust column.  Vacuum distillation system requires low steam consumption i.e. 1.8 kg/lit. of total alcohol of EQRS quality as against 2.0-2.2 kg/lit of total alcohol of normal quality in atmospheric distillation.  System designed for maximum heat integration for optimum utilization of energy.  Minimum no of condensers. Forced circulation multi - pass condensers with optimum tube side velocities.  Use of Term siphon re-boilers in Analyzer column helps in maintaining uniform temperature profile across the column. Also avoid excess spent wash volume generation. Energy saving by recovery of Steam condensate from Thermo siphon re-boiler of analyzer column  Effective separation of fuel oils from decanter

Hence DSPL has selected continuous fermentation technology with closed multipressure vacuum distillation process for production of alcohol.

5.3.2.3 Technology for Abating Pollution

Following table shows the technology used /to be used for abating pollution

Table 5.1 Technology for Abating Pollution

No. Particulars Traditional Technologies Technology used in DSPL Complex 1 Waste Spentwash generated from distillery Spentwash generated shall be Conc. In Water is generally bio-methanated and then MEE followed by incineration in proposed from used for bio-composting. incineration boiler. Distillery Other effluents v.i.z spent lees; Other effluents from distillery shall be boiler and cooling blow lab & forwarded to CPU and 100% recycled washing are treated in sugar ETP after treatment. and used for irrigation/gardening. 2 Waste The effluent generated from sugar The Effluent generation form the industry Water factory is treated in Effluent is reduced by following measures thereby from treatment plant. The treated effluent reducing the ETP load and giving the Sugar is used for irrigation on farm land desired efficiency. Factory 1. Timely maintenance of all leaking Machinery.

178

No. Particulars Traditional Technologies Technology used in DSPL Complex 2. Provision of centralized lubrication system in mill section leading to substitution of water used for cooling. 3. Water generating from mill section, Pan Section and boiler section is collected in tank and reused in mill section. 4. After expansion activity, treated effluent from Sugar Factory & Co-gen Pant will be reused along with excess sugarcane condensate and STP treated water; for various activities in Sugar Factory, Cogen plant & watering of plantation under the green belt in own factory premises. Thereby, achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) of effluent 2 Air Steam required for the distillery Steam required for distillery operations operations is taken from the boilers would be taken from the incineration of sugar factory/co-gen plant. boiler itself. Thus self-sustaining manufacturing process possible. 3 Solid Solid waste in the form of yeast Solid waste generated from the distillery Wastes sludge is generated. The same is will be in the form of Yeast sludge, CPU utilized in spentwash bio- sludge. Same will be burnt in incineration composting operation along with boiler. pressmud and disposed off. Spentwash ash from incineration boiler will be given to Brick / Cement Industry for secondary use.

179

Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 INTRODUCTION

With the knowledge of baseline conditions, and impacts predicted in Chapter - 4 the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project. This will enable in taking up suitable steps, in time, to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important tool for control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

In DSPL project, monitoring of various environmental parameters is being carried out on a regular basis for existing unit. After proposed expansion project same would be continued to ascertain the following:

 State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity;  Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant;  Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution;  To assess environmental impacts  To identify the trends with time in the levels of parameters.  To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of proposed project.

Details of monitoring program during construction, post construction and operational phase are as follows-

6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

As discussed in Chapter - 4, impact during construction phase shall not be permanent and certain minor impacts are predicted on air, water, soil and human health due to dust emission and noise during transportation and construction activity. Hence, need to conduct monitoring during construction phase was ruled out. However, necessary mitigation for impacts during this phase is suggested under Chapter-4.

6.3 MONITORING DURING POST CONSTRUCTION / OPERATIONAL PHASE

During operational stage, air emissions in the form of Stack, Process, Fugitive, etc are expected. They shall be from boilers, wastewater disposal, non-hazardous waste such as ash, chemicals used in processing, used oily wastes. Attributes which require regular monitoring based on environmental setting and natures of project activities are listed below:

 Source emissions and ambient air quality;  Groundwater levels and ground water quality;  Water and wastewater quality (water, effluent & sewage);  Solid and hazardous waste characterization (fly ash, bottom ash, oily wastes, ETP, CPU yeast sludge, used and waste oil);  Soil quality;  Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient noise levels)  Ecological preservation and afforestation.

180

6.3.1 Air Pollution Management

Apart from ambient air and source monitoring during operation stage following recommendations are also suggested -

 APC equipment to be interlocked with process, so that in case of its failure, production process connected to it shall be stopped.  If stack emissions exceed the standards, corresponding units of plant which are contributing to excessive pollutant load are stopped till quantity of pollutant discharged from those units are brought down to the required level.  In case of power failure, alternate electric source would be provided which would be sufficient to operate APC equipment continuously  Under no circumstances, emissions shall exceed limits mentioned in EC/ consent order.  Online monitoring system is already installed under existing DSPL complex. Same will be operated after expansion of Sugar Factory & Distillery also.  IP cameras shall be installed, maintained and data collected shall be formulated to CPCB server.

6.3.2 Water Management

Total water requirement for industrial complex would be 5546 CMD. For details on water requirement, refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.1. Effluent generated from proposed activities shall be given proper treatment as per CREP guidelines. Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.1.2 for effluent generation and disposal.

 Industry shall observe that effluent collection, disposal and treatment facilities always remain in a good shape so as to achieve desired efficiencies.  Flow meters will be installed at inlet and outlet of ETP to record the daily flow of effluent. Same will be done after proposed activity.  Cameras would be installed as per the guidelines of CPCB.  No untreated industrial effluent will be disposed off on land or in surface water body.  Pipeline and storage tanks meant for effluent conveyance shall be checked periodically for leakages. Leakage, if any, will harm surrounding soil and water environment significantly. HDPE & stainless steel could be used as pipeline and valves material respectively.  Compliance towards CREP norms shall be strictly followed under DSPL complex.  Pumps in ETP shall be supplied with alternate electric supply source in case of power failure.

6.3.3 Noise Level Management

Vital aspects of noise pollution and its mitigation measures are mentioned in Chapter 2. Moreover, people working in close vicinity of the high noise generating equipments would be provided with PPE such as ear plugs, earmuffs etc.

 Industry would take care while procuring major noise generating machines/ equipments to ensure that manufacturers have taken adequate measures to minimize generation of noise.  Distance between source and receiver would be increased and relative orientation of source and receiver would be altered.  Thick bushy trees would be planted in and around the industrial area to intercept noise transmission to nearby villages.  Workers are provided with PPE like earmuffs & earplugs, noise helmets etc. under proposed expansion of Sugar Factory and Distillery.

181

 Allocation of work would be managed so that no worker would be exposed to noise more than 90 dB (A) for more than 8 hours.  Overall noise levels in and around plant area would be kept well within standards by providing noise control measures including acoustic hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. on all sources of noise generation.  Monitoring shall include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be included in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be notified of results. Employees may observe monitoring by industry. Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to employees.  Record keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by industry for the duration of the affected employment.

Table 6.1 Trees with Good Canopy for Noise Attenuation

No. Scientific Name Common Name Habit Ht (M) Evergreen Crown Shape 1 Azadirachta indica Neem Tree 20 Evergreen Spreading 2 Alstonia scholaris Devil Tree Tree 15 Evergreen Round 3 Derris indica Karanj Tree 10 Evergreen Round 4 Anthocephalus indicus Kadamb Tree 15 Evergreen Round 5 Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Tree 15 Evergreen Conical/ ounded 6 Butea monosperma Palas Tree 10 Deciduous Oblong / Ovoid 7 Ficus religiosa Pipal Tree 10-15 Evergreen Round

6.3.4 Land Management

There are no chances of change in the soil characteristics due air pollutants and suspended particulates from the proposed activities. There would be no discharge of untreated domestic or industrial effluent from DSPL. Presently, SHW is being stored in dedicated area provided on site. Same practice shall be followed after expansion of Sugar Factory and Distillery.  Provision of shrubs and thick trees at storage and disposal places of the solid waste would be made.  Trees under existing unit are planted along the shelter belt, avenue and mass plantation. Moreover, after expansion & establishment activity green belt would be augmented in phase wise manner. Water requirement for green belt would be met from reuse of treated domestic effluent / industrial effluent from own sugar factory ETP.  Water sprinklers are provided to suppress the windblown dust on the ash storage yard.  Collection and transportation of waste would be done in closed container system.  No solid waste shall be allowed to litter around and degrade the land.

6.3.5 Dust Management

Trouble with dust in work zone and ambient atmospheres shall be controlled by certain dedicated measures. An action plan has been prepared in industry that includes following-

 Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to remove and control dust from work zone areas.  Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with necessary sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB.  Dust collected from the APC equipment e.g. fly ash from boilers will be properly handled and disposed off by supply to farmers for use as manure/ Cement /Brick manufacturer.  APC equipment is interlocked with process as per the guidelines of CPCB.

182

 PPE such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided to workers.  Augmentation of green belt of adequate density and type shall be made to control and attenuate dust transfer in premises.  Provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete) shall be made to curb dust generation and its suspension due to vehicular movement.

6.3.6 Odour Management

To abate the odour nuisance, industry has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions-

1. It is proposed to provide covered fermentation and tapping of CO2 gas. 2. Collection of waste yeast sludge from fermentation section in a closed system and its immediate and proper disposal. 3. Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent leese) by adopting strategic approaches such as use of the effluents back in process under Reduce-Reuse-Recycle planning. 4. Closed drains carrying spentwash to the treatment units, minimization of fugitive emissions from treatment units. 5. Proper collection & handling of excess sludge generated from the aerobic treatment units. 6. Minimum retention of raw / concentrated spentwash in the storage lagoons. 7. Adoption of GMPs (Good management practices). 8. Use of mill sanitation biocides to minimize growth of aerobic/ anaerobic micro organisms. 9. Regular use of Bleaching powder in the drains 10. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. 11. Steaming of major pipe lines, 12. Use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odour potential prone areas.

6.3.7 Operation Control & Equipment Maintenance

All equipments and machinery used shall be maintained properly and should be kept clean. Quality of stack emission depends very much on operating parameters of plant. Improper combustion of fuel in boilers increases unburnt carbon particles in exhaust flue gases therefore proper maintenance is an important factor.

Lubricants used for various equipment and fuel-handling areas would contribute to pollution aspect. It would be taken care of, at source, by looking after possible spillage, drippings, leakage etc. in plant.

6.3.8 Occupational Health & Safety Measures

Following measures are been taken up by existing unit –

 As per requirement of Factory Act, there is provision of Occupational Health Centre. There under, a qualified visiting doctor has been appointed.  Regular medical checkup of employees is carried out and records are maintained.  An ambulance is provided on site 24 x 7 to deal with emergencies if any.  Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy has been done for all workers (temporary and permanent) in industry and which is renewed every year. Following measures shall be taken under proposed expansion of Sugar Factory & Distillery-  The infrastructure of existing Occupational Health Centre shall be enhanced in order to provide medical facilities to all the workers as well as nearby village/town people.  An ambulance shall be available all the time i.e. 24 x 7 will be used.

183

 Regular medical check-up of newly employed workers under proposed project shall also be done and record shall be maintained.  Provision of Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy shall be done for workers under proposed project (temporary & permanent) & shall be renewed yearly.  Display of sign boards in hazard areas in local language.  Provision of PPE to all workers.

Table 6.2 Health Care Facility Equipment

No. Instrument Use 1 Stethoscope Used to hear sounds from movements within the body, like heart beats, intestinal movement, breath sounds, etc. 2 Reflex testing hammer (padded) To test motor reflexes of the body 3 Sphygmomanometer To record the patient's blood pressure (Blood pressure meter) 4 A thin beam electric torch To see into the eye, body's natural orifices, etc., and to test for pupillary light reflex, etc. 5 A watch / stopwatch Used in recording rates like heart rate, respiratory rate, etc.; for certain tests of hearing 6 A measuring tape For size measurements 7 A weighing machine To record the weight 8 Tuning forks To test for deafness and to categorize it 9 Kidney dish As a tray for instruments, gauze, tissue, etc. 10 Thermometer To record the body temperature 11 Gas cylinders Supply of oxygen, nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide, etc. 12 Oxygen mask or tubes Delivering gases up to the nostrils to assist in oxygen intake or to administer aerosolized or gaseous drugs 13 Vaporizer To produce vapours 14 Instrument sterilizers Used to sterilize instruments in absence of autoclave 15 Dressing drums Storage of gowns, cotton, linen, etc. 16 Syringe of different sizes & For injections & aspiration of blood or fluid from body needles 17 Otoscope To look into the external ear cavity

6.3.9 Measures for Socio-Economic Development

6.3.9.1 Better Employment Opportunities

Under expansion activity, 42 unskilled and skilled workers will be employed. In order to run the existing sugar factory, co-gen plant & Distillery about 577 nos. Local persons shall be given preference while appointing the extra employees.

6.3.9.2 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan

 Planning for CER shall be started with the identification of activities/ projects and may be undertaken in study area.  CER action plan shall be prepared based the project based accountability approach, integrated with social and environmental concerns related to business of integrated project complex.  Selection of activities under CER shall be made to ensure that the benefits reach smallest unit i.e. village, panchayat, block or district. CER planning shall be done for long-term sustainable approach.

184

 Long term CER plan should be broken down into medium term and short term plans.

Implementation

 Time - Frame and periodic milestones would be finalized at the outset.  CER activities would help in building a positive image of the company in the public perception.  CER projects may be closely linked with the principles of sustainable development.

6.3.10 Proposed CER Plan by DSPL

The capital investment under existing project infrastructure is Rs. 117.82 Cr. Under expansion it has been planned to invest additional Rs.19.92 Cr towards capital account. In accordance with provisions in Std. TORs for the expansion projects, it is required to invest minimum amount of Rs. 50 Lakhs (i.e. 2.5% of capital investment) towards various CER activities.

Table 6.3 Proposed CER activities by DSPL

No CSR Activities Rs. Lakh 1 Arrangement of Drinking Water Supply Infrastructure: Total 5 Nos. of Safe 12.50 Drinking Water Units with Filtration, RO Module & Storage Tank, Piping, electrical control panel etc. with dispensing & metering systems. Capacity of 500 Lit/Hr each. 5 Nos. X Rs. 2.50 Lakhs / No = Rs. 12,50,000/- 2 Solar Street Light: Provision of Solar Street Lights with gadget comprising of – 1 MS 9.00 Pole, 18-20 W LED Lamp, Battery, Solar Panel, Wiring etc. complete. 3 Villages X 10

Nos/Village = 30 Solar Street Lights X Rs.30,000/- per No. = Rs. 9,00,000/- 3 Solar Photovoltaic Electricity Generation Systems: Provision of 1 Solar Photovoltaic 10.00 Electricity Generation Systems (10 KW) at Grampanchyat / School Building. 1 Nos. X

10 KW X Rs.1 Lakh / KW = Rs. 10 Lakhs 4 Supply of MSW Management Infrastructure: Providing MS Containers (2M X 1.5 M X 1.2 M) Top / Side opening. PP to provide Tractor Trolley with lifting arrangement to dump containers at MSW processing site of each Village. 30.00 No. of containers per village = 3 Nos. Total Containers to be provided = 3 Nos. x 5 Villages = 15 Total Cost = 15 Containers X Rs. 2 Lakhs / No. = Rs. 30,00,000 Total Amount Rs. 61.50 Lakhs

Table 6.4 CER Implementation Schedule

No. CSR Activity Investment Total Year Year Year Rs. Lakhs 2022 2023 2024 1 Arrangement of Drinking Water 5.0 7.5 --- 12.5 Supply Infrastructure 2 Solar Street Light 3.0 3.0 3.0 9.0 3 Solar Photovoltaic Electricity ------10.00 10.0 Generation Systems 4 Supply of MSW Management 10.0 10.0 10.0 30.0 Infrastructure Total Cost 18.0 20.5 23.0 61.5 Expenditure Pattern 29% 33% 38% 100%

185

6.3.11 Measures for Improvement of Ecology

Following steps should be taken-  Afforestation program under proposed expansion & implementation of distillery project.  Keeping noise levels under control at night time.  Keeping operation of APC equipments and sufficient height of stacks.  Provision of appropriate effluent treatment facilities.

General guidelines -

1. Green belt of adequate width and density would be provided to mitigate effects of noise. 2. Plantation activities shall be done according to naturally occurring vegetation. Exotic species will be avoided. 3. Provision of shrubs, thick trees at storage & disposal places of solid waste would be made. 4. Trees would be planted along the roads, around solid waste storage area as well as along the periphery. 5. All the necessary steps would be taken for proper maintenance of the industrial premises. 6. Use of e-mail and other modern communication systems would be followed to conserve the papers and attain speedy interaction in daily business activities. 7. Use of recyclable papers, if possible, would be done. 8. Promoting measures of energy and water conservation, wherever possible, would be adopted. 9. Activities like slide shows or expert’s lectures on Local Biodiversity shall be arranged for the staff to make them aware about the plant and animal species found nearby; also it will reduce unnecessary human-wild conflict. This will eventually reduce the damage to biodiversity by the employees.

6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM SCHEDULE

Following routine monitoring program as detailed in Table - 6.5 shall be implemented at site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all EC conditions and regular permissions from CPCB /MoEFCC shall be monitored and reported periodically.

6.5 COMPLIANCE WITH CREP GUIDELINES

MoEFCC has launched the Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP) with the purpose to go beyond the compliance of regulatory norms for prevention & control of pollution through various measures including waste minimization, in-plant process control & adoption of clean technologies. Chapter has set targets concerning conservation of water, energy, recovery of chemicals, reduction in pollution, elimination of toxic pollutants, process & management of residues that are required to be disposed off in an environmentally sound manner. Chapter enlists action points for pollution control for various categories of highly polluting industries. Task Force was constituted for monitoring progress of implementation of CREP recommendations/ action points. Following activities are being undertaken by DSPL and will be continued after proposed expansion & establishment under CREP norms. 1. Bagasse is used as fuel in existing boiler, which generates significant amount of particulate matter, causing air pollution. ESP (For 2 no of 100 & 40 TPH Boiler) are installed as APC equipment along with stack of 82 M and 70 M height respectively to achieve particulate emission well below 150 mg/Nm3. 2. No new boiler installed under expansion activity.

186

3. Adequate storage capacity of molasses is provided and molasses is not stored in kutcha lagoon to avoid groundwater pollution. 4. Operation of ETP is started at least one month before starting of cane crushing to achieve desired MLSS so as to meet the prescribed standards from day one of the operation of mill. Biomass in ETP after the end of crushing season can also be kept alive by operating ETP throughout the year from the colony wastewater and washing of mills so that sufficient biomass is available at the time of start of ETP. 5. Provision of a 5 days’ storage capacity tank for treated effluent during no demand for irrigation. 6. Spentwash will be concentrated in MEE and concentrated spentwash will be burnt in incineration boiler along with bagasse/Coal as a fuel thereby achieving ZLD for distillery effluent. 7. Fresh water consumption for distillery after expansion will be 2.0 KL/KL of alcohol; whereas norm is 10 KL/KL of Alcohol. 8. Raw spentwash generation rate in distillery after expansion will be 8 KL/KL of alcohol while conc. spentwash generation will be generated at the rate of 1.6 KL/KL of alcohol whereas norm is 8 KL/KL of Alcohol. 9. Treated water from CPU is recycled back in process.

Table 6.5 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes within Industrial Premises

No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted by 1 Ambient Air Upwind-1, Downwind-2 (Near Monthly Quality Cane Yard, Near Main ETP, PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO Near Colony.) Study area - (Villages namely – Quarterly Malewadi, Mergalwadi, Devalgaon, Kalewadi, Aalegaon, Kadamwasti, Khorodi, ) 2 Work Zone 4 Locations (Mill section, PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO Monthly Air Quality Sugar bagging section) 3 Stack Boiler –2 Nos. (Existing SPM, SO2, NOx Monthly Emissions boiler), D.G Sets MoEFCC 4 Fugitive Ethanol storage area & VOC Monthly & NABL Emissions Distillation column Approved 5 Ambient 5 Locations (Near main gate, Spot Noise Level recording; Monthly External Noise Near ETP, near Sugar godown) Leq(n), Leq(d), Leq(dn) Lab Work zone Premises – 5 Nos (Mill section, Monthly Noise Boiler, DG set, Turbine section) 6 Effluent Treated, Untreated pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD, Monthly Chlorides, Sulphates, Oil & Grease. 7 Drinking Factory Residential Colony Parameters as per drinking Monthly water water Std IS:10500 8 Soil 8 locations within 5 Km pH, Salinity, Organic Carbon, Quarterly (Villages- Kadamwasti N, P, K Project Site, Kadamwasti,

187

No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted by Alegaon, Shirapur, Boribel, Maladpadas, Mergalwadi, Kautha ) 9 Water Locations in study area – Parameters as per CPCB Quarterly Quality (Ground Water- GW1 guideline for water quality (Ground Kadamwasti, GW2 monitoring – Water & Kadamwasti, GW3 MINARS/27/2007-08 Surface Kadamwasti, Kadamwasti Water) GW4, GW 5 Boribel, GW 6 Khorodi, GW 7 Khorodi, GW 8 Khorodi ) (Water- Kadamwasti- Nala, Kadamwasti-Nala 2, Alegaon Nala Confluence, Khorodi- River UP, Alegaon-River Mid, Wadgaon Darekar- River Down, Mergalwadi-WSW Pond, Ravangaon-SSW Pond 10 Waste Implement waste management Records of Solid Waste Twice in management plan that Identifies and Generation, Treatment and a year characterizes every waste Disposal shall be maintained associated with proposed expansion activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising. 11 Emergency Fire protection and safety On site Emergency Plan, Twice a Preparedness measures to take care of fire Evacuation year By such as fire and explosion hazards, to be Plan, fire fighting mock drills DSPL fighting assessed and steps taken for their prevention. 12 Health Employees and migrant labour All relevant health checkup Once in a Check up health check ups parameters as per factories act. Year 13 Green Belt Within Industry premises as Survival rate of planted sapling In well as nearby villages consultation with DFO. 14 CER As per activities -- Six Monthly

Table 6.6 Environmental Monitoring Schedule within Industrial Premises

Schedule of Monitoring No. Description Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar April May June July Aug 1 AAQ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 2 Workzone Air √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 3 Stack Emissions √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 4 Noise √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 5 Effluent √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 Drinking water √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 7 Fugitive Emissions √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

188

8 Waste management √ √ 9 Emergency preparedness, such √ √ as fire fighting 10 Health Check up √ 11 Green Belt √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ Note: - Sugar Factory Operation period -180 Days, Co-generation Plant Operation period – 180 Days, Distillery Operation period - 330 Days.

Table 6.7 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Surrounding Industrial Premises

Schedule of Monitoring No Description Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar April May June July Aug Sep Oct 1 AAQ √ √ √ 2 Noise √ √ √ 3 Soil √ 4 GW & SW √ √ √ 5 CER √ √

189

Chapter -7 Additional Studies

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Application for conducting Public Hearing (PH) is now being submitted after procurement of TORs from Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC), MoEFCC; New Delhi vide Letter No. IA-J- 11011/467/2017-IA-II (I) dated 16.11.2017 to Sugar Factory & Distillery Unit of DSPL. Subsequently, public hearing was conducted on 19.06.2019 w.r.t. Expansion of Sugar Factory from 6000 to 7500 TCD & Molasses Based Distillery from 90 KLPD to 120 KLPD.

7.1.1 Details of Public Hearing

Date of Public Hearing : 19.06.2019 Place of Hearing : Daund Sugar Private Limited (DSPL), At: Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra Advertisement given : 18.05.2019 News Paper : Daily Losatta (Marathi), Indian Express (English) Copies of news enclosed at Appendix G

Members Present : 1 Hon’ble Dr. Jayashree Katare Chairman Additional District Magistrate, Pune 2 Shri Nitin Shinde Member Sub Regional Officer, Pune-I, MPCB, Pune Convener

7.1.2 Public Hearing Issues & Compliance

Various issues raised during the Public Hearing and reply for same, as given by the Industry, including budgetary provisions and time line towards observing compliance under certain commitments by the Project Proponents are given in following table - Refer Appendix - G for Minutes of Meeting of Public Hearing held.

190

Table 7.1 Points Raised in the PH & Response of PP

No. Issues by Public Points Represented Response of PP with Action Plan, Budget & Time Line A Issues in Public Hearing during Actual Interaction 1 Shri Ashok Vithal Kadam, Due to expansion of the project, there will increase in Response: The project is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) project. Resident of Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, waste water. How it will be managed? The industrial effluent generated during the process will be treated Dist.: Pune and recycled again in the manufacturing process. The domestic effluent will also be treated and recycled 80% of the treated waste water will be recycled and reused in the production process and 20% of treated waste water will be used for green belt development Not a drop of treated water will go outside the factory premises. Action Plan: Total trade effluent generated after expansion of Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant will be 450 CMD. Same will treated in existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) having capacity 750 M3/D which will be upgrade under expansion. Treated effluent will be reused for green belt in own factory premises. Thereby, achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) of Sugar Factory effluent. After expansion of 90 to 120 KLPD. Raw Spentwash @960 M3/D. same will be concentrate in Multiple effect evaporator (MEE) and the conc. spentwash @ 192 MT/D will be blended with coal and burnt in existing incineration boiler. Other effluents viz. spent lees @ 172 M3/D, MEE condensate @ 778 M3/D and other effluents @ 126 M3/D treated in CPU under distillery unit. Treated water from CPU to the tune of 1015 M3/D will be reused in process and boiler makeup, thereby achieving Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). Budget: Fund allocated for – ETP upgradation: Rs. 20 Lakh. Time line: Existing ETP to be duly upgraded and modernization after ending of 2021-22 season in month of April 2022. 2 Shri Nandu Kerba Kadam, After expansion of the project, whether local people will Response: At present there are 577 employees working in the Resident of Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, get job opportunities? plant. Almost all are local people only. After expansion, 50 Dist.: Pune additional man-power will require. There will be increase in indirect business and avocation. Action Plan: In existing sugar factory, Co-gen Plant & Distillery

191

No. Issues by Public Points Represented Response of PP with Action Plan, Budget & Time Line A Issues in Public Hearing during Actual Interaction unit 577 workers are working. About 42 new workers will be appointed under expansion activity. Preference will be given to local peoples. 3 Shri Dattatraya Murlidhar What steps will be adopted to prevent ash hazard, which Response: The ash which will produced in the production Pachapute, Resident of Boribel , Tal.: will be produced in the plant? activities will be sold to local brick manufactures as a raw Daund, Dist.: Pune material. Action Plan: Under Sugar Factory expansion Solid Waste generated in the form of ETP Sludge 13.5 MT/M will be used as Manure & Boiler Ash (Bagasse): 720 MT/M generated from boilers is collected separately and taken to ash storage area (ash silo) & given for brick manufacturers. Water sprinkling arrangement is provided to avoid suspension of fly ash into air. Distillery expansion : Solid Waste generated in the form of Boiler Ash 1770 MT/M will be given to brick manufacturers, Yeast Sludge 780 MT/M, CPU Sludge 30 MT/M will be Burnt in Incineration Boiler. 4 Shri Arun Digamber Suryawanshi, Due to expansion of project there will be threat of air Response: Two boilers are in operation, Each boiler has stack and Resident of Boribel, Tal.: Daund, pollution. What preventive measures will be adopted? Electro Static Precipitator (ESP). The dust particles discharged Dist.: Pune through stack are arrested. It given 99.9% efficiency. Hence thare is no threat of air pollution. Action Plan: Under Sugar Factory & Distillery expansion; no new boiler would be installed. The existing 100 & 40 TPH Boilers with stack height 70 & 82 M respectively and ESP as APC shall be sufficient to take care of additional fuel burning. The OCMS fitted to stack. 5 Shri Shivram Bapurao Jathar, What steps will be taken if any accident or fire occurs in As per the directives of Central and State Government, Sarpanch, Khorvadi Grampanchayat, the plant? firefighting devices are in operation which runs automatically. Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune There are most advanced production machineries installed in the plant. If there is any hurdle or likely mishap the machine stops automatically and the siren buzzers. One Fire Brigade Engine and one ambulance is made available at the plant round-the-clock. The project proponent has already prepared Disaster Management Plant;

192

No. Issues by Public Points Represented Response of PP with Action Plan, Budget & Time Line A Issues in Public Hearing during Actual Interaction Whether there is any proposal if installing drip irrigation Response: Project proponent is already implementing drip system in the project? Irrigation system in the project since 5 years. Action Plan: Since last 5 years project proponent are spending Rs. 50 Lakh towards Drip irrigation. This facility of drip irrigation is provided for almost 100 Nos. farmers. 6 Shri. Milind Vithal Salunkhe, For the protection of environment, how many trees have Response: After inception of the project. Project Proponent has Resident of Lingall, Tal.: Daund, been planted by the Project Proponent and what is future planted more than One lakh trees and nourished it. Also the plot of Dist.: Pune plan for green belt development? Forest Department is taken on lease on which green belt is developed, which is also nourished by the Project Proponent. Action Plan:  Till today, under existing industrial setup an area of 3,37,086 Sq.M. is brought under green belt which is 33% of total plot area.  Under green belt augmentation program about 84,272 no. of native trees will be planted in next three years.  A detailed plan of green belt with implementation schedule & plot layout showing GB is enclosed at Appendix-F Budget:  Rs. 50 Lakh is allocated for green belt augmentation under expansion unit.  Till today about Rs. 50 Lakhs are spent on existing GB development & rain water harvesting system. Timeline: Completion year 2021-22, 2022-23, 2023-24 Detailed timeline is mentioned in GB plan at Appendix-F 7 Shri Abasaheb Vishwanath Vighne, Project Proponent produces electricity through co- Response: If Maharashtra State Electricity Board grants the Resident of Masnerwadi, Tal.: generation project. Whether the electricity can be provided permission, it may be possible. Daund, Dist.: Pune to local people? 8 Shri Amit Girmkar, Resident of Which development work will be undertaken by the Response: Project Proponent has helped the surrounding villages Deulgaon Raje, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Project Proponent in the vicinity of the project, being in the drought area from time to time. Every year the plastic tank Pune drought areas. of capacity of 1,000 liter and 2,000 liter were provided in the drought area, The fertilizers are made available in a reasonable rate.

193

No. Issues by Public Points Represented Response of PP with Action Plan, Budget & Time Line A Issues in Public Hearing during Actual Interaction 9 Shri Kailash Bapurao Giramkar, How project proponent will help to the farmers residing Response: Every year the team of agriculturists residing near the Resident of Deulgaon Raje, Tal.: near the project to adopt new methods for sowing in the project is sent to Mahatma Krishi Vidyapeeth for training. The Daund, Dist.: Pune agriculture fields. training proved useful. To maintain the area for lush green, the local farmers are made available various saplings without cost. 10 Shri Ganesh Bhausaheb Baravkar, Whether the project proponent has any plan of establishing Response: If the plot / land is made available, the education and Resident of Malewadi, Tal.: Daund, education and social institute to the needy students of the social institute will be opened for the needy students. Dist.: Pune area? 11 Shri Suhas Jaqdale, Whether project proponent has any plan of rain water Response: Project proponent informed that a lake is developed in Ex. Sarpanch, Lingall storage and harvesting? which rain water is stored. The water is treated in the Reverse Grampanchayat, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Osmosis System and the water is used for office staff and all Pune employees. Action Plan:  About 3,51,460.45 M3 of rainwater will be available during every season from the RWH operations. Budget: Rs. 50 Lakh is allocated for green belt augmentation & Rain water harvesting under expansion unit. Till today about Rs. 50 Lakhs are spent on existing GB development & rain water harvesting system. Timeline: Completion year 2021-22, 2022-23, 2023-24 Detailed timeline is mentioned in GB plan at Appendix-F. For Rain water harvesting Plan please refer Chapter No 2, Section 2.9.

194

7.2 R & R ACTION PLAN

There is no R & R action plan because proposed expansion of Sugar Factory & Distillery shall be taken up in existing premises of Sugar Factory, Co-gen Plant & Distillery of DSPL located at: Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT INTRODUCTION

Process for manufacturing and refining sugar is a standard process. The risk assessment and hazard management study for expansion of Sugar Factory from 6,000 TCD to 7,500 TCD and Molasses based Distillery from 90 to 120 KLPD in the existing premises of 6,000 TCD Sugar Factory, 18 MW Co-gen Plant & 90 KLPD Distillery by Dr. Bhaskar Thorat who is FAE for RH in respect of EEIPL.

7.4 OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF THE RH REPORT

7.4.1 Objective of the Risk and Hazard analysis

1. Identify hazards and nature of hazard in the process, storage and handling of hazardous chemicals. 2. Carry out Qualitative risk analysis for the process and suggest mitigation measures. 3. Carry out Quantitative risk analysis of the storage of hazardous chemicals and estimate the threat zones for Most Credible and Worst case scenarios 4. Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/ probability of accident to the minimum. 5. Incorporate these measures for ensuring safe operations and safe layout to mitigate hazard and for effectively encounter any accident reduce the damages to the minimum. 6. Suggest Guidelines for on-site and off - site emergency plan

7.4.2 Methodology

7.4.2.1 Identify hazards based on

 Processes description based.  Hazardous Chemicals handled and stored.  Inventory of Hazardous chemicals

7.4.2.2 Hazard Assessment

 By Qualitative Risk Assessment  By Quantitative Risk Assessment by Hazard index calculations and estimate threat zones by using ALOHA

7.4.2.3 Recommendations

 Recommend mitigation measures based upon the above  Recommending guidelines for the preparation of On-site Emergency plan.

7.4.3 Hazards during construction phase

Following are the hazards during the construction phase of the project:

Table 7.2 Hazards During Construction Phase

No. Hazard Mitigation Measures 1 Hazards of working at heights: WORK PERMIT system to be implemented, all the safety There is possibility of workers, precautions to be taken by the workers must be mentioned slipping or falling down, while from and the supervisor has to ensure that safety harnesses and the height due to loss of balance or other PPE are used by the workers.

195

No. Hazard Mitigation Measures because of similar reasons. This may result in serious or even fatal injury. 2 Hazards while using crane or heavy The crane can topple due mechanical failure of defects in lifting machinery the machinery, not properly hooking the heavy equipment to the crane properly operation, this will result in serious or even fatal injury to the operator and may be to some persons in the nearby vicinity. i. Crane operators must be licensed and trained to operate crane and other heavy-duty mobile equipment. ii. All cranes and heavy-duty lifting machinery must be maintained and certified for the operation by the competitive authority. iii. All heavy lifting and erection work must be carried out under the supervision of the safety and other officers and preferably during the day time. 3 General Recommendations i. All necessary PPEs to be issued to all the company and contract workers and wearing these must be encouraged and insisted. ii. All lifting equipment is shipped complete with load testing & inspection documentation iii. All inspections are performed by qualified, certified inspection professionals. iv. Load testing is conducted at 100% – 145% of rated load on state-of-the-art equipment preferably onsite. v. Ropes, Chains, Slings must be calibrated annually. vi. Certifications and related documentation are maintained.

7.4.4 Hazards during operation phase

Onsite possible Hazardous Locations are as follows

Table 7.3 Hazards during Operation Phase

No. Hazard Mitigation Measures 1 Boiler Section Presently there are two boilers, having capacity 100 & 40 TPH with 32 kg/cm2 in working condition & Major hazard is explosion. Following Mandatory measures have to be in place: IBR rules for design, piping, maintenance and operation of boilers by certified boiler attendants is mandatory. 2 Fire and fatal accidents due Properly designed and numbers of Lightening arrestors will be to lightening. installed. 3 Electrocution and fire Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety audit at regular intervals.

7.4.5 Establishing a Fire Fighting Group

Result in high economic losses. This type of losses can be avoided by preventing and controlling the fire instantly for which fire–fighting group will be established. The following will be done at the earliest with the help of expert firefighting company approved for design and installation. The fire-fighting group would have house and keep in readiness, the following types of equipment and arrangements. Refer Appendix H for Fire Hydrant Layout photographs of fire extinguisher. i. CO2 extinguishers

196

ii. Dry powder chemical extinguishers iii. 80 mm. spray hoses iv. Fire tender. Table 7.4 Fire Fighting Details in Existing Plant

No. Description Quantity 1 Water storage for Firefighting 3.5 Cr Liters 2 No of Hydrant points 75 Nos 3 Main Hydrant pump 410 M3/hr 4 Jockey Pump 10.5 M3/hr 5 Hydrant line pressure 15 kg/cm2 6 Portable fire extinguisher 240 Nos 7 Sand Bucket (09 ltr.) 30 Nos

7.5 DISTILLERY PLANT

The company shall adopt standard Alcohol production technology for expansion up to 120 KLPD which is described in details in the earlier part of the EIA report. Separate area of 2000 sq. Meters has been allocated for this plant. Details of the same are shown in the site layout, in this EIA report.

7.5.1 Hazard Identification: Production of Alcohol (Distillery)

There are two areas of concern are:

1. Alcohol Storage: Leakage leading to fire. For Molasses storage hazard identification and mitigation measures are already given the earlier part of the report. 2. Molasses storage: Heavy leakage of Molasses, total breakage of tank, leading to loss of life and pollution.

Major hazard identified in the production unit is release of alcohol vapours and fire. It is recommended to eliminate the risk and hazard at the design stage of the establishment itself by carrying out detailed systematic HAZOP study of the entire process and make the process and operation intrinsically safe. This tool is recommended for ensuring built in plant safety and understanding the plant operations in the best manner. Though the plant and distillery technology are established and well-known, it is suggested to include the clause of carrying out HAZOP study, with active participation of technical officials from the company for better understanding of the process and philosophy and basics behind design of equipments, instrumentation logic, safety systems and plant operation. This will prove vital in safe plant

7.5.1.1 Hazard Identification: Alcohol Storage

Table 7.5 Alcohol Storage Arrangements at DSPL Site

197

No. Description Details of Storage 3 Ethanol Quantity: 9 Nos. Total Capacity- 74,39,479 BL 4 ENA Quantity: 5 Nos. Capacity: 7,40,821 BL, 7,40,090 BL, 9,01,742 BL, 9,00,227 BL & 1,01,437 BL Total Capacity- 41,84,317 BL

Mitigation Measures recommended

1. For the Alcohol storage, tank layout, tank-farm layout, pump locations etc will be as per the requirements of PESO latest rules and regulations. Same is attached as Appendix I 2. Statutory approvals for the storage of Alcohol will be obtained, before the plant start up. 3. All tanks will be provided with flame arrestors, moisture traps, and overhead condensers with chilled water for prevention of Alcohol loss and environment protection. NFPA rating for Alcohol is NH (Health Factor) NF (Fire Factor) NR (Reactivity) NF= 3, NH = 2 and NR=0, indicating fire as the major hazard in handling and storage of Alcohol

7.5.1.2 Qualitative & Quantitative Risk analysis

For the storage of alcohol Fire and Explosion index has been calculated to be 72 based on the Material Factor MF= 16 and storage conditions (Degree of Hazard is rated based on of Fire and explosion index as follows)

F & EI index can also be used for estimating the damage that would probably result from the accident/fire. And it is converted to radius of exposure by multiplying it by 0.84 to feet. Thus radius of exposure in this case will be 0.84 x 72= 60 feet or 18 meters

Table 7.6 Risk analysis

DEGREE OF HAZARD AND F&EI INDEX F&EI INDEX RANGE DEGREE OF HAZARD 1-60 LIGHT 61-96 MODERATE 97-127 INTERMEDITE 128- 158 HEAVY MORE THAN 159 SEVERE

F& EI index is in the range of moderate.

QRA for Alcohol tanks is done and same is appended at Appendix J

Mitigation Measures:

1. Based on standard recommendations for moderate hazard is it is recommended to have Alcohol storage tanks should be in open in dyke walls and must have spill collection and control (recycle) arrangement to pump into another tank. 2. As indicated the storage should be in open with dyke walls. 3. If applicable and if storage of Alcohol equals or exceeds 5000 KL following must be done. 4. Clear distance between tanks will be provided as per the requirement of Petroleum Rules Table SCHEDULE II. 5. Location of pumps, location of tank farm in the factory should be as per the requirements of Petroleum rules.

198

6. Necessary approval /LICENCE from Chief Controller of Explosives will be obtained for the alcohol storage and factory lay out AS PER THE CHAPTER V 7. Proper firefighting system, inside the plant and around the storage tanks will be designed as per IS or international code. And Fire NOC will be obtained.

7.5.1.3 Hazard Identification : Molasses Storage

There are following areas of concern are Molasses storage: Heavy leakage of Molasses, total breakage of tank, leading to loss of life and pollution.

Table 7.7 Hazard Identification

No. Molasses Storage Details Existing 1 No. of tanks 4 2 9,910 MT, 9,913 MT, 9,986 MT & 15,561 Capacity MT Each Total Capacity- 45,370 MT

7.5.1.4 Present Scenario

4 Nos of molasses tanks having total storage capacity of 45,370 MT are installed for storage of molasses. Cooling system for tank is provided for safety purpose. There is gutter provision made around the tank for collection of molasses in accidental leakage.

7.5.1.5 Mitigation Measures

It is necessary to take following mitigation measures to prevent bursting of tanks, and heavy leakage and loss of life.

1. Molasses should be stored in good quality and leak proof mild steel tanks. 2. Adequate safety factor should be incorporated into the design of wall thickness considering deterioration that will occur due to corrosion over a period of time. 3. Regular internal and external inspection should be scheduled for checking wall thickness of the tanks. Dyke/ Bund walls should be constructed around the tank or tanks. 4. It must be ensured while finalizing the dyke dimensions and that thickness that clear volume inside the dyke walls is equal or more than 1.2 x volume of tank storage capacity. 5. Continuous mixing of molasses through external pump circulation should be done. 6. If there is increase in temperature beyond 300C external cooling of tanks shall be provided by heat exchanger in the circulation line. 7. Frequent Temperature monitoring, manually or by recorder is strongly advised. If there is leakage – a. Leakage should be washed out and diluted and should be recycled as far as possible or must be properly treated in Effluent treatment plant. b. Replacing of leaky gaskets, joints, should be done strictly by following work permit system. c. Leakage of pipelines, welding repairs should be attended / carried out outside the plant. The necessary hot work permit should be issued after taking necessary precautions and fire fighting measures for onsite hot work, by the concerned authority before any hot work in undertaken d. Leakage through pump gland shall be reduced to the minimum by installing mechanical seals. e. To attend all major leakage in tanks the following procedure should be followed (i) Transfer the material to other tank.

199

(ii) Prepare the tank for welding repairs by making sure that it is positively isolated with blinds from other vessels and ensuring that it is free of the chemicals and gases by purging air and carrying out air analysis before any hot work is undertaken and this should be done by skilled workers. For this purpose safety permit should be given.

7.6 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION IN SUGAR INDUSTRY:

Potential hazardous areas and the likely accidents with the concerned area have been enlisted below- Table 7.8 Possible Hazardous Locations onsite

No. Hazardous Hazard Mitigation measures Mitigation measures in Comments/ Area identified place /have to be in Additional place for running plant measures 1 Boiler Area Explosion IBR rules for design, These measures are in Will be adopted maintenance and operation of place as the boiler is in for the additional boilers by certified boiler operation for the existing boiler capacity attendants in mandatory capacity. 2 All over the Lightening To design and install adequate These measures are in If additional are plant number of best available place as the boiler is in required for lightening arrestors. operation for the existing increased area of capacity. operations these will be installed 3 Electrocution Lose fitting Regular maintenance, internal These are in place for the safety audit, and external safety operation of the existing audit at regular intervals. capacity 4 Electrical Fire and Regular maintenance, internal These are in place for the rooms electrocution safety audit, and external safety operation of the existing audit at regular intervals. capacity 5 Transformer Fire and Regular maintenance, internal These are in place for the area electrocution safety audit, and external safety operation of the existing audit at regular intervals. capacity 6 Cable tunnel Fire and Regular maintenance, internal These are in place for the electrocution safety audit, and external safety operation of the existing audit at regular intervals. capacity

7.6.1 Mitigation Measures to Avoid Accidents

Preventive Measures for Electricity Hazard

 All electrical equipment is to be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode are periodically tested and maintained.  Emergency lighting is to be available at all critical locations including the operator’s room to carry out safe shut down of the plant.  Easy accessibility of fire fighting facilities such as fire water pumps and fire alarm stations is considered.  All electrical equipments to be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, and grease.  Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots, tester, fuse tongs, discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated ladder and not wearing metal ring and chain.  Flame and shock detectors and central fire announcement system for fire safety are to be provided.  Temperature sensitive alarm and protective relays to make alert and disconnect equipment before overheating is to be considered.

200

 Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit is to be prevented by providing fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection.

7.7 BOILER SECTION

Presently Two boilers of having capacity 100 TPH & 40 TPH each with 32 kg/cm2 & 87 kg/cm2 are in working condition respectively. Boiler ash after the ESP ash was handled and loaded manually into the tractors to be sold to Brick/Cement Manufacturer. After distillery expansion new boiler not be installed. The workers should be providing with them proper clothing and soap etc for cleaning, after their duty.

7.7.1 Establishing a Fire Fighting Group

A small spark of fire may result into loss of lives, machines and the damage by fire may result in high economic losses. This type of losses can be avoided by preventing and controlling the fire instantly for which fire–fighting group will be established. Fire fighting group would house and keep in readiness, the following types of equipment and arrangements.

 CO2 extinguishers  Dry powder chemical extinguishers  80 mm. spray hoses  Fire brigade

7.8 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION: SUGAR MANUFACTURING SECTION

Amongst the hazards identified above the area of major concern for fire, explosion and exposure to and release of toxic liquids and gases and there is risk of persons, outside the factory limits getting affected are identified below:

i. Bagasse storage: Fire hazard ii. Production and handling of SO2 iii. Molasses Storage tanks: Leakage of molasses due to tank failure

7.8.1 Bagasse Production and Storage

7.8.1.1 Present Scenario

At present capacity for 6000 TCD capacity plant 54,000 MTPM of Bagasse is produced. 1200 MT/D is consumed in the boiler as fuel and is stored in a storage yard. Present Baggase storage area is -9 Acer is provided and the same will be used after expansion

Present scenario of safety measures

There is fire hydrant piping laid around the Baggase storage area. Fire hydrant system is provided and maintained to cover up entire baggase yard.

Suggested measure

1. The fire- hydrant system has to be continuously charged with water pressure of 2 Kg/sq.cm. 2. Hydrant points must be always approachable, even during night. 3. Fire hose and boxes have to be in good ready to use condition.

Following mitigation measures will be in place for Fire fighting in the baggase storage yard during the implantation of proposed project.

201

It will be ensured that piping hydrant system will be laid around the entire baggase storage and will be designed as per relevant IS standard. With minimum following requirements:  There is enough water storage and it will be ensured that more than adequate water storage for required after expansion will be available for firefighting as per the relevant IS standard.  Water storage provision of to be exclusively used for fire fighting has been made is as per IS 9668.  Hydrants will be located at a suitable distance from the boundary of baggase storage area, but not more than 15 Meters away.  Minimum 7kg/sq.cm water pressure will be available at the farthest hydrant point.  Hydrants, single headed or double headed will be installed at every 30 Meters or as per the relevant IS standards.  Fire NOC will be obtained before the startup.  Fire- hydrant system has to be continuously charged with water pressure of 7 Kg/sq.cm.  Hydrant points must be always approachable, even during night.  Fire hose and boxes have to be in good ready to use condition.

Fire fighting system for the present plant

1. The company has adequate water storage reserved for fire fighting, main fire hydrant pump, pump running on HSD, alarm system. 2. Water storage for Firefighting - 3.5 Cr Liters 3. Hydrant points - -75 Nos. 4. Main Hydrant pump Capacity - 410 M3/hr

Recommendations:

Fire NOC may be required now and/or before distillation plant commissioning.

7.8.1.2 Additional Mitigation Measures for safe storage

Following mitigation measures to eliminate the fire hazard are in place and some additional measures are suggested as below:

1. It should be ensured while routing high tension voltage lines to avoid storage of bagasse storage below & near high voltage (H.T.) transmission lines. 2. Avoid routing of electric supply cables & cable trenches near to bagasse storage and if unavoidable locate these as far away from stored bagasse or bagasse heaps. 3. Always keep other raw materials & useful material far away from storage of bagasse area. 4. Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action plan will definitely avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way we can save a valuable fuel & life of human being working near bagasse. 5. Posting of proper supervision staff with necessary communication facility. 6. Hot work, like welding, gas cutting should not be carried out near Bagasse storage. Or only after issue of proper work permit and making necessary arrangements. 7. Daily record of Bagasse storage data must be maintained and proper review of storage conditions must be taken by higher authority. 8. Training of all the involved staff in firefighting in normal & emergency operating system. 9. Proper Planning & Maintenance of the fire hydrant system around the bagasse storage yard and not depending exclusively on fire tender for fire fighting.

202

10. Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action plan will definitely avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way we can save a valuable fuel & life of human being working near bagasse. 11. Goggle and mask should be provided for workers in bagasse yard to prevent ill effect on eyes and inhalation of fine Bagasse dust on the workers in the area.

7.8.2 Hazard Identification : Sulphur Storage

At present sulphur is stored in a closed shed. The storage capacity of sulphur at site is 100 MT but presently only 5 MT sulphur is stored. The same storage would be used after the expansion of Sugar Factory. There are no electrical connections /lighting points inside the Sulphur warehouse and it was informed that all Sulphur required is transferred to the SO2 generation site during daytime only. Special design features included in sugar juice sulphiter to ensure complete absorption of SO2. The details of absorption / scrubber system installed to sulphiter with zero discharge of SO2 into the atmosphere.

Following are the hazards in storage and handling Sulphur. 1. Dust Explosion 2. Fire

7.8.2.1 Dust Explosion

As Sulphur is stored and handled in granular form, there is always some dust formation, which can lead to dust explosion. A dust explosion occurs when a fine dust in suspension in air is ignited, resulting in a very rapid burning, and the release of large quantities of gaseous products. This in turn creates a subsequent pressure rise of explosive force capable of damaging plant and buildings and injuring people. It is generally considered that a dust explosion can only be initiated by dust particles less than 500 microns diameter.

7.8.2.2 Conditions For A Dust Explosion

Following conditions are necessary before a dust explosion can take place. a) The dust must be combustible. b) The dust cloud must be of explosive concentration, i.e. between the lower and upper explosion limits for the dusts. Sulphur is a flammable substance in both the solid and liquid states. The dust is characterized by a very low ignition point of 190°C compared to other combustible dusts, and dust clouds are readily ignited by weak frictional sparks. Dusts containing 25% or more elemental Sulphur may be almost as explosive as pure sulphur. c) There must be sufficient oxygen in the atmosphere to support and sustain combustion. d) A source of ignition must be present. e) The dust must be fine enough to support an explosion.

7.8.2.3 Mitigation Measures

Explosion Prevention: Dust explosions can be prevented by ensuring that the following conditions are met.

 Formation and Suspensions of Sulphur dust in air are avoided a. To prevent dust formation during the storage and handling of Sulphur, it is necessary to take necessary precautions to avoid spillage and crushing of granular Sulphur during bulk loading and unloading in the storage area.

203

b. Storage shed should be constructed with a minimum number of horizontal surfaces to avoid dust must accumulation. c. Bulk accumulations of fine Sulphur may also be removed using soft push brooms, having natural bristles and non-sparking scoops or shovels before vacuum cleaning equipment is used. d. The use of compressed air to remove dust from any surface, vigorous sweeping or any other method of cleaning which may raise a dust cloud is prohibited. e. All sources of ignition are excluded. f. Presence of moisture helps in preventing dust explosion.

7.8.2.4 Fire in Sulphur storage

There is a risk of fire in Sulphur storage as ignition temperature is low 1900 C. Solid and liquid Sulphur will burn to produce Sulphur dioxide gas, which is extremely irritating and toxic. The effects of the fire hazard itself are slight.

7.8.2.5 Mitigation Measures

 Smoking and the use of matches shall be prohibited in all areas where Sulphur dust is likely to be present. Prominent NO SMOKING signs shall be placed around such areas.  Naked flames or lights and the use of gas cutting or welding equipment are prohibited during the normal operation of the plant. Repairs involving the use of flames, heat, or hand or power tools in areas where sulphur may be present shall be made only after getting hot work permit from the authorities.  Where this is not possible the sulphur shall be wetted down.

7.8.2.6 Safety and fire fighting tips

 Always use Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). Sulphur fires produce hazardous sulphur dioxide gas. Sulphur dioxide gas is heavier than air and will accumulate in the vapour spaces of the rail car.  Automatic sprinkler systems which comply with relevant Indian Standards and provide a fine spray or mist are recommended as the most satisfactory extinguishing system for bulk stores. Fire hoses and extinguishers must be fitted with fine spray nozzles to ensure that Sulphur dust clouds are not raised, as these can explode on contact with the fire.  Small Sulphur fires are easily extinguished by adding more sulphur on top of the burning Sulphur. This depletes the oxygen and smothers the fire.  For larger Sulphur fires use a light water fog or CO2 to extinguish. Do not use heavy water streams as this may create Sulphur dust which could potentially explode.

7.8.3 Hazard Identification : Molasses Storage

There are following areas of concern are Molasses storage: Heavy leakage of Molasses, total breakage of tank, leading to loss of life and pollution.

7.8.3.1 Present Scenario

204

7.8.3.2 Mitigation Measures

It is necessary to take following mitigation measures to prevent bursting of tanks, and heavy leakage and loss of life.

Storage of molasses

1. Molasses should be stored in good quality and leak proof mild steel tanks. 2. Adequate safety factor should be incorporated into the design of wall thickness considering deterioration that will occur due to corrosion over a period of time. 3. Regular internal and external inspection should be scheduled for checking wall thickness of the tanks. Dyke/ Bund walls should be constructed around the tank or tanks. 4. It must be ensured while finalizing the dyke dimensions and that thickness that clear volume inside the dyke walls is equal or more than 1.2 x volume of tank storage capacity. 5. Continuous mixing of molasses through external pump circulation should be done. 6. If there is increase in temperature beyond 300C external cooling of tanks shall be provided by heat exchanger in the circulation line. 7. Frequent Temperature monitoring, manually or by recorder is strongly advised. If there is leakage – f. Leakage should be washed out and diluted and should be recycled as far as possible or must be properly treated in Effluent treatment plant. g. Replacing of leaky gaskets, joints, should be done strictly by following work permit system. h. Leakage of pipelines, welding repairs should be attended / carried out outside the plant. The necessary hot work permit should be issued after taking necessary precautions and fire fighting measures for onsite hot work, by the concerned authority before any hot work in undertaken i. Leakage through pump gland shall be reduced to the minimum by installing mechanical seals. j. To attend all major leakage in tanks the following procedure should be followed (i) Transfer the material to other tank. (ii) Prepare the tank for welding repairs by making sure that it is positively isolated with blinds from other vessels and ensuring that it is free of the chemicals and gases by purging air and carrying out air analysis before any hot work is undertaken and this should be done by skilled workers. For this purpose safety permit should be given.

7.8.4 Hazard Identification: Sulphur di oxide (SO2) production and handling

Plant has standard SO2 production unit. It was confirmed that the existing production capacity is adequate to cater to the additional requirement of SO2 for increased production. However, if this is found not adequate, the capacity will have to be increased. Unit produces required amount of SO2 at the required rate by changing sulphur feed to the unit, it is melted at 1500C and charged to the burner chamber, and where in the air at controlled rate is fed to 0 0 burner to produce SO2. Gas at high temp of 400 to 600 C is cooled to first to 90 C and then 60 0C and sent to the user unit through 100 mm piping at 1.5 to 1.7 atm pressure. This is unit designed for institute production and use of Sulphur dioxide (SO2). There is practically no inventory of gas in the Sulphur burner unit and the inventory of the gas is in the pipeline from the unit to the sulphiter only.

Major hazard is leakage; being toxic it can lead to serious injuries and health concerns. Qualitative risk analysis by using ALOHA Software is done & appended in Appendix J

205

Following has to be included - Mitigation Measures suggested based on QRA: 1. Before the plant start up and every six months, pressure test and thickness test of all the equipments and piping carrying Sulphur di-oxide must be carried out to avoid leakage. 2. There must be alarm system, in case, SO2 leakage is suspected and detected by smell, to warn all workers of the leakage. 3. SO2 leak detectors may be installed. 4. All operators must be aware of Emergency Shutdown procedure and action to be taken to warn authorities to sound alarm. 5. Emergency Shutdown procedure and action to be taken should be displayed in the SO2 production area in the local language. 6. It should form an important part of mock drill to be carried out as per On-site Emergency Plan (OEP). 7. In case of leakage as envisaged in MCA of flange joint leakage, area around SO2 production unit and part of the main plant must be vacated immediately. 8. In case of major leakage as envisaged in first case, area around 120 meters to 300 meters will be heavily affected and full onsite emergency plan for the entire plant will have to put in action and if necessary population around 1 to 1.5 km will have to be warned.

7.8.4.1 Mitigation Measures suggested and measures which are in place

1) SOP for the unit operation is available. 2) Emergency Shutdown procedure is available. 3) Operators are trained. 4) Emergency Shutdown procedure, in local language is to be displayed.

7.8.4.2 Hazard quantification

Following are the toxic properties of SO2 NFPA rating N (H) =3, N (F) =0 and N(R) =0, TLV= 2 ppm

Toxicity Index

Toxicity Number: The toxicity number (Th) is derived from the NFPA health factor Nh. Nh is an integer number ranging from 0 to 4.

Table 7.9 Toxicity Number

Nh 0 1 2 3 4 Th 0 50 125 250 350

Penalty Factor: The Penalty Factor (Ts) is the second toxicity parameter used to determine the TI. The Ts value is derived from the ‘Threshold Limit Values (TLV)’.

TLV-values are drawn up by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. TLV represents a Time Weighted Average (TWA) air concentration to which workers can be exposed during a normal working week of 6 days at 8 hrs per day, without ill effects. The penalty factor is determined from the table below:

Table 7.10 TLV Level

TLV <5 5-50 >50 Penalty factor Ts 125 75 5

206

Toxicity Index TI= Th+Ts/100 X (1+1.75+2.4) TI= 250+125/100 (5, 15) = 3.75X 5.15, which is equal to 19.3

Resulting TI values are ranked into three categories: 1-5 Light 6-9 Moderate 10-up High

Hence Toxicity index is in HIGH range. Sulphur di oxide is produced by oxidation of molten Sulphur in situ in a standard readymade unit as described above and is used in Sulfitation of Sugar cane juice. There is no storage of Sulphur di oxide, as it is produced at the consumption rate and when required.

7.9 CO-GENERATION PLANT

Company has existing 18 MW Co-gen Plant. One backpressure route turbines are installed in plant. The company’s present plant is standard DCS controlled and operated to take care of all safety related issues with all instrumentations, alarms and interlocks. Details of the same are provided in Appendix K. Similar system will be in place for expansion plant as it is standard. In addition, all the employees working in this area on the shop floor are provided with ear plugs to prevent ill effects of high noise in this area.

7.10 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

Company has an on-site emergency plan for the existing facilities. Same can be modified with inclusion of Mitigation measures and quantitative Risk analysis results given above for Sugar manufacturing section and other suggestions. Please refer Appendix L for Onsite Emergency plan.

Safety Measures during regular and shut-down

It must be remembered that shutdown plant are also and sometimes more prone to accidents. Hence it is suggested that all workers, regular and contract workers should be issued proper PPE, like helmet, safety shoes etc. as necessary. All work, hot work, working at height etc. during working and shutdown period should be carried out with proper work permit and under proper supervision.

7.11 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ASPECTS & MEDICAL PROVISION IN FACTORY

7.11.1 Medical check-up

Pre & post medical check-ups will be done of all the employees. Employees will be regularly examined and the medical records will be maintained for each employee. Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup shall be done once in every year. For existing sugar factory & Co-gen plant medical checkup of the employees are carried out; refer Appendix M for health checkup report.

The following tests will be conducted for each worker:  Pulmonary Function Test  Audiometric Test  Vision test  General clinical examination with emphasis on respiratory system  Pre employment examinations

207

 Periodical medical examinations at the time of employment and after completion of employment.

7.11.2 Occupational Health Center: OHC

The company has OHC center for the existing sugar plant. The facilities of the present OHC and the periodic tests to be carried out will be modified for expansion activity workers and officers in view of the above details and in consultation with the registered medical practitioner. Location of OHC with dimensions is clearly shown in the factory layout drawing; refer Appendix - A for the same. It will be ensured that the exiting OHC and other medical facilities at the site as per the factories act, and number of employees. Same will be augmented under expansion of sugar factory & distillery. Company will have OHC and other medical facilities at the site as per the factories act, and number of employees. Some guide lines are given below: Under rule 73 W All factories carrying out hazardous processes must have OHC with services and facilities A) For factories employing up to 50 workers: i. Medical officer on retainer ship basis, ii. Minimum 5 workers trained in first aid, at least one shall be available during all working hours. iii. Fully equipped first aid box (What it should contain is also specified later) B) For factories employee 51 to 200 workers i. OHC with min. floor space of 15 sq. meters ii. Part time medical officer iii. One qualified and trained dresser-cum- compounder throughout all working hours. iv. Equipped first aid box C) For factories employing more than 200 workers, i. Full time medical officer up to 500 workers, and one more full time medical officer for every additional 1000 workers or part thereof ii. OHC with 2 rooms iii. One compounder and one ward boy 24 by 7 iv. OHC to be equipped all emergencies

With what facilities OHC should be equipped with is given in details in schedule. Requirement of Ambulance van for any factory carrying on hazardous process shall be provided and maintained is defined under 73-X. For factories with less than 200 workers, management must have an arrangement for getting ambulance van at short notice it also details out what facilities ambulance Van should have Other important requirements are: company must have, MSDS for all hazardous chemicals at site, Pre-employment medical checkup and six monthly medical check-up for all employees, including contract workers. And record must be available. Since the operation involve storage and handling of toxic chemicals, affecting liver, kidneys, lounges, medical test must include the specific teats to check functioning of these vital organs. The company carries out medical checkup for workers as per the requirement; the health check up parameters can be modified in consultation with the qualified medical doctor.

Standard Medical facilities as required by Factory rule are expected to have been provided in the OHC for the existing plant, some important are illustrated below: 1. Well equipped First Aid Boxes will be provided in each Section of the factory. 2. Snake bite Lancet 3. In case of need, factory will be having dispensary to give effective medical facility to workers. In dispensary, sufficient stock of medicines will be available to provide to workers in case of any major emergent situation.

208

4. A vehicle will be always available to shift the sick/injured person to District Hospital. 5. Ambulance will be made available 24X7 in the factory to deal and take the injured workers to the district hospital.

7.12 EHS POLICY

The Company has well defined EHS policy and is displayed as per the norms. For EHS Policy may be please refer Appendix N .

209

Chapter 8 Project Benefit

8.1 INTRODUCTION

Any industrial activity helps in improving the social status of the locality. Existing project by DSPL has held in improvement of infrastructure and social structure in the command area and has lead to sustainable development. Also, after proposed expansion of Sugar Factory and Distillery the community that inhabit in the nearby areas will be benefited directly or indirectly by the project. Following benefits due to the proposed project are expected.

8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure

 Industry has constructed well paved roads for easy access to the workers that has helped in easy transportation of raw materials and products for industry. Further under proposed project as per the Socio Economic survey it is suggested to improve and construct a well paved roads in surrounding area of the industry as well.  Industry shall adopt the RWH systems that will improve the ground water table. As no any groundwater is utilized for existing as well as expansion project, it will be indeed useful to the surrounding farmers in their fields.  Augmentation of existing green belt and plantation of additional trees in the industrial area and its surrounding will help in improving the aesthetic beauty of the surrounding environment giving a pleasant look and improvising the air quality. Also green belt will help in arresting dust emissions as well as noise.  Villages in study area would be benefited from CER activities to be undertaken by industry.

8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure

 People residing in the nearby areas will be benefited by the educational facility that will help in enhancing the literacy rate and safety in that area.  Due to proposed expansion project, the frequency of the local transportation will be increased in this area. This will help shorten the time reaching destination and utilize it for some fruitful productive work.  Due to the awareness & promotional programs, taken up by the Industry, people residing in nearby areas have been benefited. This includes education, literacy, safety and personal wellbeing, care to be taken to avoid diseases like aids, swine flu, dengue etc.  Industry assists financially to nearby people for medical treatment in case any major diseases found.

8.2 ACTIVITIES DONE BY DSPL UNDER CER

Table 8.1 Activities Done By SCSSSKL under CER

Financial Year wise Cost (Rs. Total No. Details Lakhs) Cost (Rs. 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 Lakhs) “Drip Irrigation” system on 100 Acer of land 1 50.0 50.0 50.0 150.0 of farmers in command area. Training to agriculturists in Mahatma Krishi 2 10.0 10.0 10.0 30.0 Vidyapeeth. Every year the plastic tank of capacity of 3 7.60 7.60 7.60 22.8 1,000 liter were provided in the drought area. 4 Expenses for Education and Scholarship for 25.0 13.5 52.0 90.5

210

Financial Year wise Cost (Rs. Total No. Details Lakhs) Cost (Rs. 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 Lakhs) Environmental Forum of India Baramati & Vidya Pratishthan Baramati Expenses for Earth work- Excavation & 5 118.0 41.82 15.0 174.82 Filling 6 Expenses for Forest Land Development 86.61 - - 86.61 7 Expenses for Flood Relief Fund - - 5.38 5.38 Total 297.21 122.92 139.98 560.11

For photographs of existing CER activities; Refer Appendix Q and for Proposed CER activities are listed under Chapter 6, Section 6.6.2.1.

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

In any industrial activity skilled and unskilled people are required. Preference is given for employment to local people based on qualification and requirement. In existing unit of DSPL; they have provided direct & indirect employment to local people. Under proposed expansion of Sugar Factory & Distillery, DSPL will employ some people in surrounding area. Refer Table. 2.2.1 from Chapter 2 for more details.

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

After execution of the project the above mentioned benefits shall accrue. Apart from this other tangible benefits are mentioned below -

 After expansion project of the industry, the industry will meet the national interest of economic growth through sustainable development, as sugar has been a great source of revenue through excise duty levied by the Government.  First Aid Training and fire safety training will be given to all the workers.  Insurance Policies for the workers will be made available.  Improvement in the aesthetic through green belt development.  Ground water recharging shall be done by arresting rain water.

211

Chapter 9 ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 INTRODUCTION

Cost-benefit analysis provides an organizational framework for identifying, quantifying, and comparing the costs and benefits (measured in rupees) of a proposed project action. The final decision is informed (though not necessarily determined) by a comparison of the total costs and benefits. Cost-benefit analysis has been cause for substantial debate when used in the environmental arena. The benefits of environmental regulations can include, for example, reduced human and wildlife mortality, improved water quality, species preservation, and better recreation opportunities. The costs are usually reflected in higher prices for consumer goods and/or higher taxes. The latter are market effects readily measured in rupees, while the former are nonmarket effects for which rupees values are not available. In addition to complicating the practice of cost-benefit analysis (rupees values for the nonmarket effects must be inferred rather than directly observed) this raises ethical issues.

Globally, biofuels have caught the attention in last decade and it is imperative to keep up with the pace of developments in the field of biofuels. Biofuels in India are of strategic importance as it augers well with the ongoing initiatives of the Government such as Make in India, Swachh Bharat Abhiyan, Skill Development and offers great opportunity to integrate with the ambitious targets of doubling of Farmers Income, Import Reduction, Employment Generation, Waste to Wealth Creation. A unique feature of this work is that the framework considers revenue generation not only as an outcome of sales of the biofuel but also in terms of carbon credits via greenhouse gas emission savings throughout the project lifecycle.

9.2 PROPOSED PROJECT

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis produces more efficient decision by increasing monetary values of the life, health and natural resources. In order to assess the pros and cons of any particular regulatory standard for proposed activity, cost-benefit analysis seeks to translate all relevant considerations into monetary terms. In present study Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis was done by considering financial value of Environmental Monitoring Cost. Thus Cost- Benefit Analysis, for carrying out of annual environmental monitoring and the benefits of doing so, including the saving of human lives and the prevention of debilitating and painful diseases, are presented in terms of money.

212

Figure 9.1: Cost Benefit Analysis

Production cost

Cost analysis Environmental protection costs

Environmental hazard costs Cost - benefit analysis

Internal benefit

Benefit analysis Direct environmental benefits

Indirect environmental benefits

In view of the current environmental impact assessment of DSPL projects, environmental and economic evaluation of project is put forward. Environmental costs include internal and external costs. Internal expenses are the costs necessary to achieve the objectives of the project. It is composed of two parts: production cost and environmental protection cost. External costs are the costs of external dis-economy resulting from the project and are mainly used for environmental hazards. Benefits can also be divided into internal and external benefits. The internal benefit is mainly the economic benefits brought by project output and the benefits of employment personnel, and the external benefits are the economic benefits of environmental impact (environmental improvement).

Proponents of cost-benefit analysis make one basic arguments in its favors that is use of cost- benefit analysis apparently leads to more “efficient” allocation of society’s resources by better identifying which potential regulatory actions are worth undertaking and in what fashion.

9.3 WAY FORWARD

India has realized the importance of blending ethanol with fuel and usage of blended mixture as a fuel. It is estimated that India needs 900 million liters of Ethanol for meeting the blending requirements but current manufacturing in just 350 million liters is being produced. There is an urgent need to enhance the capacities to triple its ethanol production over the next four years till 2025. Indian government has planned 12 biofuel refineries in the country. Now India will have to produce 450 crore liters of ethanol in the next four years from the existing 141 crore litres. This will result in an import savings of ₹12,000 crore.”

9.3.1 Cost benefit by Govt. of India policy for the country

 Investment cost for 12 biofuel refineries: ₹10,000 crore  Enhanced ethanol production for meeting the blending requirements will save ₹12,000 crore in the country’s oil import bill.  Contribution by Daund Sugar Pvt. Ltd in saving of oil import bill

213

 1 Lit of ethanol produced and used for blending @ 15% ratio will contribute in savings of INR. 20 on net price of fuel  “Additional quantity of Ethanol produced” X 20 = Savings of INR. 24,00,000

9.4 CONCLUSION

There will be huge savings of Indian currency. Setting up new distillery will improve job opportunities for countryman, business opportunities for small and medium vendors. There will be push on agricultural sector to enhance sugarcane production thereby improving the overall economic condition of our country.

214

Chapter 10 Environmental Management Plan

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required for ensuring sustainable development. It should not affect the surrounding environment adversely. Management plan presented in this chapter needs to be implemented by Proposed Expansion of Sugar Factory & Distillery.

EMP aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Waste minimization and waste recycling measures are emphasized. In addition to the industry specific control measures, the proposed activities should adopt following guidelines-

 Application of Low and Non-Waste Technology in the production process;  Adoption of reuse and recycling technologies to reduce generation of wastes and to optimize the production cost of the industry.

Recycling and reuse of industrial waste not only reduces waste generation but also can be an economic gain to the industry. For the proposed expansion activity, the management of DSPL will take all the necessary steps to control and mitigate environmental pollution in the designing stage itself. Moreover, while implementing the project, the management will follow guidelines issued by CPCB. EMP is prepared based on the existing environmental status of the project location and anticipated impacts of the project activities on environment.

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC)

As a part of the EMP, it is essential to formulate an EMC. DSPL is already having a cell functioning under its existing project complex. Cell works under Whole Time Director of the industry and responsible persons from certain departments have been taken as members. EMC is responsible for all the activities and actions as well as outputs and management of entire infrastructure provided for control and abatement of pollution in the DSPL project. Further, the cell is also active in protecting state of environment in the study area around existing campus of DSPL. Various programs and tasks towards conservation, awareness, promotion, review etc. are undertaken and implemented through the existing environmental management cell of DSPL. This cell will also be responsible for taking care of actions and implementations subsequent to the expansion & establishment program. Further, the EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new members since the work load on existing ones is going to be increased substantially subsequent to commissioning of proposed project. Table 10.1 gives details about EMC in the industry. EMC and members thereof shall look after DSPL existing project as well as proposed project.

Table 10.1 Environmental Management Cell in DSPL

No. Name of Member Designation No. of Working Person(s) 1 Jagdale Virdhawal Krushnrao Director 1 2 S. B. Gaikwad Whole Time Director 1 3 S. V. Giramkar Chief Chemist 1 4 P. M. Joshi Chief Engineer 1 5 V. R. Savrikar Chief Accountant 1

215

No. Name of Member Designation No. of Working Person(s) 6 P. S. Kale Distillery Manager 1 7 A . S. Survase . Co-gen. Manager 1 8 C. J. Sudrik Civil Engineer 1 9 D. P. Wagh Chief Agree Officer 1 10 V. W Marathe Labor Welfare Officer 1 11 R. K. Gophane Environmental Manager 1 Total 11 Nos

Figure 10.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities

Whole Time Director Effective implementation of Management Plan

Factory Incharge Explaining all the activities within their units

related to Health, Safety and Environment

Health and Safety Manager Reporting the Managing Director, Operational Risk Committee and the Board on matters regarding HSE performance, HSE Management System performance and the HSE risk position in the Industry

Safety Officer Environmental Environmental Chemist Engineer Collecting and analyzing  To develop and implement occupational Providing technical the samples and health & safety policy, program & advice on developing remediation’s procedure implementation of HSE programs.  To increase health and safety awareness at Management Plan. all levels within the organizations.

Members of the Environmental cell are well qualified and experienced in the concerned fields. Some of the routine tests of wastewater such as pH, solids, temperature etc. will be carried out in the laboratory that would be established at the site. However, for additional tests of water, wastewater, soil, air etc., services of accredited laboratories as well as that of a consultant would be hired.

216

10.3 WORKING OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Figure 10.2 Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Policy

Management Review Planning Preparing Environmental • Environmental Aspects Plan and Policy • Objectives & Targets •Environmental Management Plan

Checking / Corrective Action Implementation • Monitoring & Measurement • Implementation of EMP in all the • Non-conformance & Corrective & plants i.e. Sugar factory & Co-gen Preventive Action Plant • Records • Document Control • EMS Audits • Operational Control

• Emergency Preparedness /Response

10.4 RECOMMENDATION & IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Mitigation measures suggested in Chapter 4 would be implemented. This will reduce the impact on environment due to expansion project. To facilitate easy implementation, recommendations suggested are grouped in different phases. Most important measures are accommodated in earlier phase whereas the lesser important ones are grouped in later phase.

10.4.1 Summary of Recommendations

Table 10.2 Summary of Recommendations

No Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Actions 1 Water a) Sugar Factory (Expansion): a) Out of total water consumption for Consumption Domestic – 110 CMD industrial purpose after Distillery Industrial Purpose – 3207 CMD expansion - 1279 CMD; 1015 CMD Gardening –950 CMD will be recycled water from the Total – 4267 CMD distillery CPU and 264 CMD will be fresh water taken from New Mutha b) Distillery (Expansion): Right Bank Canal. Domestic – 20 CMD b) Fresh water consumption for Gardening – 0 CMD industrial purpose in distillery is 2 Industrial Purpose – 1259 CMD KL/KL of alcohol against the CPCB Total – 1279 CMD norm of 10 KL/KL of alcohol. c) Total water consumption for

217

No Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Actions Source of water - New Mutha Right industrial purpose of Sugar & Co- Bank Canal gen 4267 CMD; 3639 CMD will be Water Lifting Permission – 2,62,200 recycled water from sugar cane M3/Year condensate, 518 CMD will be treated water from ETP & STP and 110 CMD will fresh water. d) Fresh water consumption for industrial purpose in sugar factory is 0 Lit/MT of sugarcane crushed against the CPCB norm of 100 Lit/MT of cane crushed. 2 Effluent a) Sugar Factory (Expansion):  Raw spentwash will be concentrated Treatment Effluent – 450 CMD in MEE and concentrated spentwash Domestic effluent – 64 CMD. will be incinerated in incineration boiler. b) Distillery (Expansion):  Other effluents along with spent Raw Spentwash - 960 CMD leese, MEE Condensate and other Coc.Spentwash – 192 CMD effluent will be treated in CPU & Spentlees – 172 CMD recycled back in process. MEE Condensate – 778 CMD  Industrial Effluent will be treated in Effluent from Boiler b/d, Cooling ETP & Recycle to Green Belt to b/d, lab & washing – 96 CMD Achieve ZLD. Domestic effluent – 18 CMD  Domestic effluent will be treated in proposed STP.  Storm water drains would be kept separate from other drains. Natural drains if found, would not be altered under any circumstances.  No drains will be kept open in the plant.  Also, spentwash generation in distillery would be below 8 KL/KL of alcohol. 3 Air Pollution a) Sugar Factory (Expansion): a) Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ Control No New boiler will be installed and work zone air quality to be done under expansion. Under existing by the industry through approved Sugar Factory Two bagasse fired labs to check and control dust levels boilers of capacities – 100 TPH, / concentrations. 15 TPH with ESP as APC b) Efficiencies of APC equipment in equipment followed by stack of 70 the industry shall be monitored M height is already installed. regularly (at least once a month) Two DG sets of capacities 1010 under performance evaluation. KVA & 250 KVA are installed on c) Inlet and outlet of pollution control site. A stack of height 3.5 M is equipment shall be provided with all provided to the same. necessary sampling arrangements as b) Distillery (Expansion): per guidelines of CPCB. No New boiler will be installed d) For details w.r.t Monitoring chapter under expansion. Under existing 6th may be referred. Distillery 40 TPH incineration boiler with EAP as APC equipment followed by stack of 82 M height is already installed and 2 new DG of capacity 1010 KVA

218

No Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Actions are installed. For more details table 2.24 of chapter 2 may be referred. 4 Solid Waste a) Sugar Factory (Expansion): a) Recommendations have been made Management Boiler Ash – 720 MT/M toward storage of ash in silo of and ETP Sludge – 13.5 MT/M transportation of same disposal site through covered vehicles. b) Distillery (Expansion): b) Adequate storage, disposal shall be Boiler Ash – 1,770 MT/M done. CPU Sludge – 30 MT/M Yeast Sludge - 780 MT/M 5 Noise Control a) Probable sources of noise are boiler a) Provision and use of earmuffs in High Measures house, turbine rooms, cane crushing Noise Area. section and mill house, D.G. Sets b) D.G. Set would be enclosed in a etc. Expected noise levels in the separate canopy to reduce the noise section would be about 70 dB (A). levels. b) Pumps, compressors, movement of c) Providing separate sitting and control trucks for material transportation room for workers. etc. may cause noise. d) Changing of shifts and exposure time to high Noise Area would be reduced 6 Ecological & Expansion of Sugar Factory & a) Industry has been advised to undertake Socio- Distillery will not have negative implementation of green belt plan. economic impact on ecology and socio- There under, a time bound program Aspects economic status. The details of shall be prepared for plantation of ecology and biodiversity (flora, fauna, trees along the periphery and along the fishes, etc.) observed in existing unit roads. are described in Chapter 3 Section b) Awareness camps in study area. 3.12. c) The Industry would always take lead in contributing towards community development. 7 CER  Implementations under CER shall  Industry, by involving workers and be done in a time bound manner. locals, shall demonstrate, encourage,  Planning for CER shall be started and promote suitable eco-friendly with the identification of activities/ alternatives and green technologies in projects and may be undertaken in the villages in the vicinity such as periphery of industrial area. water harvesting, solar lighting, co- toilets, organic farming etc.

10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL POST MONITORING PROGRAMMES

After commissioning of the proposed expansion project, monitoring of Environmental Attributes such as AAQM, Stack Emissions, Noise, and Effluent would be done on regular basis. Table 10.3 Implementation Schedule

No Recommendation Time Implementation Schedule Period Immediate Progressive As per Time Schedule of Unit 1 APC (1 Stack of Co-gen) Already Implemented under Existing unit 2 APC Equipment Already Implemented under Existing unit 3 Water Pollution Control (Execution of Already Implemented under Existing unit Sugar & Co-gen ETP) Water Pollution Control (Execution of Already Implemented under Existing unit CPU at Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant)

219

4 Noise Control (isolation and Insulation, Already Implemented under Existing unit Provision of PPE’s) 5 Ecological aspects (Additional Green belt Stage wise * * - development) 6 SHW Management Already Implemented under Existing unit 7 Socio-economic aspects (CER) Stage wise - - *

Note:-‘*’ indicates implementation of recommendation 10.6 POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING PROGRAM

Post environmental clearance monitoring for industrial premises & for study area around the DSPL is given at chapter 6, Refer table 6.5. Following compliance against the consent conditions after commissioning of project would be observed under the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Trasnboundry Movement) Rules 2010.

Table 10.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition

No. Description Frequency Remark 1 Renewal of Consent Once in a Application for renewal shall be done 60 days before year the expiry date. 2 Environmental Once in a Would be submitted for every financial year before Statement year 30th September of next year. 3 Hazardous Waste Once in a Would be submitted for every financial year before Returns year 30th June of next year. 4 Six Monthly Six Monthly Two compliance would be submitted every year. Compliance 5 Routine Env. Monthly DSPL-Sugar Factory is doing monthly environmental Monitoring monitoring during its crushing season through MoEFCC and NABL accreditated laboratory. Same practices will be followed after Expansion of Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant.

10.6.1 Monitoring Equipment

A. Air Quality and Meteorological Instruments

1. Fine Dust Sampler 2. Weather station with Wind Vane, Anemometer, Thermometer, Dry/ Wet Bulb Thermometer, Rain-gauge 3. Spectrophotometer 4. Single pan balance up to 0.0001 Gms detection levels. 5. Relevant chemicals as required 6. Oven

B. Water and Wastewater Quality

1. BOD Incubator 2. COD reflux assembly 3. Refrigerator 4. Thermometer 5. pH meter 6. Stop watch 7. Distilled water plant 8. Pipette box

220

9. Titration set 10. Relevant chemicals and glass wares

C. Noise Levels

Sound level meter in different scales like A, B and C with slow and fast response options

D. Soil Characteristics

Soil sampler (auger) to collect soil samples.

10.7 Corporate Environment Policy

DSPL is committed for-

 Conservation of natural resources through optimal utilization with increased effectiveness.  To comply with the requirements of applicable National Environmental Legislation and Regulations from time to time.  Continual improvement in the organization’s environmental performance through prevention and control of pollution.  To endeavour for use of cleaner technology in industrial processes for reducing DSPL carbon footprint.  Creating awareness for environmental protection and conservation amongst employees, local people and connected agencies like supplies and customers.

221

Chapter 11 Summary and Conclusion

11.1 INTRODUCTION

This report has been prepared for proposed expansion of Sugar Factory and Molasses based Distillery by Daund Sugars Private Limited, (DSPL) located at: Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra, By taking into consideration the raw material availability from the sugar factory in the command area and demand of the product (alcohol) in the market, the management of DSPL has planned to go for expansion of Sugar Factory from 6,000 TCD to 7,500 TCD and Molasses based Distillery from 90 KLPD to 120 KLPD in its existing premises of 6,000 TCD Sugar Factory, 18 MW Co-generation Plant & 90 KLPD Distillery.

Above mentioned expansion project attracts the condition of prior EC procurement as per the EIA Notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments thereto. Accordingly, the project comes under Category ‘A’, Item No.: 5(j) & 5(g) (i). For Sugar Factory and Distilleries respectively.

Table 11.1 Project Investment Details

No. Industrial Unit Capital Investment (Rs. Cr) Existing Proposed Total 1 Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant 30.87 19.92 137.74 2 Distillery 86.95 Total 117.82 19.92 137.74

11.2 PROJECT AT A GLANCE

Table 11.2 Salient Features of the DSPL Project Site

No Particulars Details 1 Name and Address of the Industry Daund Sugar Private Limited (DSPL), At: Gat No.99, Alegaon, Tal.: Daund, Dist.: Pune, Maharashtra 2 Gat No. 97, 98, 99, 414/1/1, 414/1/2, 414/1/3, 414/1/4, 414/1/5, 414/1/6, 414/1/7, 415/1/1, 415/1/2, 415/1/3, 415/1/4, 415/1/5, 415/1/6, 415/1/7, 415/1/8, 415/1/8, 415/1/9, 417/1/1, 417/1/2, 417/1/3, 417/1/4, 417/1/5, 417/1/6, 415/2, 416/2, 232, 233. 3 Land acquired by the Industry 10,19,900 Sq. M. (101.99 Ha) 4 Elevation 528 M above MSL 5 Nearest habitation Alegaon 2.50 Km 6 Nearest city Pune 83 Km 7 Nearest highway SH-67 at 1.0 Km, & NH-9 at 7.0 Km 8 Nearest railway station Daund at 7.0 Km. 9 Nearest airport Baramati Airport 23.0 Km & Pune Airport at 77.0 Km 10 Nearest tourist place(s) Nil within 10 Km radius 11 Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius 12 Archaeological important Nil within 10 Km radius 13 Critically / Severely polluted areas Nil within 10 Km radius declared by CPCB/MoEFCC 14 Ecological sensitive zones Nil within 10 Km radius

222

No Particulars Details 15 Reserved forest/Protected forest/ Nil within 10 Km radius National Parks/Wildlife Sanctuary etc. 16 Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies Bhima river at 2.0 Km (from Project Site) 17 Nearest Industrial Area / Industry Kurkumbh MIDC at 12.0 Km radius 18 Interstate Boundary Nil within 10 Km radius 19 Site Co-ordinates (all corners) Latitude18°25'54.73"N, Longitude- 74°37'41.58"E Latitude-18°26'0.35"N, Longitude - 74°38'11.17"E Latitude-18°25'20.69"N, Longitude- 74°38'11.90"E Latitude- 18°25'31.17"N, Longitude - 74°37'38.87"

11.3 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

11.3.1 Product and Raw Material

Table 11.3 List of Products & By-products

Industrial unit Product& By- Quantity (MT/M) product Existing Expansion Total Sugar Factory Capacity (6000 TCD) (1500 TCD) (7500 TCD) (Expansion 6000- Products 7500 TCD) Sugar (11.5%) 20,754 5,196 25,950 By-products Molasses (4%) 7,200 1,800 9,000 Bagasse (30%) 54,000 13,500 67,500 Press Mud (4%) 7,200 1,800 9,000 Co-Gen Electricity (MW) 18 MW - 18 MW (Existing 18 MW) Distillery Products (Expansion 90- Ethanol/ ENA/ RS 2700 KLPM 900 KLPM 3600 KLPM 120 KLPD) By-Products Fusel Oil 5.1 1.5 6.6 Carbon Di-oxide 2,250 750 3,000 Note-* - % sugar (COcane crushed) Gas

Table 11.4 List of Raw Materials Industrial unit Name of Raw Quantity (MT/M) Source Material Existing Expansion Total Sugar Factory Sugarcane 1,80,000 45,000 2,25,000 Near By Farms (Expansion 6000- Lime 330 90 420 7500 TCD) Sulphur 102 27 129 Nearby Market Lubricants 7.2 1.8 9 Co-gen Bagasse 32,040 - 32,040 Own Sugar Factory (Existing 18 MW) Molasses 10,050 3,300 13,350 Own Sugar Factory/ Distillery Outside Purchase (Expansion 90- Yeast 1.2 0.3 1.5 Local Vendor 120 KLPD) Urea 4.8 1.2 6

De-foaming agent 6 1.8 7.8

223

Figure 11.1 Manufacturing Process Details of DSPL Integrated Project

11.4 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES

11.4.1 Water Pollution

 Total water requirement for integrated project complex (existing Sugar factory, Co-gen Plant & Distillery) is 4150 M3/D. Out of total water requirement, 534 M3/D is Fresh Water from New Mutha Right Bank Canal, 2353 M3/D is Excess Cane Condensate, 435 M3/D is ETP & STP treated effluent and 823 M3/D is CPU Treated Effluent.  Total water required after Expansion of Sugar Factory would be 4267 M3/D. Out of total water requirement About 3639 M3/D will be Cane Condensate and 110 M3/D will be Fresh water from New Mutha Right Bank Canal & 518 M3/D will be treated effluent from Sugar ETP & STP.  Total Water required after Expansion of Distillery would be 1279 M3/D. Out of total water requirement About 1015 M3/D will be Distillery CUP treated water, 95 M3/D would be Excess Cane Condensate which will be used only crushing season and reply by fresh water and 153 M3/D will be Fresh water from New Mutha Right Bank Canal.  Industrial effluent generated after Expansion of Sugar Factory would be to the tune of 450 M3/D. Same is treated in existing ETP & used for gardening purpose.  Effluent generated after Distillery expansion, total raw spentwash to be generated @ 960 M3/D, would be concentrate in Multiple effect evaporator (MEE) and the conc. spentwash @ 192 MT/D (1.6 KL/KL of alcohol) would be blended with bagasse or coal and burnt in existing incineration boiler. Other effluents viz. spent lees @ 172 M3/D, MEE condensate @ 778 M3/D and other effluents @ 96 M3/D will be treated in existing CPU under distillery unit.

224

 Domestic effluent from expansion project total domestic effluent will be 82 CMD (64 CMD from Sugar factory & Co-gen Plant & 18 CMD from Distillery) same will be treating in existing STP.

For more details w.r.t water consumption and effluent generation refer table 2.19, 2.20, 2.21 & 2.22 from chapter 2.

11.4.2 Air Pollution

 Under existing Sugar factory and Co-gen Plant two bagasse fired boilers are already installed having capacities 100 TPH & 15 TPH with ESP is provided as APC along with a stack height of 72 M. For these boilers bagasse is used as a fuel. No new boiler will be installed under expansion activity  No New boiler will be installed under expansion. Under existing Distillery 40 TPH incineration boiler with EAP as APC equipment followed by stack of 82 M height is already installed and 2 new DG of capacity 1010 KVA are installed.  Refer details of boiler and DG set at Table 2.24 Chapter 2.  Green belt will be augmented in and around the industry. Green belt developed in the premises acts like adsorbent of air pollutants.

11.4.3 Noise Pollution

 Noise generating sources generally are the boiler house, turbine rooms, cane crushing section and mill house, distillation section etc.  Expected noise levels in these sections would be in the range of 60 to 65 dB(A). All preventive measures such as regular operation & maintenance of pumps, motors, and compressors would be carried out and enclosures would be provided to abate noise levels at source.  Noise levels, as measured at various points in the boiler house, are not more than 85 dB (A). Adequate care shall be taken under expansion process also so that the noise from all the concerned sections shall be properly attenuated and controlled through insulation, isolation, separation techniques.  Green belt to be developed further shall play an important role to attenuate noise levels from industry to surroundings.

11.4.4 Solid Waste

Table 11.5 Solid Waste Details

11.4.5 Hazardous Waste

Table 11.6 Hazardous Waste Details

No. Category Quantity Disposal Existing After Expansion 1 (5.1) Used / Spent Oil 857 Lits/A 1071 Lits/A Reuse in own boiler as fuel 2 (34.4) Chemical Sludge, Oil 21.5 MT/A 27 MT/A Used as manure & grease skimming residue

225

11.4.6 Odour Pollution

There are number of odour sources in sugar factory, which include molasses handling and storage, storage of effluents, stale cane, bad mill sanitation, bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains. Measures adopted under existing unit for controlling the same are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling. Measures adopted under existing unit for controlling the same are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling. For more details towards mitigation of odour problems, Chapter 2 (Section 2.7.6) may be referred.

11.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Table 11.7 Area Details

No. Description Area(Sq. M) 1 Total Plot Area 10,19,900 2 Built up area (Sugar factory, Co-generation Plant, Distillery, Residential 4,17,683 colony & Area under road) 3 Total Open Area 2,39,629 4 Existing Green Belt Area (19% of Total plot area) 1,94,300 5 Proposed Green Belt Area under expansion (14% of Total plot area) 1,42,786 6 Total Green belt –33% of total Plot area 2,39,629

11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following:

Project management will carry out the monitoring regularly and record shall be maintained of the same. For details w.r.t. post monitoring program to be conducted; refer chapter -6 (Table 6.5)

11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Environment Management Plan aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Under the existing sugar factor, DSPL has effectively implemented the EMP. As a part of EMP, it is essential to formulate an EMC. DSPL is already having a cell functioning under its existing unit. EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new members subsequent to commissioning of expansion as well as establishment project. For more details, the separate chapter on EMP may be referred.

11.8 CONCLUSION

Proposed expansion of Sugar Factory and of Distillery by DSPL will help to elevate the economic growth at the local level as well as national level. It will also generate the employment in the study region, thereby improving the standard of living of people in the

226

area. Expansion activity shall not disturb the land use pattern in the study area of 10 Km. Moreover, Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) shall be implemented on site so as to recharge and increase the ground water table in the area. Also maximum use of condensate is done do reduce the fresh water demand. No Rehabilitation is involved under this project since expansion & Establishment will be done in the existing premises. Thus, DSPL expansion & establishment project is beneficial for society without hampering the environment and thereby accomplishing the aim of sustainable development.

227

Chapter 12 Disclosure of Consultants

12.1 THE ORGANIZATION

Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL) is a major organization under the 'Equinox Group (EG)’ companies. EEIPL is one of the leading environmental consultants in the country and renders number of environmental services, under one roof, needed by various industries, institutions, and government and semi-govt. bodies. EG offer services related to Environmental; Civil & Chemical Engineering, Pollution Control & its abatement, Industrial Safety, Health & Hygiene. ‘EG’ is in the environmental business since 1994 and operates through its offices located in Kolhapur (Corporate), Pune, New Mumbai, Hyderabad and New Delhi in India as well as at Baltimore in Maryland; USA. ‘Equinox’ set up comprises of engineers, technocrats, eminent scientists & professors, chemists, technicians and business associates.

Quality, consistency and committed service are the "3 Pillars" of Equinox. The EG is working in close association with some reputed institutions and organizations in India that are leading in R&D, consultation, education and infrastructure development in environmental engineering & management areas. A few to mention will be – (1) Institute of Chemical Technology (formerly UDCT); Mumbai, (2) KIT's College of Engineering; Kolhapur, (3) Shivaji University; Kolhapur, (4) D.Y. Patil College of Engg.; Kolhapur, (5) GPKP; Kolhapur. ‘Equinox’ has also been awarded Memberships by Prestigious Global Institutions namely - IE (India), IWA (UK), ISWA (Austria), and ENACT (Alabama-USA).

Presently EEIPL has a strength of 78 highly qualified personnel out of which 9 are Ph.D. scholars and 25 hold post graduate qualifications namely M. Tech. (from IITs), M.S.E. (JHU- USA), M.E. and M.Sc. with an experience range of 10 to 50 years.

EEIPL is an ISO 9001:2015 certified organization (DNV-GL) that has been duly accredited through QCI–NABET for the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi as recognized and approved ‘Environmental Consultant’ of ‘Cat. A’ at the National Level for 15 different Sectors (1,2,4,8,12,17,18,20,21,22,25,32,32A.37 & 39). The EIA team comprises of 7 Coordinators and 23 Functional Area Experts actively engaged in the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies and related exercises under Environmental Clearance assignments. Moreover, EEIPL is having back up of 5 state-of-art Laboratories spread in 4 states of India (2 in Maharashtra and 1 each in Gujarat, Karnataka and West Bengal). All the labs have received NABL accreditations (ISO/IEC 17025: 2005; 2017) as well as approvals by the Govt. of India through the MoEFCC; New Delhi. Further they have certifications namely ISO 9001: 2015, ISO 18001: 2007 (OHSAS) and ISO 140001: 2015.

The 'Equinox Group' companies, over last 25 years, have rendered services as well as expert consultation to more than 300 Projects and Industries, all over the country, which included sugar factories, power plants, distilleries, foundries, sponge iron & steel plants, textile industries, bulk drug manufacturing units and chemical industries, food processing & beverage manufacturing units, asbestos products & roofing, timber and particle board Industries. So far, the EG organizations have successfully procured ‘Environmental Clearance (EC)’ for 138 Projects that required conducting EIA studies. Out of them, as many as 110 were ‘Category-A’ projects for which EC was awarded by MoEFCC. The engineering team of ‘Equinox’ has planned, designed, erected and commissioned more than 75 Plants that comprised of ETPs, STPs, WTPs, SW & HW Management, Rain Water

228

Harvesting & GWR, Piezometer Network Station Installation and Resources Recovery Systems. Also, more than 50 Projects have been rendered consultation on CER, Green Belt, Ground Water Abstraction Clearance (CGWA & MoWR; Govt of India), NBWL Clearance (SBWL & MoEFCC), OCMS design; erection and commissioning, and Legal & Technical advice. Further, the EG companies have actively contributed their technical & scientific skills and knowledge in the Lakes & Rivers Revival and Conservation Program promoted by MoEFCC; Govt. of India through NRCD under NPCA scheme (formerly NLCP). There under, preparation and getting approvals was done for DPRs of 12 Lake Projects in Maharashtra & Uttar Pradesh while obtaining sanction of Rs. 320 Cr. as grant-in-aid (funds). Here, the second largest funding (next to ‘Dal Lake’ in Srinagar) was awarded by MoEFCC to ‘Ramgarh Lake’ at Gorakhpur in UP where under Revival & Conservation Project worth Rs. 197 Cr. was successfully executed and commissioned in the year 2018. Engineers & scientists of ‘Equinox’ made this mission possible in association with professors from KITs College of Engineering; Kolhapur. The EG website – www.equinoxenvi.com – may be visited for more details regarding activities, achievements and list of the esteemed clients of ‘Equinox’ as well as Key Personnel information.

229

230 Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

List ‘1’ – Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations (ACOs) - as on March 07, 2019#

^ĐŽƉĞŽĨĐĐƌĞĚŝƚĂƚŝŽŶ ƐƉĞƌEd^ĐŚĞŵĞ WƌŽũĞĐƚ Žƌ ĐƚŝǀŝƚǇ ĂƐ ƉĞƌ ^ĐŚĞĚƵůĞ ŽĨ ^͘EŽ͘ ŽŶƐƵůƚĂŶƚKƌŐĂŶŝǌĂƚŝŽŶ DŽ& EŽƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ ^ĞĐƚŽƌ EĂŵĞŽĨ^ĞĐƚŽƌ ĂƚĞŐŽƌǇ ĚĂƚĞĚ ^ĞƉƚĞŵďĞƌ ϭϰ͕ EƵŵďĞƌ ϮϬϬϲ ĂŶĚ ƐƵďƐĞƋƵĞŶƚ ŵĞŶĚŵĞŶƚƐ ĂĚŚŝ ŽŽŵŝ DŝŶŝŶŐ ĂŶĚ ŶǀŝƌŽ dĞĐŚ DŝŶŝŶŐ ŽĨ ŵŝŶĞƌĂůƐ ʹ ŽƉĞŶĐĂƐƚ ϭ ϭ;ĂͿ;ŝͿ WƌŝǀĂƚĞ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚ;ĨŽƌŵĞƌůǇ ŬŶŽǁŶ ĂƐ ^ƵƌŝǇĂ DŝŶŝŶŐ ŽŶůǇ ^ĞƌǀŝĐĞƐͿ ϯ ZŝǀĞƌsĂůůĞǇWƌŽũĞĐƚƐ ϭ;ĐͿ ϳ DŝŶĞƌĂůďĞŶĞĨŝĐŝĂƚŝŽŶ Ϯ;ďͿ ĚĚƌĞƐƐ͗ϯͬϮϭϲ͕ <͘^͘s͘EĂŐĂƌ͕ EĂƌĂƐŽƚŚŝƉĂƚƚŝ͕ ^ĂůĞŵͲ ϲϯϲϬϬϰ ϵ ĞŵĞŶƚWůĂŶƚƐ ϯ;ďͿ ϭ ϯϰ ,ŝŐŚǁĂǇƐ ϳ;ĨͿ ŵĂŝů͗ƐƵƌŝǇĂŬƵŵĂƌƐĞŵďĂŶΛŐŵĂŝů͘ĐŽŵ

dĞů͗͘ϬϵϴϰϮϳϮϵϲϱϱ͕ϬϵϰϰϯϮϵϬϴϱϱ ϯϴ ƵŝůĚŝŶŐ ĂŶĚ ĐŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶ ϴ;ĂͿ ƉƌŽũĞĐƚƐ ŽŶĚŝƚŝŽŶƐĂƉƉůǇ

ĂŬŚŝǀŝŽŶƐƵůƚĂŶƚƐ DŝŶŝŶŐ ŽĨ ŵŝŶĞƌĂůƐ Ͳ ŽƉĞŶĐĂƐƚ ϭ ΎΎ ϭ;ĂͿ;ŝͿ ŽŶůǇ Ϯ ĚĚƌĞƐƐ͗ϱϳ͕ůŽĐŬϱ͕^ŚĂƚĂďĚŝsŝŚĂƌ͕^ĞĐƚŽƌϱϮ͕ EŽŝĚĂ͕hWͲϮϬϭϯϬϴ dŚĞƌŵĂůƉŽǁĞƌƉůĂŶƚƐ ϰ ΎΎ ϭ;ĚͿ

ȋ ȌǤ͹Ͷǡ Ͳ͹ǡʹͲͳͻ ͳ

231 Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

^ĐŽƉĞŽĨĐĐƌĞĚŝƚĂƚŝŽŶ ƐƉĞƌEd^ĐŚĞŵĞ WƌŽũĞĐƚ Žƌ ĐƚŝǀŝƚǇ ĂƐ ƉĞƌ ^ĐŚĞĚƵůĞ ŽĨ ^͘EŽ͘ ŽŶƐƵůƚĂŶƚKƌŐĂŶŝǌĂƚŝŽŶ DŽ& EŽƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ ^ĞĐƚŽƌ EĂŵĞŽĨ^ĞĐƚŽƌ ĂƚĞŐŽƌǇ ĚĂƚĞĚ ^ĞƉƚĞŵďĞƌ ϭϰ͕ EƵŵďĞƌ ϮϬϬϲ ĂŶĚ ƐƵďƐĞƋƵĞŶƚ ŵĞŶĚŵĞŶƚƐ ĂŶĚĚƌĞĚŐŝŶŐ ϯϰ ,ŝŐŚǁĂǇƐ ϳ;ĨͿ ŽŵŵŽŶDƵŶŝĐŝƉĂů^ŽůŝĚtĂƐƚĞ ϯϳ DĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚ &ĂĐŝůŝƚǇ ϳ;ŝͿ ;D^tD&Ϳ ƵŝůĚŝŶŐ ĂŶĚ ĐŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶ ϯϴ ϴ;ĂͿ ƉƌŽũĞĐƚƐ dŽǁŶƐŚŝƉƐ ĂŶĚ ƌĞĂ ϯϵ ϴ;ďͿ ĚĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚƉƌŽũĞĐƚƐ

DŝŶŝŶŐ ŽĨ ŵŝŶĞƌĂůƐ ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐ ϭ ϭ;ĂͿ;ŝͿ ŽƉĞŶĐĂƐƚͬƵŶĚĞƌŐƌŽƵŶĚŵŝŶŝŶŐ ƋƵŝŶŽǆŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚƐ;/ŶĚŝĂͿWƌŝǀĂƚĞ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚ ϰ dŚĞƌŵĂůƉŽǁĞƌƉůĂŶƚƐ ϭ;ĚͿ DĞƚĂůůƵƌŐŝĐĂů ŝŶĚƵƐƚƌŝĞƐ;ĨĞƌƌŽƵƐ ĚĚƌĞƐƐ͗ &Ͳϭϭ͕EĂŵĚĞǀEĞƐƚ͕ϭϭϲϬͲ͕͟͞tĂƌĚ͕^ŬǇĞƐ ϴ ŽŶůǇͿ Ͳ ďŽƚŚ ƉƌŝŵĂƌǇ Θ ϯ;ĂͿ ǆƚĞŶƐŝŽŶ͕KƉƉ͘<ĂŵĂůĂŽůůĞŐĞ͕<ŽůŚĂƉƵƌͲϰϭϲϬϬϭ ƐĞĐŽŶĚĂƌǇ ƐďĞƐƚŽƐ ŵŝůůŝŶŐ ĂŶĚ ĂƐďĞƐƚŽƐ ϭϮ ϰ;ĐͿ Ğ͘ŵĂŝů͗ƉƌŽũĞĐƚƐΛĞƋƵŝŶŽǆĞŶǀŝ͘ĐŽŵ͕ ďĂƐĞĚƉƌŽĚƵĐƚƐ ϲϰ ĞŝĂΛĞƋƵŝŶŽǆĞŶǀŝ͘ĐŽŵ͕ĞĞŝƉůƚĚΛĞƋƵŝŶŽǆĞŶǀŝ͘ĐŽŵ͕ ϭϯ ŚůŽƌͲĂůŬĂůŝŝŶĚƵƐƚƌǇ ϰ;ĚͿ WĞƐƚŝĐŝĚĞƐ ŝŶĚƵƐƚƌǇ ĂŶĚ dĞů͗͘ϬϮϯϭͲϮϱϯϭϮϯϭͬϮϱϮϲϯϯϳ ϭϳ ƉĞƐƚŝĐŝĚĞ ƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐ ŝŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞƐ ϱ;ďͿ ϬϵϴϮϮϬϰϱϬϴϯ͕ϬϵϴϴϭϭϮϭϱϮϮ ;ĞǆĐůƵĚŝŶŐĨŽƌŵƵůĂƚŝŽŶƐͿ WĞƚƌŽͲĐŚĞŵŝĐĂů ĐŽŵƉůĞǆĞƐ ŽŶĚŝƚŝŽŶƐĂƉƉůǇ ;ŝŶĚƵƐƚƌŝĞƐďĂƐĞĚŽŶƉƌŽĐĞƐƐŝŶŐ ϭϴ ϱ;ĐͿ ŽĨ ƉĞƚƌŽůĞƵŵ ĨƌĂĐƚŝŽŶƐ Θ ŶĂƚƵƌĂůŐĂƐĂŶĚͬŽƌƌĞĨŽƌŵŝŶŐƚŽ

ȋ ȌǤ͹Ͷǡ Ͳ͹ǡʹͲͳͻ ͸ͷ

232 Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

^ĐŽƉĞŽĨĐĐƌĞĚŝƚĂƚŝŽŶ ƐƉĞƌEd^ĐŚĞŵĞ WƌŽũĞĐƚ Žƌ ĐƚŝǀŝƚǇ ĂƐ ƉĞƌ ^ĐŚĞĚƵůĞ ŽĨ ^͘EŽ͘ ŽŶƐƵůƚĂŶƚKƌŐĂŶŝǌĂƚŝŽŶ DŽ& EŽƚŝĨŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ ^ĞĐƚŽƌ EĂŵĞŽĨ^ĞĐƚŽƌ ĂƚĞŐŽƌǇ ĚĂƚĞĚ ^ĞƉƚĞŵďĞƌ ϭϰ͕ EƵŵďĞƌ ϮϬϬϲ ĂŶĚ ƐƵďƐĞƋƵĞŶƚ ŵĞŶĚŵĞŶƚƐ ĂƌŽŵĂƚŝĐƐͿ WĞƚƌŽĐŚĞŵŝĐĂů ďĂƐĞĚ ƉƌŽĐĞƐƐŝŶŐ ;ƉƌŽĐĞƐƐĞƐ ŽƚŚĞƌ ƚŚĂŶ ĐƌĂĐŬŝŶŐ ϮϬ ϱ;ĞͿ ΘƌĞĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ ĂŶĚ ŶŽƚ ĐŽǀĞƌĞĚ ƵŶĚĞƌƚŚĞĐŽŵƉůĞǆĞƐͿ ^ǇŶƚŚĞƚŝĐ ŽƌŐĂŶŝĐ ĐŚĞŵŝĐĂůƐ ŝŶĚƵƐƚƌǇ ;ĚǇĞƐ Θ ĚǇĞ ŝŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞƐ͖ ďƵůŬ ĚƌƵŐƐ ĂŶĚ ŝŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞƐ ĞǆĐůƵĚŝŶŐ ĚƌƵŐ Ϯϭ ϱ;ĨͿ ĨŽƌŵƵůĂƚŝŽŶƐ͖ƐǇŶƚŚĞƚŝĐƌƵďďĞƌƐ͖ ďĂƐŝĐ ŽƌŐĂŶŝĐ ĐŚĞŵŝĐĂůƐ͕ ŽƚŚĞƌ ƐǇŶƚŚĞƚŝĐŽƌŐĂŶŝĐ ĐŚĞŵŝĐĂůƐ ĂŶĚ ĐŚĞŵŝĐĂůŝŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞƐͿ ϮϮ ŝƐƚŝůůĞƌŝĞƐ ϱ;ŐͿ Ϯϱ ^ƵŐĂƌ/ŶĚƵƐƚƌǇ ϱ;ũͿ ŽŵŵŽŶ ŚĂǌĂƌĚŽƵƐ ǁĂƐƚĞ ϯϮ ƚƌĞĂƚŵĞŶƚ͕ƐƚŽƌĂŐĞĂŶĚĚŝƐƉŽƐĂů ϳ;ĚͿ ĨĂĐŝůŝƚŝĞƐ;d^&ƐͿ ŽŵŵŽŶ ŵƵŶŝĐŝƉĂů ƐŽůŝĚ ǁĂƐƚĞ ϯϳ ϳ;ŝͿ ŵĂŶĂŐĞŵĞŶƚĨĂĐŝůŝƚǇ;D^tD&Ϳ ƵŝůĚŝŶŐ ĂŶĚ ĐŽŶƐƚƌƵĐƚŝŽŶ ϯϴ ϴ;ĂͿ ƉƌŽũĞĐƚƐ dŽǁŶƐŚŝƉƐ ĂŶĚ ƌĞĂ ϯϵ ϴ;ďͿ ĚĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚƉƌŽũĞĐƚƐ ůĞĐƚƌŽƉůĂƚŝŶŐ ĂŶĚ DĞƚĂů ϰϬ;ŝŝͿ Ͳ Ͳ ŽĂƚŝŶŐ

ȋ ȌǤ͹Ͷǡ Ͳ͹ǡʹͲͳͻ ͸͸

233 Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

DŝŶŝŶŐ ŽĨ ŵŝŶĞƌĂůƐ ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐ ϭ KƉĞŶ ĐĂƐƚͬ hŶĚĞƌŐƌŽƵŶĚ ϭ;ĂͿ;ŝͿ ŵŝŶŝŶŐ KĨĨ ƐŚŽƌĞ ĂŶĚ ŽŶͲƐŚŽƌĞ Žŝů ĂŶĚ Ϯ ŐĂƐĞǆƉůŽƌĂƚŝŽŶ͕ĚĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚΘ ϭ;ďͿ ZD/ŶĚŝĂWƌŝǀĂƚĞ>ŝŵŝƚĞĚ ƉƌŽĚƵĐƚŝŽŶ ϯ ZŝǀĞƌǀĂůůĞǇWƌŽũĞĐƚƐ ϭ;ĐͿ ƵŝůĚŝŶŐEŽ͘ϭϬ͕dŽǁĞƌ͕&ŽƵƌƚŚ&ůŽŽƌ͕ >& ĚĚƌĞƐƐ͗ ϰ dŚĞƌŵĂůƉŽǁĞƌƉůĂŶƚƐ ϭ;ĚͿ ǇďĞƌŝƚǇ͕'ƵƌŐĂŽŶͲϭϮϮϬϬϮ ϴ ^ĞĐŽŶĚĂƌǇ^ƚĞĞůŽŶůǇ ϯ;ĂͿ ϵ ĞŵĞŶƚƉůĂŶƚƐ ϯ;ďͿ Ğ͘ŵĂŝů͗ƐƵďŝƌ͘ŐƵƉƚĂΛĞƌŵ͘ĐŽŵ ϭϯ ŚůŽƌͲĂůŬĂůŝŝŶĚƵƐƚƌǇ ϰ;ĚͿ ϭϲ ŚĞŵŝĐĂů&ĞƌƚŝůŝǌĞƌƐ ϱ;ĂͿ ϲϱ dĞů͗͘ϬϭϮϰͲϰϭϳϬϯϬϬ WĞƐƚŝĐŝĚĞƐŝŶĚƵƐƚƌǇĂŶĚƉĞƐƚŝĐŝĚĞ ϬϵϴϭϬϬϲϴϭϲϭ ϭϳ ƐƉĞĐŝĨŝĐ ŝŶƚĞƌŵĞĚŝĂƚĞƐ ϱ;ďͿ ;ĞǆĐůƵĚŝŶŐĨŽƌŵƵůĂƚŝŽŶƐͿ ŽŶĚŝƚŝŽŶƐĂƉƉůǇ WĞƚƌŽͲĐŚĞŵŝĐĂů ĐŽŵƉůĞǆĞƐ ;ŝŶĚƵƐƚƌŝĞƐ ďĂƐĞĚ ŽŶ ƉƌŽĐĞƐƐŝŶŐ ϭϴ ŽĨƉĞƚƌŽůĞƵŵĨƌĂĐƚŝŽŶƐΘŶĂƚƵƌĂů ϱ;ĐͿ ŐĂƐ ĂŶĚͬŽƌ ƌĞĨŽƌŵŝŶŐ ƚŽ ĂƌŽŵĂƚŝĐƐͿ WĞƚƌŽĐŚĞŵŝĐĂů ďĂƐĞĚ ƉƌŽĐĞƐƐŝŶŐ ;ƉƌŽĐĞƐƐĞƐ ŽƚŚĞƌ ƚŚĂŶ ĐƌĂĐŬŝŶŐ ϮϬ ϱ;ĞͿ ΘƌĞĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶ ĂŶĚ ŶŽƚ ĐŽǀĞƌĞĚ ƵŶĚĞƌƚŚĞĐŽŵƉůĞǆĞƐͿ

ȋ ȌǤ͹Ͷǡ Ͳ͹ǡʹͲͳͻ ͸͹

234 235 NABL 400

National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL)

Directory of Accredited Testing Laboratories

As on : 31-Oct-2020

236 List of Laboratories Accredited in Accordance with the Standard ISO IEC 17025:2017 SL. NAME & CONTACT DETAILS OF THE CERTIFICATE DISCIPLINE DATE OF DATE OF VALIDITY NO. LABORATORY NO. ISSUE EXPIRY EXTENDED UPTO

83. The Marine Product Export TC-8117 Chemical 14.11.2019 30.10.2020 30.10.2021 Development Authority (MPEDA), Quality Control Laboratory, MPEDA House, Panampilly Avenue, Ernakulam, P.B.No. 4272, Kochi, Ernakulam-682036, Kerala, India Landline No. (s): 944-6031638, 0484-2315199 Fax No. (s): 484-2313361 E-mail: [email protected] Contact Person: Mr. Mahesh G

84. ThyssenKrupp Electrical Steel India TC-8228 Chemical 02.11.2018 01.11.2020 01.11.2021 Pvt. Ltd. Testing Laboratory, Mechanical At Post Gonde, Village Electrical Wadivarhe, Nashik-422403, Maharashtra, India E-mail: [email protected] Contact Person: Kapil Kapoor Mobile: 7030915117

85. Emerald Testing India (P) Ltd., TC-8044 Chemical 23.09.2020 01.11.2020 01.11.2021 401, Telugu Street, Coimbatore-641001, Tamil Nadu, India Ph. No. 0422-2344718, 2346279 Fax: 0422-2340376 E-mail: [email protected] Contact Person: R.V. Sugumar Mobile: 9952199909

86. National Food Laboratory, TC-5351 Chemical 24.02.2020 23.02.2022 23.02.2023 Ahinsa Khand-II, Indirapuram, Ghaziabad-201014, Uttar Pradesh, India Ph. No. 0120-2987172-2650950, E-mail: [email protected] Contact Person: Ashok Kumar Patel Mobile: 8860405548

87. Green Envirosafe Engineersand TC-8061 Chemical 03.11.2018 02.11.2020 02.11.2021 Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Survey No.1405/06, Mayuri Residency, Shop.No16, 2nd Floor, Sanaswadi, Tal Shirur, Pune-412208, Maharashtra, India Mb:0- 9767838931,[email protected] ContactPerson:Mr.SanjayTanpure

237 238 REGD.NO.D.L.-33004/99

EXTRAORDINARY PART II—Section 3—Sub-section (ii) PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY

No.352] NEW DELHI, FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 2017/MAGHA 21,1938

MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT, FOREST AND CLIMATE CHANGE NOTIFICATION New Delhi, the 10th February, 2017 S.O. 388(E).—In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 12 and section 13 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986), read with rule 10 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, the Central Government hereby makes the following further amendments in the notification of the Government of India in the erstwhile Ministry of Environment and Forests, number S.O. 1174(E), dated the 18th July, 2007, namely :- In the Table appended to the said notification,- (i) for serial numbers 12,16,18,21,22,47,75,76,77,88,89,90,91 and 92 the entries relating thereto, the following serial numbers and entries shall be substituted, namely:- (1) (2) (3) (4) 144 M/s Green Envirosafe Engineers and (i) Dr. Satish Damodar Kulkarni 09.02.2017 Consultant Pvt. Ltd. (ii) Dr. Ayodhya Kshirsagar to Gat No. 1405/06, Mayuri Residency, (iii) Mr. Vinod Prataprao Hande 08.02.2022 Office No. 16, 2nd Floor, Sanswadi, Pune- Nagpur Highway, Tal-Shirur, Pune- 412208, Maharashtra.

[F. No. Q. 15018/7/2003-CPW ]

Dr. MANORANJAN HOTA, Advisor Note : The principal notification was published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary vide number S.O. 1174 (E), dated the 18th July, 2007 and subsequently amended vide notification numbers S.O. 1539 (E), dated the 13th September,2007, S.O.1811(E), dated the 24th October, 2007, S.O.55(E), dated 9th January, 2008, S.O.428(E), dated the 4 th March, 2008, S.O.No.865(E) dated the 11th April, 2008, S.O.No.1894(E) dated the 31st July, 2008, S.O.No.2728(E) dated the 25 th November, 2008, S.O.1356(E) dated the 27 th May, 2009, S.O.No.1802(E) dated the 22nd July, 2009 and S.O.No.2399(E), dated the 18th September, 2009 and S.O.No.3122(E), dated the 7th December, 2009 and S.O.No.3123(E), dated the 7th December, 2009, S.O.No.142(E), dated the 21st January, 2010, S.O.619(E), 19th March, 2010, S.O.No.1662(E) dated the 13rd July, 2010, S.O.No.2390(E), dated the 30th September, 2010 S.O.No.2904(E), dated the 8th December, 2010 and S.O.No.181(E), dated the 28th January, 2011, S.O.No.692(E) dated the 5th April, 2011, S.O No. 1754(E), dated the 28th July, 2011, S.O. No. 2609, dated 22th November, 2011, S.O No. 264(E), dated- 13th February, 2012, S.O No. 1150(E) dated-22th May, 2012, S.O No.1295(E), dated-6th June, 2012, S.O. No. 2039 (E), dated-5thSeptember,2012,S.ONo.2850(E),dated- 7thDecember,2012,S.O.No.592(E),dated-8thMarch,2013, S.O. No. 945(E), dated-8th April, 2013, S.O. No. 2287(E), dated-26th July, 2013, S.O No. 3489(E), dated-26th November,2013,S.ONo.21(E),dated- 3rdJanuary,2014,S.ONo.561(E),dated-26thFebruary,2014,S.O.No.1190(E), dated-1st June, 2014, S.O. No. 2003(E), dated-9th August, 2014, S.O. No. 137(E), dated-12th January, 2015, S.O. NO.1783(E), dated-30th June, 2015, S.O. No. 2453(E), dated-7th September, 2015 and S.O. No. 1953(E), dated-2nd June,2016

239 Y Certificate of Registration Certificate of Registration

P PROGRESSIVE e Governing Board of O This is to certify that the Progressive International Certiﬁcations Limited Quality Management System of hereby grant to C GREEN ENVIROSAFE ENGINEERS & CONSULTANT PVT. LTD. JAY ENTERPRISE At Address Address to which this Certificate refers: T M/S. GREEN ENVIROSAFE ENGINEERS & CONSULTANT PVT. LTD., PRAGATI SOCIETY, STREET - NO. 1, VIRANI AGHAT, 80 FEET, PLOT NO. A - 7/2/C-11, MIDC, CHAKAN INDL. AREA PH-IV, BOLBALA MARG, B/H. BALAJI REFRIGRATION, DHEBAR ROAD (SOUTH), RAJKOT - 360002, GUJARAT - INDIA. NIGHOJE, TAL - KHED, DIST - PUNE. (Here in after called the Registered firm) the right to be listed in the Directory of RegisteredE firm in respect of the Has been Assessed by Crescent Quality Certification Pvt. Ltd. and Deemed services listed below. These services shall be offered by the Registered firm at orI Vfrom only the address given above in to comply with the requirement of accordance and compliance with SS AF GRE QUALITYP MANAGEMENTRO SYSTEM ISO 9001:2015 ISO 9001:2008 DR This Certificate is Valid for the activities specified below: Approved Scope to which this Certificate refers ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANCY SERVICES PROVIDER, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY AND EXPORT OF STONELESS ENVIRONMENT TESTING WATER & WASTE WATER TESTING DOMESTIC FLOUR MILL, ELECTRIC MOTOR AND AIR MONITORING & TESTING, FOOD TESTING & ANALYSIS SPARES - SERVICES.

Registration No.: CQCPL/QMS/0221/6701 Certificate Expire Date: 21.02.2024 Certificate Issue Date: 22.02.2021 2nd Surveillance: 02.2023 1st Surveillance: 02.2022 Registration No.: PICL/QMS/0988/0515 Certificate Expire Date: 08.05.2018 Certificate Issue Date : 09.05.2015 2nd Surveillance: 05.2017 1st Surveillance: 05.2016

IVE SS GRE PRO

Managing Director Head of Certiﬁcate QMS 005

This Certificate of Registration is granted subject to the Regulations approved by the Board. PROGRESSIVE INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATIONS LTD. Prakruti, Plot No. 03, Sector 21 Kharghar, Navi Mumbai - 410210, India. CRESCENT QUALITY CERTIFICATION PVT. LTD. Ph. +91 8080091139, E-mail.: [email protected], Website: www.progressiveltd.com B-1005, Gundecha Symphony, Veera Desai Road, Andheri West, Mumbai - 400 053, India For current validity of this certificate. Please visit our website Phone: +919820429510, Email: info@crescentqualitycerfification.com, Website: www.crescentqualitycertification.com USE OF ACCREDITATION MARK INDICATES ACCREDITATION IN RESPECT OF THE ACTIVITIES COVERED BY For Current validity of this certificate, please visit our website ACCREDITATION INSTITUTE ASSESMENT BODY (EUROPE) CERTIFICATION NUMBER 005

240 Certificate of Registration Certificate of Registration

PROGRESSIVE e Governing Board of This is to certify that the Progressive International Certiﬁcations Limited Enviornment Management System of hereby grant to GREEN ENVIROSAFE ENGINEERS & CONSULTANT PVT. LTD. JAY ENTERPRISE Address to which this Certificate refers: At Address PRAGATI SOCIETY, STREET - NO. 1, VIRANI AGHAT, 80 FEET, Y M/S. GREEN ENVIROSAFE ENGINEERS & CONSULTANT PVT. LTD., BOLBALA MARG, B/H. BALAJI REFRIGRATION, DHEBAR ROAD PLOT NO. A - 7/2/C-11, MIDC, CHAKAN INDL. AREA PH-IV, (SOUTH), RAJKOT - 360002, GUJARAT - INDIA. NIGHOJE, TAL - KHED, DIST - PUNE. P (Here in after called the Registered firm) the right to be listed in the Directory of RegisteredE firm in respect of the services listed below. These services shall be offered by the Registered firm at orI Vfrom only the address given above in Has been Assessed by Crescent Quality Certification Pvt. Ltd. and Deemed accordance and compliance with S to comply with the requirement of S O GRE ISO 14001:2015 QUALITYP MANAGEMENTRO SYSTEM C This Certificate is Valid for the activities specified below: ISO 9001:2008 Approved Scope to which this Certificate refers ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANCY SERVICES PROVIDER, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY AND EXPORT OF STONELESS T ENVIRONMENT TESTING WATER & WASTE WATER TESTING DOMESTIC FLOUR MILL, ELECTRIC MOTOR AND AIR MONITORING & TESTING, FOOD TESTING & ANALYSIS SPARES - SERVICES.

Registration No.: CQCPL/EMS/0221/1572 Certificate Expire Date: 21.02.2024 Certificate Issue Date: 22.02.2021 2nd Surveillance: 02.2023 1st Surveillance: 02.2022 Registration No.: PICL/QMS/0988/0515 Certificate Expire Date: 08.05.2018 AF Certificate Issue Date : 09.05.2015 2nd Surveillance: 05.2017 1st Surveillance: 05.2016

IVE SS GRE DR PRO Managing Director Head of Certiﬁcate QMS 005

241 Certificate of Registration Certificate of Registration

PROGRESSIVE Y This is to certify that the e Governing Board of P Occupational Health And Safety Progressive International Certiﬁcations Limited Management System of hereby grant to O GREEN ENVIROSAFE ENGINEERS & CONSULTANT PVT. LTD. JAY ENTERPRISE Address to which this Certificate refers: At Address PRAGATI SOCIETY, STREET - NO. 1, VIRANI AGHAT, 80 FEET, C M/S. GREEN ENVIROSAFE ENGINEERS & CONSULTANT PVT. LTD., BOLBALA MARG, B/H. BALAJI REFRIGRATION, DHEBAR ROAD PLOT NO. A - 7/2/C-11, MIDC, CHAKAN INDL. AREA PH-IV, (SOUTH), RAJKOT - 360002, GUJARAT - INDIA. NIGHOJE, TAL - KHED, DIST - PUNE. (Here in after called the Registered firm) the right to be listed in the Directory of RegisteredE firm in respect of the services listed below. These services shall be offered by the Registered firm at orI Vfrom only the address given above in T accordance and compliance with Has been Assessed by Crescent Quality Certification Pvt. Ltd. and Deemed SS to comply with the requirement of GRE QUALITYP MANAGEMENTRO SYSTEM AF ISO 45001:2018 ISO 9001:2008 This Certificate is Valid for the activities specified below: Approved Scope to which this Certificate refers

ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANCY SERVICES PROVIDER, MANUFACTURE, SUPPLY AND EXPORT OF STONELESS ENVIRONMENT TESTING WATER & WASTE WATER TESTING DOMESTIC FLOUR MILL, ELECTRIC MOTOR AND DR AIR MONITORING & TESTING, FOOD TESTING & ANALYSIS SPARES - SERVICES.

Registration No.: CQCPL/OHSMS/0221/5518 Certificate Expire Date: 21.02.2024 Certificate Issue Date: 22.02.2021 2nd Surveillance: 02.2023 1st Surveillance: 02.2021 Registration No.: PICL/QMS/0988/0515 Certificate Expire Date: 08.05.2018 Certificate Issue Date : 09.05.2015 2nd Surveillance: 05.2017 1st Surveillance: 05.2016

IVE SS GRE PRO

Managing Director Head of Certiﬁcate QMS 005

242

No.IA-J-11011/467/2017-IA-II(I) Goverment of India Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change Impact Assessment Division ***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan, Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj, Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003 16 Nov 2017

To,

M/s DAUND SUGARS LTD Gut no. 99,Post Alegaon, Taluka Daund,District, Pune-413801 Maharashtra

Tel.No.02117-305801; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/MH/IND2/69454/2017

2. Name of the Proposal: Daund Sugar Pvt. Ltd.

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(g) Distilleries 5(j) Sugar Industry

5. Date of submission for TOR: 11 Oct 2017

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation as follows:

243 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(g): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR DISTILLERIES AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary 2) Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation ii. Information about the project proponent iii. Importance and benefits of the project 3) Project Description i. Cost of project and time of completion. ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project. iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any. iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation. v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management. vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract) viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from raw material to products to be provided ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems. x. Expansion/modernization proposals: a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

244 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4) Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered. ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places) iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area) ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included. xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy 5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable): i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

245 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife 6) Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines. v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details. vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included. vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished. xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

246 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any. ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor- cum-rail transport shall be examined. iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules. v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards. vi. Measures for fugitive emission control vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

247 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan. 8) Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved, iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety. 9) Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given. iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report 10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase. 11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time

248 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon. 12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FOR DISTILLERIES

1. List of existing distillery units in the study area along with their capacity and sourcing of raw material. 2. Number of working days of the distillery unit. 3. Details of raw materials such as molasses/grains, their source with availability. 4. Details of the use of steam from the boiler. 5. Surface and Ground water quality around proposed spent wash storage lagoon, and compost yard. 6. Plan to reduce spent wash generation within 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol produced. 7. Proposed effluent treatment system for molasses/grain based distillery (spent wash, spent lees, condensate and utilities) as well as domestic sewage and scheme for achieving zero effluent discharge (ZLD). 8. Proposed action to restrict fresh water consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol production. 9. Details about capacity of spent wash holding tank, material used, design consideration. No. of peizometers to be proposed around spent wash holding tank. 10. Action plan to control ground water pollution. 11. Details of solid waste management including management of boiler ash, yeast, etc. Details of incinerated spent wash ash generation and its disposal. 12. Details of bio-composting yard (if applicable). 13. Action plan to control odour pollution. 14. Arrangements for installation of continuous online monitoring system (24x7 monitoring device)

***

249 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(j): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SUGAR INDUSTRY INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA / EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary 2) Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation ii. Information about the project proponent iii. Importance and benefits of the project 3) Project Description i. Cost of project and time of completion. ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project. iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any. iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation. v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management. vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract) viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from raw material to products to be provided. ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems. x. Expansion/modernization proposals: a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

250 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4) Site Details xiv. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered. i. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places) ii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. v. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vi. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular. vii.Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area) viii. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area ix. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included. x. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects) xi. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land. xii.R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy 5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable): i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

251 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife 6) Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall. ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests. iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report. iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines. v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details. vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included. vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule- I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished. xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

252 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

253 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

254 STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon. 12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FOR SUGAR INDUSTRY

1. Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its processes and operation sinproduction of sugar, along with material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance). 2. Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Effort stominimize effluent is charge and to maintain quality of receiving water body. 3. Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect to fall concerned / regulated environmental parameters. 4. Numberofworkingdaysof thesugar productionunit. 5. Detailsoftheuseofsteamfromtheboiler. 6. Detailsofproposedsource-specificpollutioncontrol schemes andequipments to meet the national standards. 7. Collection, storage, handling and transportation of molasses, 8. Collection, storage and handling of bagasse and pressmud. 9. Flyash management plan for coal based and bagasse and action plan 10. Details on water quality parameter ssuchas Temperature, Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coli form bacteria etc. 11. Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, stack and fugitive emissions for PM10, PM2.5, SO2*, NOx*, etc., and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meet standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As applicable) ***

255